ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด
1.
บททั่วไป
ก.
ให้ผรู้ บั จ้าง เป็ นผูร้ บั ผิดชอบในการจัดหา ติดตัง้ ประสานงานกับ
ผูเ้ กี่ยวข้องต่างๆ ทดสอบการใช้งาน ฝึ กอบรม และบารุงรักษา ระบบ
จัดการเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ ซึ่งต่อไปนีเ้ รียกว่า CPM ให้ทางาน
ได้อย่างสมบูรณ์ทงั้ ระบบปรับอากาศตัง้ แต่เครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น เครือ่ งสูบ
นา้ เย็น เครือ่ งสูบนา้ หล่อเย็น หอผึ่งนา้ เครือ่ งส่งลมเย็น เครือ่ งจ่ายลม
เย็น และอุปกรณ์อื่นๆ ที่กาหนด โดยอุปกรณ์ดงั กล่าวจะต้องสามารถ
ทางานร่วมกัน และทางานอย่างเหมาะสมกับภาระการปรับอากาศที่
ต้องการ
ผูร้ บั จ้าง เป็ นผูร้ บั ผิดชอบในการจัดหา ติดตัง้ ประสานงานกับ
ผูเ้ กี่ยวข้องต่างๆ ทดสอบการใช้งาน ฝึ กอบรม และบารุงรักษา ระบบ
จัดการเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ ซึ่งต่อไปนีเ้ รียกว่า CPM ให้ทางาน
ได้อย่างสมบูรณ์ทงั้ ระบบปรับอากาศตัง้ แต่เครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น เครือ่ งสูบ
นา้ เย็น เครือ่ งสูบนา้ หล่อเย็น หอผึ่งนา้ เครือ่ งส่งลมเย็น เครือ่ งจ่ายลม
เย็น และอุปกรณ์อื่นๆ ที่กาหนด โดยอุปกรณ์ดงั กล่าวจะต้องสามารถ
ทางานร่วมกัน และทางานอย่างเหมาะสมกับภาระการปรับอากาศที่
ต้องการ

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ข.
ระบบ CPM ให้เป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์ยี่หอ้ เดียวกับที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทานา้
เย็นในโครงการหรือพัฒนาและรับรองให้ใช้ได้โดยบริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ ง
ทานา้ เย็น โดยมีเอกสารยืนยันรับรองจากบริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น
รวมทัง้ จะต้องเป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์รุน่ ใหม่ลา่ สุด ใช้ระบบ Direct Digital
Control (DDC) สามารถติดต่อสื่อสาร และรับส่งข้อมูล เพื่อให้ระบบ
ปรับอากาศสามารถทางานได้อย่างมีประสิทธิภาพ แม่นยาในการ
ควบคุม สนองตอบได้อย่างรวดเร็วและถูกต้อง มีความยืดหยุ่น และ
รองรับต่อการขยายตัวในอนาคต สามารถแสดงผลและวิเคราะห์การ
ทางานของระบบปรับอากาศได้เป็ นอย่างดี
ระบบ CPM ให้เป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์ยี่หอ้ เดียวกับที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทานา้
เย็นในโครงการหรือพัฒนาและรับรองให้ใช้ได้โดยบริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ ง
ทานา้ เย็น โดยมีเอกสารยืนยันรับรองจากบริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น
รวมทัง้ จะต้องเป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์รุน่ ใหม่ลา่ สุด ใช้ระบบ Direct Digital
Control (DDC) สามารถติดต่อสื่อสาร และรับส่งข้อมูล เพื่อให้ระบบ
ปรับอากาศสามารถทางานได้อย่างมีประสิทธิภาพ แม่นยาในการ
ควบคุม สนองตอบได้อย่างรวดเร็วและถูกต้อง มีความยืดหยุ่น และ
รองรับต่อการขยายตัวในอนาคต สามารถแสดงผลและวิเคราะห์การ
ทางานของระบบปรับอากาศได้เป็ นอย่างดี

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ค.
ระบบ CPM จะต้องออกแบบ และเลือกอุปกรณ์ที่ตอ้ งติดต่อสื่อสารโดย
ใช้ Protocal เปิ ด (Open Protocal) ได้แก่ LonTalk™ หรือ BACNET
เป็ นต้น เพื่อให้สามารถใช้งานได้ดีรว่ มกับอุปกรณ์ควบคุมยี่หอ้ ต่างๆ
นอกจากนี ้ สายสัญญาณ (Field Wiring) จะต้องได้มาตรฐาน สื่อสาร
ได้รวดเร็ว และถูกต้อง
ระบบ CPM จะต้องออกแบบ และเลือกอุปกรณ์ที่ตอ้ งติดต่อสื่อสารโดย
ใช้ Protocal เปิ ด (Open Protocal) ได้แก่ LonTalk™ หรือ BACNET
เป็ นต้น เพื่อให้สามารถใช้งานได้ดีรว่ มกับอุปกรณ์ควบคุมยี่หอ้ ต่างๆ
นอกจากนี ้ สายสัญญาณ (Field Wiring) จะต้องได้มาตรฐาน สื่อสาร
ได้รวดเร็ว และถูกต้อง

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
ง.
ให้ผรู้ บั จ้างจัดหาและติดตัง้ ระบบ UPS และระบบจ่ายไฟฟ้า ซึ่งจ่าย
ให้กับอุปกรณ์ภายในระบบ CPM ทัง้ หมด Sensor, DDC, Controller
ต่างๆ Motorized Actuator/Valve, Damper etc.
ทางผูร้ บั จ้างจัดหาและติดตัง้ ระบบ UPS และระบบจ่ายไฟฟ้า ซึ่งจ่าย
ให้กับอุปกรณ์ภายในระบบ CPM ทัง้ หมด Sensor, DDC, Controller
ต่างๆ Motorized Actuator/Valve, Damper etc.
จ.
ระบบ CPM ต้องเชื่อมต่อกับระบบ BAS โดยระบบ CPM ต้องเป็ นผู้ ระบบ CPM ต้องเชื่อมต่อกับระบบ BAS โดยระบบ CPM ต้องเป็ นผู้
จัดเตรียมอุปกรณ์และสายสัญญาณทัง้ หมด เพื่อให้การเชื่อมต่อระบบ จัดเตรียมอุปกรณ์และสายสัญญาณทัง้ หมด เพื่อให้การเชื่อมต่อระบบ
ทางานได้อย่างสมบูรณ์
ทางานได้อย่างสมบูรณ์
2.
ความต้องการและการเสนอแบบและรายละเอียดต่อผู้วา่ จ้าง
และตัวแทนของผู้วา่ จ้าง
ความต้องการและการเสนอแบบและรายละเอียดต่อผู้วา่ จ้าง
และตัวแทนของผู้วา่ จ้าง
ก.
ผูร้ บั จ้างที่รบั ผิดชอบในงานระบบ CPM จะต้องเคยผ่านงานติดตัง้ และ
ออกแบบระบบควบคุมอาคารโดยอัตโนมัติมาก่อน อย่างน้อยไม่ตา่ กว่า
2 โครงการ และระบบควบคุมอาคารโดยอัตโนมัติของอาคารนัน้
จะต้องสามารถใช้งานได้ดี
ข.
3.
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ผูร้ บั จ้างที่รบั ผิดชอบในงานระบบ CPM เคยผ่านงานติดตัง้ และ
ออกแบบระบบควบคุมอาคารโดยอัตโนมัติมาก่อน ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 2
โครงการ และระบบควบคุมอาคารโดยอัตโนมัติของอาคารนัน้ สามารถ
ใช้งานได้ดี

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องเสนอแบบและรายละเอียดของอุปกรณ์ทงั้ หมดให้ผวู้ า่
จ้างหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างตรวจสอบและอนุมตั ิก่อนดาเนินการจัดหา
และติดตัง้ ระบบ CPM โดยให้ระบุอย่างละเอียดและชัดเจนว่าอุปกรณ์
และระบบที่เสนอสอดคล้องและถูกต้องตามข้อกาหนด (Comply) หรือ
เทียบเท่า (Equivalent) หรือดีกว่า (Exceed)
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องเสนอแบบและรายละเอียดของอุปกรณ์ทงั้ หมดให้ผวู้ า่
จ้างหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างตรวจสอบและอนุมตั ิก่อนดาเนินการจัดหา
และติดตัง้ ระบบ CPM โดยให้ระบุอย่างละเอียดและชัดเจนว่าอุปกรณ์
และระบบที่เสนอสอดคล้องและถูกต้องตามข้อกาหนด (Comply) หรือ
เทียบเท่า (Equivalent) หรือดีกว่า (Exceed)

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
งานจัดหาและเกี่ยวข้องกับผู้รับเหมารายอื่น ๆ
งานจัดหาและเกี่ยวข้องกับผู้รับเหมารายอื่น ๆ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องตรวจสอบแบบและรายละเอียดต่างๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ
ระบบ CPM ทัง้ ที่ปรากฏในแบบและรายละเอียดนี ้ และที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ
ผูร้ บั เหมารายอื่นๆ ที่ตอ้ งจัดเตรียมไว้ให้ เพื่อให้ระบบ CPM ทางานได้
อย่างสมบูรณ์ อาทิเช่น การจัดเตรียม Control Valve Actuator
Temperature Sensor และ Dry Contact เป็ นต้น รวมทัง้ จะต้อง
ประสานงานกับผูร้ บั เหมารายอื่น ๆ ที่จดั เตรียมอุปกรณ์ตา่ งๆ ดังกล่าว
หากผูร้ บั จ้างตรวจสอบพบว่าอุปกรณ์ที่จดั เตรียม โดยผูร้ บั เหมารายอื่น
ไม่ถกู ต้อง และหรือไม่สอดคล้องกับระบบ CPM และหรือไม่ครบถ้วน
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องแจ้งให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างทราบเป็ น
ลายลักษณ์อกั ษร ตัง้ แต่การเสนอราคา มิฉะนัน้ อุปกรณ์ดงั กล่าวและ
การจัดทาเพื่อให้ระบบ CPM ทางานได้อย่างสมบูรณ์จะอยู่ในความ
รับผิดชอบของผูร้ บั จ้างทัง้ สิน้
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องตรวจสอบแบบและรายละเอียดต่างๆ ที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ
ระบบ CPM ทัง้ ที่ปรากฏในแบบและรายละเอียดนี ้ และที่เกี่ยวข้องกับ
ผูร้ บั เหมารายอื่นๆ ที่ตอ้ งจัดเตรียมไว้ให้ เพื่อให้ระบบ CPM ทางานได้
อย่างสมบูรณ์ อาทิเช่น การจัดเตรียม Control Valve Actuator
Temperature Sensor และ Dry Contact เป็ นต้น รวมทัง้ จะต้อง
ประสานงานกับผูร้ บั เหมารายอื่น ๆ ที่จดั เตรียมอุปกรณ์ตา่ งๆ ดังกล่าว
หากผูร้ บั จ้างตรวจสอบพบว่าอุปกรณ์ที่จดั เตรียม โดยผูร้ บั เหมารายอื่น
ไม่ถกู ต้อง และหรือไม่สอดคล้องกับระบบ CPM และหรือไม่ครบถ้วน
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องแจ้งให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างทราบเป็ น
ลายลักษณ์อกั ษร ตัง้ แต่การเสนอราคา มิฉะนัน้ อุปกรณ์ดงั กล่าวและ
การจัดทาเพื่อให้ระบบ CPM ทางานได้อย่างสมบูรณ์จะอยู่ในความ
รับผิดชอบของผูร้ บั จ้างทัง้ สิน้
4.
สายไฟฟ้าและท่อร้อยสายไฟ
สายไฟฟ้าและท่อร้อยสายไฟ
ก.
หากมิได้ระบุไว้เป็ นอย่างอื่น ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องติดตัง้ ระบบไฟฟ้าสาหรับ
ระบบ CPM ตามข้อกาหนดทางเทคนิคของหมวดไฟฟ้า และหรือ
มาตรฐานของวิศวกรรมสถานแห่งประเทศไทย
หากมิได้ระบุไว้เป็ นอย่างอื่น ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องติดตัง้ ระบบไฟฟ้าสาหรับ
ระบบ CPM ตามข้อกาหนดทางเทคนิคของหมวดไฟฟ้า และหรือ
มาตรฐานของวิศวกรรมสถานแห่งประเทศไทย

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ข.
สายสัญญาณสื่อสารให้เป็ นแบบ Twisted Pair Shield มีขนาดตามที่
บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนดหรือไม่ตา่ กว่า 1.5 ตร.มม. Shield จะต้องต่อลง
ดินกับระบบลงดินของระบบสื่อสารและเป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์ของ BELDEN
หรือ AMP.
สายสัญญาณสื่อสารให้เป็ นแบบ Twisted Pair Shield มีขนาดตามที่
บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนดหรือไม่ตา่ กว่า 1.5 ตร.มม. Shield จะต้องต่อลง
ดินกับระบบลงดินของระบบสื่อสารและเป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์ของ BELDEN
หรือ AMP.

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
สายไฟควบคุมสาหรับการควบคุมแบบ Digital และ Analog ให้มี
จานวนสายและแบบตามที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนด หรือขนาดสายไม่ตา่
กว่า 1.5 ตร.มม. มี หรือไม่มี Shield ตามที่บริษทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนด
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ค.
สายไฟควบคุมสาหรับการควบคุมแบบ Digital และ Analog ให้มี
จานวนสายและแบบตามที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนด หรือขนาดสายไม่ตา่
กว่า 1.5 ตร.มม. มี หรือไม่มี Shield ตามที่บริษทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนด
ง.
สายสัญญาณให้มีจานวนสายและแบบตามที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนดหรือ สายสัญญาณให้มีจานวนสายและแบบตามที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิตกาหนดหรือ
ขนาดสายไม่ตา่ กว่า 1.5 ตร.มม. มีหรือไม่มี Shield ตามที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิต ขนาดสายไม่ตา่ กว่า 1.5 ตร.มม. มีหรือไม่มี Shield ตามที่บริษัทผูผ้ ลิต
กาหนด
กาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
จ.
สายไฟฟ้าที่ใช้ในการติดตัง้ ระบบ CPM ทัง้ หมด จะต้องจัดทารหัสสาย สายไฟฟ้าที่ใช้ในการติดตัง้ ระบบ CPM ทัง้ หมด จะต้องจัดทารหัสสาย
(Lable) และจัดทา Wiring Diagram ประกอบการจัดทาทัง้ หมด
(Lable) และจัดทา Wiring Diagram ประกอบการจัดทาทัง้ หมด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
5.
การทดสอบการทางานและเอกสารเพือ่ ใช้ในการส่งมอบงาน
การทดสอบการทางานและเอกสารเพือ่ ใช้ในการส่งมอบงาน
ก.
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องทดสอบการทางานของระบบ CPM ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 7 วัน
ติดต่อกัน เว้นแต่จะได้รบั การพิจารณาเทียบเท่าจากผูว้ า่ จ้างและหรือ
ตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้าง ทัง้ นีเ้ พื่อให้ม่นั ใจระบบ CPM สามารถทางานได้
อย่างถูกต้องและสมบูรณ์ โดยระบบ CPM ให้ทดสอบตามจานวน
ชั่วโมงที่ใช้งานตามปกติของโครงการ ทัง้ นีผ้ วู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของ
ผูว้ า่ จ้างสงวนสิทธิ์ในการเข้าร่วมตรวจสอบในฐานะพยาน เมื่อ
ตรวจสอบการทางานดังกล่าวเสร็จสิน้ แล้ว ให้บนั ทึกผลการทางานของ
ระบบโดยละเอียดเพื่อส่งให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้าง
ตรวจสอบและตรวจรับมอบงานต่อไป
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องทดสอบการทางานของระบบ CPM ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 7 วัน
ติดต่อกัน เว้นแต่จะได้รบั การพิจารณาเทียบเท่าจากผูว้ า่ จ้างและหรือ
ตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้าง ทัง้ นีเ้ พื่อให้ม่นั ใจระบบ CPM สามารถทางานได้
อย่างถูกต้องและสมบูรณ์ โดยระบบ CPM ให้ทดสอบตามจานวน
ชั่วโมงที่ใช้งานตามปกติของโครงการ ทัง้ นีผ้ วู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของ
ผูว้ า่ จ้างสงวนสิทธิ์ในการเข้าร่วมตรวจสอบในฐานะพยาน เมื่อ
ตรวจสอบการทางานดังกล่าวเสร็จสิน้ แล้ว ให้บนั ทึกผลการทางานของ
ระบบโดยละเอียดเพื่อส่งให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้าง
ตรวจสอบและตรวจรับมอบงานต่อไป

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ข.
เอกสารประกอบการตรวจรับมอบงานของผูร้ บั จ้างให้มีรายละเอียดไม่ เอกสารประกอบการตรวจรับมอบงานของผูร้ บั จ้างให้มีรายละเอียดไม่
น้อยกว่าเอกสารที่ระบุไว้ดงั ต่อไปนี ้
น้อยกว่าเอกสารที่ระบุไว้ดงั ต่อไปนี ้
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
- แบบพิมพ์เขียวแสดงรายละเอียดของระบบ CPM โดยใช้ Software - แบบพิมพ์เขียวแสดงรายละเอียดของระบบ CPM โดยใช้ Software
Autocad ในการเขียนแบบทัง้ ระบบพร้อม CD ROM ของแบบดังกล่าว Autocad ในการเขียนแบบทัง้ ระบบพร้อม CD ROM ของแบบดังกล่าว
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- รายงานผลการทางานของระบบ CPM และอุปกรณ์ตา่ ง ๆ ตามข้อ ก. - รายงานผลการทางานของระบบ CPM และอุปกรณ์ตา่ ง ๆ ตามข้อ ก.
ข้างต้น
ข้างต้น

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- Wiring Diagram พร้อม Label ต่างๆ ของระบบ CPM
- Wiring Diagram พร้อม Label ต่างๆ ของระบบ CPM

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- คูม่ ือการใช้งาน แต่ละขัน้ ตอน ทีละขัน้ ตอน ทัง้ การทางานของระบบ
และการบารุงรักษา คูม่ ือการใช้งานจะต้องจัดให้มีสารบัญ แยกเรือ่ ง
เป็ นหมวดหมู่ พร้อมดรรชนีทา้ ยเล่ม จัดเก็บเป็ น CD
- คูม่ ือการใช้งาน แต่ละขัน้ ตอน ทีละขัน้ ตอน ทัง้ การทางานของระบบ
และการบารุงรักษา คูม่ ือการใช้งานจะต้องจัดให้มีสารบัญ แยกเรือ่ ง
เป็ นหมวดหมู่ พร้อมดรรชนีทา้ ยเล่ม จัดเก็บเป็ น CD

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- แผ่น CD ของ Application Program ต่าง ๆ ที่ใช้งานในระบบ CPM - แผ่น CD ของ Application Program ต่าง ๆ ที่ใช้งานในระบบ CPM

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- คูม่ ือการใช้ Software Program
- คูม่ ือการใช้ Software Program

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- อื่นๆ ที่ผวู้ า่ จ้าง และหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างระบุ
- อื่นๆ ที่ผวู้ า่ จ้าง และหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างระบุ

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
การฝึ กอบรม
การฝึ กอบรม
- รายละเอียดของอุปกรณ์ควบคุมทัง้ หมดของระบบ CPM ข้อมูลทาง
เทคนิค ตัวแทนจาหน่าย ชื่อผูต้ ิดต่อ เบอร์โทรศัพท์ โทรสาร e-mail
address
6.
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
- รายละเอียดของอุปกรณ์ควบคุมทัง้ หมดของระบบ CPM ข้อมูลทาง
เทคนิค ตัวแทนจาหน่าย ชื่อผูต้ ิดต่อ เบอร์โทรศัพท์ โทรสาร e-mail
address
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
ก.
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องฝึ กอบรมช่างควบคุม หรือเจ้าหน้าที่ที่ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือ
ตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างมอบหมาย โดยจะต้องมีเนือ้ หาครอบคลุมลักษณะ
ของระบบ การใช้งานของระบบการบารุงรักษา และการแก้ไข
ข้อบกพร่องที่เกิดขึน้ ผูเ้ ข้าอบรมจะต้องทาแบบทดสอบที่จดั เตรียมโดย
ผูร้ บั จ้างในจานวนข้อทดสอบและเวลาทดสอบที่เหมาะสม และผูร้ บั
จ้างจะต้องส่งผลทดสอบดังกล่าวให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนผูว้ า่ จ้าง
ข.
เอกสารฝึ กอบรมให้จดั เตรียมไว้อย่างน้อย 4 ชุด เป็ นรูปเล่มพร้อมแผ่น เอกสารฝึ กอบรมให้จดั เตรียมไว้อย่างน้อย 4 ชุด เป็ นรูปเล่มพร้อมแผ่น
CD VCD และ CD ROM
CD VCD และ CD ROM
ค.
หัวข้อของการฝึ กอบรม จะต้องครอบคลุมเนือ้ หาไม่นอ้ ยกว่าดังต่อไปนี ้ หัวข้อของการฝึ กอบรม จะต้องครอบคลุมเนือ้ หาไม่นอ้ ยกว่าดังต่อไปนี ้
7.
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องฝึ กอบรมช่างควบคุม หรือเจ้าหน้าที่ที่ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือ
ตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างมอบหมาย โดยจะต้องมีเนือ้ หาครอบคลุมลักษณะ
ของระบบ การใช้งานของระบบการบารุงรักษา และการแก้ไข
ข้อบกพร่องที่เกิดขึน้ ผูเ้ ข้าอบรมจะต้องทาแบบทดสอบที่จดั เตรียมโดย
ผูร้ บั จ้างในจานวนข้อทดสอบและเวลาทดสอบที่เหมาะสม และผูร้ บั
จ้างจะต้องส่งผลทดสอบดังกล่าวให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนผูว้ า่ จ้าง
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด


เอกสารอ้างอิง
สถานที่การฝึ กอบรม รพ.สมเด็จพระปิ่ น
เกล้า (หน้างานจริงของระบบเพื่อความ
เข้าใจยิ่งขึน้ ), หัวข้อการฝึ กอบรมตาม
เอกสารคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ, วัน และ
เวลาสาหรับการฝึ กอรมหลังจากมีการติดตัง้
ระบบเสร็จเรียบร้อยแล้ว ทางผูว้ า่ จ้างหรือ
ตัวแทนผูว้ า่ จ้างสามารถกาหนดให้กับทาง
บริษัทฯ เพื่อเตรียมคูม่ ือและแบบทดสอบ
ระบบงานจริงของทาง รพ.สมเด็จพระปิ่ น
เกล้า
รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
- ลักษณะของระบบ
- ลักษณะของระบบ

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- การใช้งานของระบบ
- การใช้งานของระบบ

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- การ Program และบันทึกผล
- การ Program และบันทึกผล

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- การตรวจสอบและวิเคราะห์ผล
- การตรวจสอบและวิเคราะห์ผล

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- การแก้ไขข้อบกพร่องที่เกิดขึน้ จากการใช้งาน
- การแก้ไขข้อบกพร่องที่เกิดขึน้ จากการใช้งาน

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- รายละเอียดของสัญญาณเตือนที่เกิดขึน้ จากระบบ
- รายละเอียดของสัญญาณเตือนที่เกิดขึน้ จากระบบ

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- การปรับแต่งระบบ
- การปรับแต่งระบบ

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
- การบารุงรักษาตามระยะเวลาต่าง ๆ
- การบารุงรักษาตามระยะเวลาต่าง ๆ

เอกสารแนบคูม่ ืองานใช้งานระบบ
การรับประกันและการให้บริการหลังการติดตัง้
การรับประกันและการให้บริการหลังการติดตัง้
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารอ้างอิง
ก.
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องรับประกันผลงานการติดตัง้ ระบบ CPM ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 2 ปี ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องรับประกันผลงานการติดตัง้ ระบบ CPM ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 2 ปี
นับจากวันตรวจรับมอบงานระบบ CPM
นับจากวันตรวจรับมอบงานระบบ CPM
ข.
ในระยะเวลา 2 ปี ของการรับประกัน ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องเข้ามาทดสอบและ ในระยะเวลา 2 ปี ของการรับประกัน ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องเข้ามาทดสอบและ
ดูแลรักษาระบบอย่างน้อย 2 เดือนต่อ 1 ครัง้ พร้อมทัง้ จัดทารายงาน ดูแลรักษาระบบอย่างน้อย 2 เดือนต่อ 1 ครัง้ พร้อมทัง้ จัดทารายงาน
ผลการตรวจสอบให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้าง
ผลการตรวจสอบให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้าง

เอกสารแนบรับประกันสินค้า
ค.
ในระยะเวลา 2 ปี ของการรับประกัน ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องรับผิดชอบในการ ในระยะเวลา 2 ปี ของการรับประกัน ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องรับผิดชอบในการ
เปลี่ยนชิน้ ส่วนอะไหล่ และอุปกรณ์ที่หมดอายุการใช้งาน และหรือ
เปลี่ยนชิน้ ส่วนอะไหล่ และอุปกรณ์ที่หมดอายุการใช้งาน และหรือ
ชารุดจากการใช้งานตามปกติ
ชารุดจากการใช้งานตามปกติ

เอกสารแนบรับประกันสินค้า
ง.
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องทาการปรับปรุงและ UPDATE ระบบ และ Software
ของระบบ CPM เพื่อให้ระบบ CPM ทันสมัยอยู่เสมอ โดยจะต้องเสนอ
รายละเอียดและค่าใช้จา่ ย (ถ้ามี) ให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผู้
ว่าจ้างอนุมตั ิก่อนดาเนินการ
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องทาการปรับปรุงและ UPDATE ระบบ และ Software
ของระบบ CPM เพื่อให้ระบบ CPM ทันสมัยอยู่เสมอ โดยจะต้องเสนอ
รายละเอียดและค่าใช้จา่ ย (ถ้ามี) ให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและหรือตัวแทนของผู้
ว่าจ้างอนุมตั ิก่อนดาเนินการ

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
จ.
ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องจัดให้มีเจ้าหน้าที่ของแผนกบริการที่สามารถติดต่อได้ ผูร้ บั จ้างจะต้องจัดให้มีเจ้าหน้าที่ของแผนกบริการที่สามารถติดต่อได้
ในชั่วโมงทางานและชั่วโมงฉุกเฉินหลังเวลาทางาน เพื่อให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและ ในชั่วโมงทางานและชั่วโมงฉุกเฉินหลังเวลาทางาน เพื่อให้ผวู้ า่ จ้างและ
หรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างติดต่อและประสานงานได้
หรือตัวแทนของผูว้ า่ จ้างติดต่อและประสานงานได้

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
8.
คุณสมบัติของ Hardware
คุณสมบัติของ Hardware
ก.
อุปกรณ์ประมวลผลกลาง (Central Processing Devices) อุปกรณ์
ประมวลผลกลางให้เป็ น PC Computer ปฏิบตั ิการ (OS) แบบ
WINDOWS VERSION ล่าสุด ให้จดั หาพร้อมโปรแกรมลิขสิทธิ์ตา่ ง ๆ
ที่จาเป็ นต้องใช้ภายในอุปกรณ์ประมวลผลกลางคอมพิวเตอร์ที่ใช้ตอ้ ง
เป็ นของ IBM, HP, DELL และต้องมีคณ
ุ สมบัติขนั้ ตา่ ดังนี ้
อุปกรณ์ประมวลผลกลาง (Central Processing Devices) อุปกรณ์
ประมวลผลกลางให้เป็ น PC Computer ปฏิบตั ิการ (OS) แบบ
WINDOWS VERSION ล่าสุด จัดหาพร้อมโปรแกรมลิขสิทธิ์ตา่ ง ๆ ที่
จาเป็ นต้องใช้ภายในอุปกรณ์ประมวลผลกลางคอมพิวเตอร์ที่ใช้เป็ นของ
DELL และต้องมีคณ
ุ สมบัติขนั้ ตา่ ดังนี ้

เอกสารแนบรับประกันสินค้า
เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
ข.
- Processor: Intel Core i7 หรือที่ดีกว่า
- Processor: Intel Core i7
- Random-Access Memory (RAM): 16 GB, minimum
- Random-Access Memory (RAM): 16 GB
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารอ้างอิง
เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21

เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
- Monitor: 24 inches, LED, high resolution, controls of contrast, - Monitor: 24 inches, LED, resolution 1920 x 1080 at 60 Hz ,
brightness, etc
contrast ratio 1000:1, brightness 250 cd/m²

เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
- Keyboard: 101/102 key with Thai input
- Keyboard: 101/102 key with Thai input

เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
- USB Drive x 3
- USB Drive x 4
- Hard-Disk Drive: 1 TB., minimum
- Hard-Disk Drive: 1 TB., minimum

เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
- DVD 2 Drive
- DVD 2 Drive

เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
- Mouse: 2 button withwheel
- Mouse: 2 button withwheel

เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21
- Operating System: Microsoft Windows 8 or later
- Operating System: Microsoft Windows 10 Pro (64 bit) เป็ น
ระบบปฏิบตั ิการล่าสุด
Eletronic Field Panel
Eletronic Field Panel
Eletronic Field Panel ให้มีรายละเอียดทางเทคนิคไม่นอ้ ยกว่า ดังนี ้
Eletronic Field Panel ให้มีรายละเอียดทางเทคนิคไม่นอ้ ยกว่า ดังนี ้
- RS 485 PORT และ RS 232 PORT จานวนเพียงพอตามต้องการ
- อุปกรณ์มี RS 485 จานวน 1 PORT และ LAN PORT จานวน 2
PORT มีความเพียงพอต่อความต้องการของระบบ
- KEYPAD และจอแสดงผลสาหรับป้อนข้อมูล
- KEYPAD และจอแสดงผลสาหรับป้อนข้อมูล

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-21

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
- Application Program บันทึกอยู่ภายในหน่วยความจา (RAM) โดยมี - Application Program บันทึกอยู่ภายในหน่วยความจา (RAM) โดยมี
แบตเตอรีจ่ า่ ยไฟสารอง
แบตเตอรีจ่ า่ ยไฟสารอง
ค.
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- แบตเตอรีส่ ารองเพื่อจ่ายไฟฉุกเฉินให้กับ RAM และ Real Time
Clock โดยจะต้องสามารถเก็บข้อมูลได้ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 3 เดือนด้วย
แบตเตอรีส่ ารอง
- แบตเตอรีส่ ารองเพื่อจ่ายไฟฉุกเฉินให้กับ RAM และ Real Time
Clock โดยจะต้องสามารถเก็บข้อมูลได้ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 3 เดือนด้วย
แบตเตอรีส่ ารอง

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- Relay พร้อม Timer สาหรับควบคุมระบบประมวลผล
- Relay พร้อม Timer สาหรับควบคุมระบบประมวลผล

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- Automatic Reboot เพื่อเริม่ ใช้งานใหม่ภายหลังระบบจ่ายไฟทางาน - Automatic Reboot เพื่อเริม่ ใช้งานใหม่ภายหลังระบบจ่ายไฟทางาน
ปกติ
ปกติ

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- Universal Input สาหรับสัญญาณ 0-10 VDC และ 4-20 mA
Resistance, Thermistor หรือ Binary Input

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- Universal Output, ฟิ วส์ โดยเหมาะสาหรับสัญญาณทัง้ แบบ Digital - Universal Output, ฟิ วส์ โดยเหมาะสาหรับสัญญาณทัง้ แบบ Digital
และ Analog
และ Analog

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- Color, Laser type
- Color Laser Printer

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
109-110
- Dot-matrix Printer 14x13 quality or better character of an
Alarm Message
- 24-pin dot matrix printer features extraordinary speed, output
quality and reliability. fast print speed of up to 416 characters
per second (12 cpi).

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
107-108
Signal Controller
Signal Controller
Signal Controller ให้มีจานวนและตาแหน่งอย่างเหมาะสมกับ
อุปกรณ์ควบคุมที่ตอ่ รับสัญญาณโดยให้มีรายละเอียดทางเทคนิคไม่
น้อยกว่า ดังต่อไปนี ้
Signal Controller ให้มีจานวนและตาแหน่งอย่างเหมาะสมกับ
อุปกรณ์ควบคุมที่ตอ่ รับสัญญาณโดยให้มีรายละเอียดทางเทคนิคไม่
น้อยกว่า ดังต่อไปนี ้
- RS 485 และ RS 232 PORT จานวนเพียงพอตามความต้องการ
- อุปกรณ์มี LAN PORT จานวน 2 PORT มีความเพียงพอต่อความ
ต้องการของระบบ

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- ช่องสัญญาณเข้าสาหรับอุปกรณ์ Digital และ Analog
- ช่องสัญญาณเข้าสาหรับอุปกรณ์ Digital และ Analog

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- Universal Input สาหรับสัญญาณ 0-10 VDC และ 4-20 mA
Resistance, Thermistor หรือ Binary Input
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารอ้างอิง
- ช่องสัญญาณออกสาหรับอุปกรณ์ Digital และ Analog
- ช่องสัญญาณออกสาหรับอุปกรณ์ Digital และ Analog
- Application Program บันทึกลงในหน่วยความจาถาวร (PROM)
- Application Program บันทึกลงในหน่วยความจาถาวร (PROM)

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
- ใช้กับระบบไฟฟ้าแบบ 24 VAC
- ใช้กับระบบไฟฟ้าแบบ 24 VAC

เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
แผงควบคุมการทางานของเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น (CHILLER PLANT
CONTROL PANEL)
แผงควบคุมการทางานของเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น (CHILLER PLANT
CONTROL PANEL)
แผงควบคุมการทางานของเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น จะต้องจัดหาและติดตัง้
โดยบริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็นยี่หอ้ นัน้ ๆ โดยบริษัท ผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทา
นา้ เย็น จะต้องรับผิดชอบต่ออุปกรณ์ และ Application Program ที่ใช้
ภายใน Control Panel การออกแบบจะต้องเป็ น Micro Processor
Based สามารถป้อนข้อมูลและแสดงผลการทางานได้เป็ นอย่างดี แผง
ควบคุมสามารถต่อรับสัญญาณเข้าและออกแบบ Digital และ Analog
จาก 0-10 VDC และ 4-20 mA พร้อม Output Port และ Signal Port
สาหรับสายสัญญาณ RS 232 เพื่อสื่อสารและติดต่อข้อมูลกับ PC
COMPUTER และเครือ่ งพิมพ์ตา่ ง ๆ
แผงควบคุมการทางานของเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็น จะต้องจัดหาและติดตัง้
โดยบริษัทผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทานา้ เย็นยี่หอ้ นัน้ ๆ โดยบริษัท ผูผ้ ลิตเครือ่ งทา
นา้ เย็น จะต้องรับผิดชอบต่ออุปกรณ์ และ Application Program ที่ใช้
ภายใน Control Panel การออกแบบจะต้องเป็ น Micro Processor
Based สามารถป้อนข้อมูลและแสดงผลการทางานได้เป็ นอย่างดี แผง
ควบคุมสามารถต่อรับสัญญาณเข้าและออกแบบ Digital และ Analog
จาก 0-10 VDC และ 4-20 mA พร้อม Output Port และ Signal Port
สาหรับสายสัญญาณ RS 232 เพื่อสื่อสารและติดต่อข้อมูลกับ PC
COMPUTER และเครือ่ งพิมพ์ตา่ ง ๆ

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
จ.
ระบบ UPS และระบบไฟฟ้าจ่ายให้กับชุดคอมพิวเตอร์, ชุดอุปกรณ์
DDC และอุปกรณ์ของระบบ CPM ทัง้ หมด ต้องมีขนาด CAPACITY ที่
เหมาะสมกับ LOAD ทัง้ นีใ้ ห้ผรู้ บั จ้างเสนอ รายละเอียดทางเทคนิค,
LOAD ที่ใช้ ให้กับเจ้าของโครงการพิจารณาอนุมตั ิ โดยผลิตภัณฑ์ UPS
ต้องเป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มีชื่อเสียงและเป็ นที่ยอมรับในระดับสากล (เช่น
APC, SOCOMEC, GE หรือตามที่ระบุในระบบไฟฟ้า)
ระบบ UPS และระบบไฟฟ้าจ่ายให้กับชุดคอมพิวเตอร์, ชุดอุปกรณ์
DDC และอุปกรณ์ของระบบ CPM ทัง้ หมด ต้องมีขนาด CAPACITY ที่
เหมาะสมกับ LOAD ทัง้ นีใ้ ห้ผรู้ บั จ้างเสนอ รายละเอียดทางเทคนิค,
LOAD ที่ใช้ ให้กับเจ้าของโครงการพิจารณาอนุมตั ิ โดยผลิตภัณฑ์ UPS
ต้องเป็ นผลิตภัณฑ์ที่มีชื่อเสียงและเป็ นที่ยอมรับในระดับสากล (เช่น
APC, SOCOMEC, GE หรือตามที่ระบุในระบบไฟฟ้า)

รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
9.
ความต้องการของ Software Program
ความต้องการของ Software Program
ง.
เอกสารแนบ DDC Controller หน้า 22-50
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
ก.
ข.
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ความต้องการทั่วไป
ความต้องการทั่วไป (OS Windows 10Pro 64 bit)
- มีระบบรักษาความปลอดภัย เพื่อป้องกันบุคคลที่ไม่มีสว่ นเกี่ยวข้อง
เข้ามาใช้งาน
มีระบบรักษาความปลอดภัย เพื่อป้องกันบุคคลที่ไม่มีสว่ นเกี่ยวข้อง
เข้ามาใช้งาน

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- ใช้กับระบบปฏิบตั ิการ (OS) แบบ WINDOWS VERSION ล่าสุด
สามารถใช้กับระบบปฏิบตั ิการ (OS) แบบ WINDOWS VERSION
ล่าสุด

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- แสดงผล ป้อนข้อมูล ใช้งาน และบันทึก เป็ นแบบรูปภาพ (Graphic) สามารถแสดงผล ป้อนข้อมูล ใช้งาน และบันทึก เป็ นแบบรูปภาพ
เพื่อให้สะดวกและง่ายต่อการทางาน
(Graphic) เพื่อให้สะดวกและง่ายต่อการทางาน

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- มีระบบ Alarm แสดงความผิดปกติของการทางานของระบบ แยกสี
พร้อมบันทึกผลตามวันและเวลาที่ผิดปกติ

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- สามารถต่อควบคุมการทางานผ่าน Modem และอุปกรณ์สื่อสารอื่น ๆ สามารถต่อควบคุมการทางานผ่านระบบ Network และอุปกรณ์
ได้
สื่อสารอื่น ๆ ได้

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- สามารถ UPGRADE PROGRAM VERSION ใหม่ได้โดยไม่สง่ ผล
กระทบต่อการใช้งานของข้อมูล และอุปกรณ์ตา่ ง ๆ
โปรแกรมสามารถ UPGRADE PROGRAM VERSION ใหม่ได้โดยไม่
ส่งผลกระทบต่อการใช้งานของข้อมูล และอุปกรณ์ตา่ ง ๆ

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
Application Program
Application Program
โปรแกรมมีระบบ Alarm แสดงความผิดปกติของการทางานของระบบ
แยกสีพร้อมบันทึกผลตามวันและเวลาที่ผิดปกติ
เอกสารแนบ Computer Workstation และ
Monitor หน้า 10-17
Application Program จะต้องควบคุมการทางานให้ระบบปรับอากาศ Application Program จะต้องควบคุมการทางานให้ระบบปรับอากาศ
สามารถทางานได้ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า ดังต่อไปนี ้
สามารถทางานได้ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า ดังต่อไปนี ้
- System Password
System Password

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- Alarm Function and Diagnostic Function
Alarm Function and Diagnostic Function

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- Maintenance Program
Maintenance Program

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
10.
ก.
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
- Recording and Custom Report
Recording and Custom Report
เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- Preventive Maintenance Program
Preventive Maintenance Program

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- System Scheduling and Calender
System Scheduling and Calender

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- System Program เช่น Logs, Optimum Start-Stop, Demand
System Program เช่น Logs, Optimum Start-Stop, Demand
Limiting, Duty Cycling, Optimum Chiller Sequencing Selection, Limiting, Duty Cycling, Optimum Chiller Sequencing Selection,
Chilled Water Control, Cooling and Condenser Water Control Chilled Water Control, Cooling and Condenser Water Control

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- Network Interface
Network Interface

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- Automatic Restart
Automatic Restart

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- Automatic Start of Standby Chiller
Automatic Start of Standby Chiller

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
- และอื่นๆ ที่กาหนด
สามารถตัง้ ค่าการทางานอื่นๆ ที่กาหนดได้

เอกสารแนบ Software & Graphic User
Interface หน้า 1-9
Sensors and Transmitters
Sensors and Transmitters
ผูป้ ระมูลจะต้องจัดหา Sensor, Transmitters และ Relay ทัง้ หมดที่
จาเป็ น รวมทัง้ วัสดุอื่นๆ เช่น ท่อ, สายไฟ, ตู้ โดยมีขอ้ กาหนด ดังนี ้
ผูป้ ระมูลจะต้องจัดหา Sensor, Transmitters และ Relay ทัง้ หมดที่
จาเป็ น รวมทัง้ วัสดุอื่นๆ เช่น ท่อ, สายไฟ, ตู้ โดยมีขอ้ กาหนด ดังนี ้
Temperature Sensor: ต้องเป็ นชนิด Thermistor, Platium หรือ
Balco, มี accuracy บวกหรือลบ 0.2% ที่ calibration point
Temperature Sensor: เป็ นชนิด Thermistor, มี accuracy บวกหรือ
ลบ 0.2% ที่ calibration point

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
51-54
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารอ้างอิง
ข.
Humidity Sensor: ต้องเป็ นชนิด Thin-film polymer capacitive, มี
accuracy 3%, ให้คา่ Output ออกมาเป็ น Linear และมีชว่ งการวัด
อยู่ที่ 0-100% RH
Humidity Sensor: เป็ นชนิด Thin-film polymer capacitive, มี
accuracy 3%, ให้คา่ Output ออกมาเป็ น 4-20mA (Linear) และมี
ช่วงการวัดอยู่ที่ 0-100% RH
ค.
Filter Clog Sensor: ต้องเป็ นแบบ Differential Pressure Switch โดย
เลือกใช้ Normally Open Contact Output ซึ่งหน้าสัมผัสของสวิทช์จะ
ต่อ เมื่อ Sensor ตรวจวัดค่าความดันตกคร่อม Filter ได้ สูงกว่าค่าที่ได้
ตัง้ ไว้ในช่วง 0-1000 Pa
Filter Clog Sensor: ต้องเป็ นแบบ Differential Pressure Switch โดย
เลือกใช้ Normally Open Contact Output ซึ่งหน้าสัมผัสของสวิทช์จะ
ต่อ เมื่อ Sensor ตรวจวัดค่าความดันตกคร่อม Filter ได้ สูงกว่าค่าที่ได้
ตัง้ ไว้ในช่วง 0-1000 Pa
ไม่ได้ใช้ในงาน CPMS
จ.
Air-Flow Status Sensor: ต้องเป็ นแบบ Differential Pressure Switch
โดยเลือกใช้ Normally Open Contact Output ซึ่งหน้าสัมผัสของ
สวิทช์จะต่อ เมื่อ Sensor ตรวจวัดค่าความดันตกคร่อมพัดลมได้สงู
กว่าค่าที่ได้ตงั้ ไว้ในช่วง 0-1000 Pa
Air-Flow Status Sensor: ต้องเป็ นแบบ Differential Pressure Switch
โดยเลือกใช้ Normally Open Contact Output ซึ่งหน้าสัมผัสของ
สวิทช์จะต่อ เมื่อ Sensor ตรวจวัดค่าความดันตกคร่อมพัดลมได้สงู
กว่าค่าที่ได้ตงั้ ไว้ในช่วง 0-1000 Pa
ไม่ได้ใช้ในงาน CPMS
ฉ.
Air Velocity Sensor: ต้องเป็ นชนิด Thin-film elements, มีคา่
accuracy 2% ที่ 0-15 m/s ให้คา่ OUTPUT เป็ น 4-20 mA
Air Velocity Sensor: ต้องเป็ นชนิด Thin-film elements, มีคา่
accuracy 2% ที่ 0-15 m/s ให้คา่ OUTPUT เป็ น 4-20 mA
ไม่ได้ใช้ในงาน CPMS
ช.
Water Flow Status Sensor: ต้องเป็ นแบบ Differential Pressure
Water Flow Status Sensor: เป็ นแบบ Differential Pressure
Switch, NEMA4 Enclosure Standard โดยเลือกใช้ Normally Open Transmitter (อ้างอิงตามเอกสารสอบถามการเปลี่ยนอุปกรณ์)
Contact Output ซึ่งหน้าสัมผัสของสวิทช์จะต่อ เมื่อ Sensor ตรวจวัด
ค่าความดันตกคร่อม pump ได้สงู กว่าค่าที่ได้ตงั้ ไว้ในช่วง 0-250 Psi

หมายเหตุ : - ข้อกาหนดนีเ้ ป็ นเพียงแนวทาง หากรายการ Sensor ของ หมายเหตุ : - ข้อกาหนดนีเ้ ป็ นเพียงแนวทาง หากรายการ Sensor ของ
แต่ละผูผ้ ลิตไม่ตรงตามกาหนด สามารถยื่นเพื่อเทียบเท่าได้โดยวิศวกร แต่ละผูผ้ ลิตไม่ตรงตามกาหนด สามารถยื่นเพื่อเทียบเท่าได้โดยวิศวกร
ผูอ้ อกแบบเป็ นผูพ้ ิจารณา
ผูอ้ อกแบบเป็ นผูพ้ ิจารณา

11.
ENERGY METER
ENERGY METER
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
55-56
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
57-62
รับทราบและปฎิบตั ิตามข้อกาหนด
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
Energy Meter ใช้สาหรับวัดพลังงานความเย็นจากระบบ Chilled
Water โดยอุปกรณ์ Energy Meter นีป้ ระกอบด้วย Flow Meter,
Temperature Sensor และ Energy Calculator
Energy meter ใช้สาหรับวัดพลังงานความเย็นจากระบบ Chilled
Water โดยอุปกรณ์ Energy Meter นีป้ ระกอบด้วย Flow
meter,Temperature Sensor และ Energy Calculator
11.1 Flow Meter
Flow Meter
11.1.1 คุณลักษณะทั่วไป: เป็ นเครือ่ งวัดอัตราการไหลของนา้ ในเส้นท่อโดย
การติดตัง้ ในลักษณะ In-line แบบหน้าแปลน
คุณลักษณะทั่วไป : เป็ นเครือ่ งวัดอัตราการไหลของนา้ ในเส้นท่อโดย
การติดตัง้ ในลักษณะ In-line แบบหน้าแปลน
11.1.2 คุณลักษณะทางเทคนิค
คุณลักษณะทางเทคนิค
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด


เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
Measuring Accuracy: ไม่เกิน +/- 0.5% ของค่าที่อ่านได้ที่ความเร็ว
ของนา้ ในท่อ ตัง้ แต่ 0.25 m/s ขึน้ ไป
Measuring Accuracy : +/- 0.2 % +/- 1 mm/s (incl. sensor)

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
Repeatability: ไม่เกิน +/- 0.2% ของค่าที่อ่านได้
Repeatability: ไม่เกิน +/- 0.1% ของค่าที่อ่านได้

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
อุณหภูมิของของไหล (Temperature): 0-100 C
อุณหภูมิของของไหล (Temperature) : 0 - 150 C

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
ความดัน Rated Pressure: PN 16 กรณี DIN flange, หรือ 300 Lbs
กรณี ANSI flange
ความดัน Rated Pressure : PN 16 กรณี DIN Flange
วัสดุ (Material)
วัสดุ (Material)
ตัวเรือนมาตรวัด (Casing): Steel
ตัวเรือนมาตรวัด (casing) : Carbon Steel
Protection: IP 65 หรือดีกว่า
Protection : IP 67
ส่วนแสดงผล (Electronic Display Unit)
ส่วนแสดงผล (Electronic Display Unit)
Display: ในแบบตัวอักษร ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 2 x 8 หลัก LCD, พร้อมไฟส่อง Display : ในแบบตัวอักษร 2 x 8 หลัก LCD, พร้อมไฟส่องสว่าง
สว่าง

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-93

ดีกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-93
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
Display Function: แสดงค่าได้ทงั้ Flow Rate และ Total, สามารถ
Display function : แสดงค่าได้ทงั้ Flow rate และ Total, สามารถ
เลือกให้แสดงผลในหน่วยมาตรฐานได้ เช่น mL/s, mL/min, L/s, L/min, เลือกให้แสดงผลในหน่วยมาตรฐานได้ เช่น mL/s, mL/min,L/s, L/hr,
L/hr, M3/min, M3/h, GPM, GPH
M3/min, M3/h, GPM, GPH
Security: สามารถตัง้ Pass-word ได้ 4 หลัก เพื่อป้องกันไม่ให้ผไู้ ม่
เกี่ยวข้องไปปรับเปลี่ยนค่าได้
Security : สามารถตัง้ Pass-word ได้ 4 หลัก เพื่อป้องกันไม่ให้ผไู้ ม่
เกี่ยวข้องไปปรับเปลี่ยนค่าได้
Signal Output: 4-20 mA analog output
Signal output : 4-20 mA analog output, Galvanically isolated
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100


เอกสารอ้างอิง
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
Contact output: Dry-contact, Change-Over switch, 230 Vac/2A Contact output : 1 ชุด Dry-contact, Change-Over switch, 42
ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 2 ชุด
Vac/2 A, 24 Vdc/1 A และ 1 ชุด Digital output, 24 V DC 110 mA,

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
Remote Display Installation: สามารถแยกติดตัง้ ส่วนแสดงผลได้ใน Remote Display Installation : สามารถแยกติดตัง้ ส่วนแสดงผลได้ใน
ระยะ ไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 5 เมตรจากตัวมาตรวัด
ระยะ 1 ชุดไม่นอ้ ยกว่า 5 เมตรจากตัวมาตรวัด

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
วัสดุของส่วนแสดงผล: ตัวเรือนทาจาก Powder-coated Aluminium
วัสดุของส่วนแสดงผล : ตัวเรือนทาจาก Powder-coated Aluminium

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-93
Power Supply: 90-250 Vac
Power Supply : 18 ... 90 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
69-100
11.2 Temperature Sensor
Temperature Sensor
11.2.1 คุณลักษณะทั่วไป: เป็ น Temperature Sensor แบบ PT100 แบบ 3
wire ติดตัง้ แบบ Screw-in ติดตัง้ ร่วมกับ Thermowells
คุณลักษณะทั่วไป : เป็ น Temperature Sensor แบบ PT500 แบบ 4
wire ติดตัง้ แบบ Screw-in ติดตัง้ ร่วมกับ Thermowells
11.2.2 คุณลักษณะทางเทคนิค
คุณลักษณะทางเทคนิค

ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
Temperature Sensor: Pt-100, 3 wires
Temperature Sensor : Pt-500, 4 wires

ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
Working Temperature: -20 to + 150 C หรือมากกว่า rang
Working temperature : Pt500, -20 … +190 °C

ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ดีกว่า
ผ่านมาตรฐานรับรอง: IEC 751 Category B หรือเทียบเท่า
ผ่านมาตรฐานรับรอง : IEC 751/EN 60751 Class B
Matched paired according to EN 1434 and MID-type approval
(วัด Diff. Temp. ได้แม่นยากว่า Class B ทั่วไป
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด

ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
วัสดุ (Material): Protecting Tube (Probe) และ Connection ทาจาก วัสดุ ( Material) : Protecting tube (probe) ทาจาก Stainless steel
Stainless Steel 1.4751 (SS 316)
AISI 304Ti/1.4571 และ (Sensor Pocket) Protective tube ทามา
จาก AISI 316Ti/1.4571

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ความยาว (Probe): จะต้องมีความยาวไม่นอ้ ยกว่า ครึง่ หนึ่งของขนาด ความยาว (Probe): มีความยาวไม่นอ้ ยกว่า ครึง่ หนึ่งของขนาดท่อที่
ท่อที่ติดตัง้
ติดตัง้

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ขนาดเส้นผ่าศูนย์กลาง: Diameter 6 mm Probe
ขนาดเส้นผ่าศูนย์กลาง : diameter 6 mm probe

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ขัว้ ต่อสัญญาณ: มาพร้อม Connection Head (Connection Box)
และ Cable Gland
ขัว้ ต่อสัญญาณ : Silicon cable, 2 connection wire terminals,
terminal sleeves to DIN 46228
Thermowells: วัสดุทาจาก Stainless Steel โดยมีความยาวและ
เส้นผ่าศูนย์กลาง สัมพันธ์กับความยาว Probe
Thermowells : Sensor Pocket วัสดุทาจาก Stainless steel AISI
316Ti/1.4571 โดยมีความยาวและเส้นผ่าศูนย์กลางสัมพันธ์กับความ
ยาว probe
11.3 Energy Calculator
Energy Calculator
11.3.1 คุณลักษณะทั่วไป: เป็ นอุปกรณ์รบั สัญญาณจาก Flow Meter,
Temperature Sensor โดยมี Math Functions เป็ นตัวคานวณค่า
พลังงานความเย็นและมีจอ LED สามารถแสดงผลเป็ นหน่วย BTU
และสามารถสื่อสารกับระบบ BAS ของอาคารทาง RS485
(Modbus-RTU)
คุณลักษณะทั่วไป : เป็ นอุปกรณ์รบั สัญญาณจาก Flow meter,
Temperature Sensor โดยมี Math functions เป็ นตัวคานวณค่า
พลังงาน ความเย็นและมีจอ LED สามารถแสดงผลเป็ นหน่วย และ
สามารถสื่อสารกับระบบ BAS ของอาคารทาง RS485 (Modbus-RTU)
11.3.2 คุณลักษณะทางเทคนิค:
คุณลักษณะทางเทคนิค:



เพียงพอกับการใช้งานตามความ
ต้องการ
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111 และ หน้า 112-113 (อุปกรณ์
Energy Calculator มี Communication
เป็ นแบบ M-Bus โดยต้องใช้รว่ มกับ
ตัวแปลง M-Bus to Modbus converter
เพื่อแปลงสัญญาณ)
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ตารางเปรียบเทียบคุณสมบัติ
เรื่อง ระบบจัดการเครื่องทานา้ เย็นโดยอัตโนมัติ (Chiller Plant Manager, CPM)
โครงการ : โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
รายการข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
Rev.4
รายละเอียดผลิตภัณฑ์ทน่ี าเสนอ
ผลการตรวจสอบ
ดีกว่า
เป็ นไปตามข้อกาหนด / ดีกว่า
ข้อกาหนดของผู้ออกแบบ
ตรงตาม
เทียบเท่า
ข้อกาหนด
 เพียงพอกับการใช้งานตามความ
ต้องการ
เอกสารอ้างอิง
Indication Accuracy: 0.1% Digit of Full Scale
Indication Accuracy : + 0.5 % (Meets requirements of EN 1434
, MID approved )
Measuring Input: 100ms per cycle sampling, (100ms เท่ากับ
0.1s)
Measuring input : 1/8s (เท่ากับ 0.1s) , temperature: 2 s
Output Signal: 4-20 mA
Output signal : 2 pulse output & M-Bus ( M-Bus สามารถใช้
ร่วมกับ Coverter แปลงเป็ น Modbus RTU ได้ จะทาให้ได้ขอ้ มูลการ
วัดที่มากกว่า 4-20 mA )

ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
Applied Standards: UL, CE Mark
Applied standards : CE Mark, EN1434 , MID for heat metering
and PTB K7.2 for cooling

ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
Security: สามารถตัง้ Password ได้ 4 หลัก เพื่อป้องกันไม่ให้ผไู้ ม่
เกี่ยวข้องไปปรับเปลี่ยนค่าได้
Security: สามารถตัง้ Password ได้ 4 หลัก เพื่อป้องกันไม่ให้ผไู้ ม่
เกี่ยวข้องไปปรับเปลี่ยนค่าได้จากโปรแกรมควบคุม

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
Totallized Data: สามารถเก็บข้อมูลได้ทกุ 30 วินาที Backup ลงใน
EE PROM (No battery equipped)
Totallized data : สามารถเก็บข้อมูลได้ทกุ 2 - 8 วินาที Backup ลงใน
EE PROMของอุปกรณ์ และ เก็บข้อมูลได้ทกุ 15 วินาที ตามการตัง้ ค่า
จากโปรแกรมเพื่อทาการ Backup ลงใน Database

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
อุณหภูมิแวดล้อมขณะ: 5...50 ºC ใช้งาน (Ambient temp.)
อุณหภูมิแวดล้อมขณะใช้งาน (Ambient temp.) : 5...55 °C
ระดับการป้องกัน: IP54 (Enclosure)
ระดับการป้องกัน (Enclosure) : IP54


เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
ดีกกว่าตามความต้องการตาม
ข้อกาหนด

เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
เอกสารแนบ Sensor & Field Device หน้า
101-111
Index
1. Equipment List
2. Point Schedule ,Schematic and Wiring Diagram
3. Catalog
3.1 Software & Graphic User Interface
3.2 Controller
3.3 Sensor & Field Device
4. Certification & Company Profile
5. Warranty Document
6. User Manual
7. Project References
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1. Equipment List
รายละเอียดตารางของอุปกรณ์ระบบ CPMS
Item
Descripyion
Model
Brand
Remark
SXWSWCLIENT0001
Schneider
Page 1-9
Optiplex 5080
Dell
Page 10-21
AS-B36
Schneider
Page 22-33
MP-C18A
Schneider
Page 34-50
TSAPA02C
Greystone
Page 51-54
Software & Graphic User Interface
1
WorkStation EcoStruxure Building Operation
2
Computer Workstation & Monitor
DDC Controller
3
Automation Server
4
BACNet IP Controller
Sensor & Field Device
5
Pipe Temp Sensor, Thermister
6
Outdoor Temp/Humidity Sensor, Accuracy +- 3%
HTOSB312E002
Greystone
Page 55-56
7
Water Diff Pressure Transmitter, 0-6 Bar, 4-20mA
HUBA692
HUBA
Page 57-62
8
Water Static Pressure Transmitter, 0 - 10 Bar, 4-20mA
MBS3000
Danfoss
Page 63-68
9
Electro Magnetic Water Flow Meter 8"
SITRANS FM MAG 6000i & MAG 3100 P
Siemens
Page 69-100
10
Energy Calculator (BTU Meter)
SITRANS FUE950
Siemens
Page 101-111
11
M-Bus-to-Modbus-Converter
MB-10
Viltrus
Page 112-113
12
Dot Maxtrix Printer
LQ310
Epson
Page 114-115
13
Laser Color Printer
LBP621CW
Canon
Page 116-117
2. Point Schedule ,Schematic
and Wiring Diagram
DDC-CPMS
ROJPAIBOON EQUIPMENT CO., LTD.
PROJECT : Somdech Phra Pinklao Hospital
POINT SCHEDULE
LOCATION : CHILLER PLANT
TYPE OF POINT
ITEM
SYSTEM
POINT/EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
TYPE
AI
AO
DI
Panel To Be
DO
Direction Of Cable
Type Of Cable
HLI
Interface
From
To
80
BACNET/IP
CHILLER
CARD
DDC
UTP CAT6
Motorized Valve
DDC
OPVCJZ CABLE 6C - 1.0 mm.2
4-20 mA.
HUBA692
DDC
LiYcY CABLE 2C - 0.75 mm.2
CONTROL RELAY
STARTER
DDC
EQUIPMENTS
1
CH-01 TO 04
- START/STOP OF CHILLER
4 Set
- STATUS OF CHILLER & COMPRESSOR
- ALARM STATUS
- CHILLED WATER SETPOINT, DEMAND LIMIT SETP
- PERCENT RLA
- PHASE VOLTAGE & CURRENT
- EVAP & COND LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE
- EVAP & COND ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE
- EVAP & COND REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
- EVAP & COND REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURE
- MOTORIZED VALVE CONTROL OPEN/CLOSE
CHILLED PUMP
- CONTROL START/STOP
CHP-1 - 04
- OVERLOAD ALARM
4 SET
4
4
- AUTO/MANUAL STATUS ( SWITCH MODE )
- DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
HEADER
4
VFC
DDC
OPVCJZ CABLE 8C - 1.0 mm.2
DDC
VFC
HUBA692
DDC
OPVCJZ CABLE 8C - 1.0 mm.2
VSD
VSD
DDC
LiYcY CABLE 2C - 0.75 mm.2
CHILLED CWATER
6
Thermistor
Temp.Sensor
DDC
LiYcY CABLE 2C - 0.75 mm.2
- HEADER CH WATER SUPPLY / RETURN PRESSURE
2
4-20 mA.
Static-Pressure tran.
DDC
LiYcY CABLE 2C - 0.75 mm.2
- CHR ELECTRO MAGNETIC FLOW METER 8" WITH
1
4-20 mA.
MAG 5100W
DDC
LiYcY CABLE 4C - 1.0 mm.2
- OUTDOOR TEMP&HUMIDITY TRANSMITTER
2
0-10 vdc.
OSA Senser
DDC
LiYcY CABLE 5C - 0.75 mm.2
131
19
ROJPAIBOON EQUIPMENT CO.,LTD.
5
VFC
4
- HEADER CH WATER SUPPLY / RETURN TEMPERATURE
REVISION ISSUE FOR APPROVAL
4
4
- VSD CONTROL SPEED
3
NO.Contact
8
- DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
2
Control Relay
8
- MOTORIZED VALVE OPEN/CLOSE STATUS
4
16
12
80
DRAW BY
PROJECT TITLE
TEL : 434-3747-51
DATE
DRAWING TITLE
FAX : 881-8520
06/17/2021
DRWG NO :
TAC CONTROL
-
POINT SCHEDULE FOR DDC
SCALE
NONE
PAGE :
1
OUTDOOR T/H
24VAC
24VAC
DDC-CPM-1
24VAC
24VAC
LAMP
24VDC
100 VA
Serial No.
Ref. No.
Type
Phase
220 V
24
V
Vector Group
Power
50 Hz
100
VA
AN
Mfg. Date
0VDC
N
National
www.estel.co.th
220VAC
Tel : 0-2985-2081
24VAC/4
24VAC/3
24VAC/2
24VAC/1
N
220VAC
Frequency
Type of cooling
Max. Ambient Temp.
24VDC
V primary
V secondary
Made Thailand
2-DO8
24VDC
2-DO7
2-DO6
24VDC
2-DO5
29
2-DO4
28
24VDC
27
DO3
2-DO3
26
2-DO2
25
DO2
24VDC
24VDC
24
2-DO1
1-DO4
23
DO1
0VAC
24VDC
22
24VAC
1-DO3
21
24VDC
20
1-DO2
18
24VDC
17
Triac outputs
1-DO1
1-DO8
19
DO8
Ub6
24VAC
Ub5
1-DO7
Ub4
16
1-DO6
Ub3
M:\SolidWorks\Active Projects\SmartX AS-B\DWG\AS-B_36_1.png
DO7
15
DO6
14
COM2
1-Ub6
13
24VAC
1-Ub5
12
1-DO5
1-Ub4
11
DO5
1-Ub3
10
Universal inputs/outputs
RS-485
COM1
1-Ub2
9
1-Ub1
8
Ub2
7
Ub1
6
RET
7
Bias
6
TX/RX
0VAC
3
24 VAC
,15VA,
50/60 Hz
24-30 VDC
, 10 W
TX/RX
24VAC
2
RET
1
RET
Wire duct 40x80 mm.
DO4
Relay outputs 250 VAC, 2A / 30 VAC, 2A
30 VAC, 0.8A
Status
TX
Host
Reset
RS-485
Device
ASB-36
RX
Ethernet 1
MP-C18B
Wire duct 60x80 mm.
Ua17
Ua18
Ua19
Ua20
51
52
53
1-Ua20
1-Ua12
Ua16
43
1-Ua11
50
1-Ua19
Ua11
42
1-RET
49
1-Ua18
RET
41
1-Ua10
48
1-Ua17
Ua10
40
1-Ub9
47
1-Ua16
Ua9
39
1-Ua8
RET
Ua8
38
1-Ua7
Ua15
Ua7
37
1-Ua6
Ua14
Ua6
36
1-Ua5
Ua13
Ua5
35
1-Ua4
Ua12
Ua4
34
1-Ua3
46
1-RET
Ua3
33
1-Ua2
45
1-Ua15
Ua2
32
1-Ua1
44
1-Ua14
Ua1
31
M:\SolidWorks\Active Projects\SmartX AS-B\DWG\AS-B_36_2.png
1-Ua13
Ub8
30
1-Ub8
Universal inputs/outputs
Ub7
Input: 24 VDC
, 2.4 A
Output: 0-10 VDC
, 5 K MIN
2-Ub10
2-RET
2-Ub9
2-Ub8
2-Ub7
2-RET
2-Ub6
2-RET
2-Ub5
2-Ub4
2-Ub3
2-RET
2-Ub2
2-RET
10/100
Ethernet 2
2-Ub1
10/100
Ethernet 1
Universal inputs/outputs
Device
1-Ub7
Ua, Ub Ratings
Wire duct 40x80 mm.
TERMINAL 1-50UNITS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED LED
Wire duct 40x80 mm.
N
220VAC
N
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
TERMINAL 51-107UNITS
220VAC
Wire duct 40x80 mm.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
Wire duct 60x80 mm.
Ethernet 2
L
N
L
N
GND
2
1
1-DO2
0VAC
1-DO3
0VAC
1-DO4
0VAC
1-DO5
0VAC
1-DO6
0VAC
1-DO7
0VAC
1-DO8
0VAC
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
1-R3c
1-R4
1-R4c
1-R5
1-R5c
1-R6
1-R6c
1-R7
1-R7c
1-R8
1-R8c
0VDC
1-R3
24VDC/4
0VAC
1-Ua20
24VAC/1
1-DO3
24VAC/1
1-DO4
24VAC/1
29
1-R2c
53
1-Ua19
1-DO2
28
1-R2
Ua20
52
1-Ua18
24VAC/1
27
1-DO1
Ua19
51
1-Ua17
1-DO1
26
1-R1c
Ua18
50
1-Ua16
25
1-R1
Ua17
49
1-RET
1-DO8
24
1-RET
Ua16
48
1-Ua15
24VAC/1
DO8
1-DO7
1-DO6
24VAC/1
COM2
DO7
23
1-Ub6
RET
47
1-Ua14
Ub6
22
1-RET
Ua15
46
1-Ua13
Ub5
DO6
DO3
1-Ub5
1-RET
Ua14
45
1-Ua12
Ub4
COM1
DO2
1-Ub4
1-RET
Ua13
44
1-Ua11
1-Ub6
Ub3
1-DO5
1-Ub5
Ub2
DO5
DO1
1-Ub3
1-RET
1-Ub2
Ua12
43
1-RET
Universal inputs/outputs
1-RET
Ua11
42
1-Ua10
1-Ub4
Ub1
21
2
-
CHP-4 CONTROL START/STOP
1
20
CHP-3CONTROL START/STOP
2
30 VAC, 0.8A
CHP-2 CONTROL START/STOP
1
19
CHP-1 CONTROL START/STOP
2
18
CH-4 MOTORIZED VALVE CONTROL OPEN/CLOSE
1
17
CH-3 MOTORIZED VALVE CONTROL OPEN/CLOSE
AGND
Triac outputs
CH-2 MOTORIZED VALVE CONTROL OPEN/CLOSE
AI1
16
CH-1 MOTORIZED VALVE CONTROL OPEN/CLOSE
AGND
M:\SolidWorks\Active Projects\SmartX AS-B\DWG\AS-B_36_1.png
1-Ub1
RET
41
1-Ua9
1-Ub3
15
1-Ua20
Ua10
40
1-Ua8
1-Ub2
14
24VDC/4
Ua9
39
1-Ua7
1-Ub1
13
1-Ua19
Ua8
38
1-Ua6
TX/RX
RET
TX/RX
12
24VDC/4
Ua7
37
1-Ua5
RET
11
CH-4 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
AI1
10
1-Ua18
Ua6
36
1-Ua4
Universal inputs/outputs
CH-3 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
AGND
CH-2 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
AI1
24VDC/4
Ua5
35
M:\SolidWorks\Active Projects\SmartX AS-B\DWG\AS-B_36_2.png
1-Ua17
Ua4
34
1-Ua3
Device
24VDC/4
Ua3
33
1-Ua2
300 VA
CH-1 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
AGND
9
1-RET
Ua2
RS-485
CHP-4 VSD CONTROL SPEED
Ua1
Device
1-Ua16
Ub8
32
1-Ua1
Host
1-RET
Ub7
31
1-Ub8
10/100
Ethernet 2
30
1-Ub7
RET
8
CHP-3 VSD CONTROL SPEED
AI1
7
1-Ua15
Input: 24 VDC
, 2.4 A
Output: 0-10 VDC
, 5 K MIN
1-RET
Ua, Ub Ratings
6
1-Ua14
7
CHP-2 VSD CONTROL SPEED
24 VAC
,15VA,
50/60 Hz
24-30 VDC
, 10 W
Bias
6
1-RET
Reset
1-Ua13
10/100
Ethernet 1
1-RET
3
CHP-1 VSD CONTROL SPEED
TR1
CHP-4 AUTO/MANUAL STATUS ( SWITCH MODE )
0VAC
2
1-Ua12
24VAC/1
1
1-RET
0VAC
1-Ua11
1-RET
1-Ua10
1-RET
1-Ua9
1-RET
1-Ua8
1-RET
1-Ua7
1-RET
1-Ua6
1-RET
1-Ua5
1-RET
1-Ua4
1-RET
N
CHP-3 AUTO/MANUAL STATUS ( SWITCH MODE )
CHP-2 AUTO/MANUAL STATUS ( SWITCH MODE )
CHP-1 AUTO/MANUAL STATUS ( SWITCH MODE )
CHP-4 OVERLOAD ALARM
CHP-3 OVERLOAD ALARM
CHP-2 OVERLOAD ALARM
CHP-1 OVERLOAD ALARM
CH-4 MOTORIZED VALVE OPEN/CLOSE STATUS
1-Ua3
1-RET
24VAC
CH-3 MOTORIZED VALVE OPEN/CLOSE STATUS
L
1-Ua2
24VAC/2
N
1-RET
24VAC/3
F2
FUSE 6A
L
CH-2 MOTORIZED VALVE OPEN/CLOSE STATUS
24VDC/4
F3
FUSE 6A
N
1-Ua1
F4
FUSE 6A
L
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
LAMP
CH-1 MOTORIZED VALVE OPEN/CLOSE STATUS
National
220VAC
N
L
CB1
2P 10A
Relay outputs 250 VAC, 2A / 30 VAC, 2A
DO4
Status
Ethernet 1
TX
RX
RS-485
Ethernet 2
Universal inputs/outputs
F1
FUSE 6A
0VAC
24VAC/1
24VAC/3
-
24V
24V
24V
24V
24V
CH-4 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
-
CH-3 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
+
CH-2 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
24V G0
CH-1 DIFF. PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
T
HEADER CH WATER RETURN PRESSURE
H
HEADER CH WATER SUPPLY PRESSURE
24V G0
CHR ELECTRO MAGNETIC FLOW METER
OUTDOOR TEMP&HUMIDITY
24V
-
2-DO1
0VAC
2-DO2
0VAC
2-DO3
0VAC
2-DO4
0VAC
2-DO5
0VAC
2-DO6
0VAC
2-DO7
0VAC
2-DO8
0VAC
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
11
14
2-R1c
2-R2
2-R2c
2-R3
2-R3c
2-R4
2-R4c
2-R5
2-R5c
2-R6
2-R6c
2-R7
2-R7c
2-R8
2-R8c
24VDC/4
2-R1
2-RET
2-Ub10
2-Ub9
24VDC/4
2-Ub8
24VDC/4
2-Ub7
24VDC/4
2-Ub6
24VDC/4
2-Ub5
24VDC/4
2-Ub4
24VDC/4
2-RET
2-Ub3
0VAC
24VAC/4
2-RET
2-Ub2
2-Ub1
0VAC
24VAC/4
0VDC
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
2-Ub10
2-RET
2-Ub9
2-Ub8
2-RET
2-Ub7
2-Ub6
2-RET
2-Ub5
2-Ub4
2-RET
2-Ub3
2-Ub2
2-RET
2-Ub1
2-DO8
24VAC/2
2-DO7
2-DO6
24VAC/2
2-DO5
2-DO4
24VAC/2
2-DO3
2-DO2
24VAC/2
2-DO1
0VAC
24VAC/2
24VAC/2
F2
FUSE 6A
0VAC
0VAC
24VAC/3
24VAC/3
3. Catalog
3.1 Software & Graphic
User Interface
1
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
1
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
9-ข
Introduction
EcoStruxure Building Operation WorkStation is a fully
featured environment for operating and administering
all aspects of the software. WorkStation is the window
through which users can monitor their energy usage
and continuously improve their building’s efficiency.
Operator features
WorkStation is the interface where users and engineers
access their EcoStruxure BMS servers. You can view
and manage graphics, alarms, schedules, trend logs,
and reports. Engineers can configure and maintain all
aspects of an EcoStruxure BMS.
Efficient alarm management
Secure user accounts
An EcoStruxure BMS requires each user to have an
account. Access can be through an account
maintained by the EcoStruxure Building Operation
database or through a Windows Active Directory
account. IT policies for password formatting, aging,
and uniqueness are supported and enforced.
Language and regional settings
The software adapts the displayed language,
measurement system, and date/time format to the
operating system settings. Language and
measurement system can easily be switched from
within WorkStation. Translations of WorkStation are
delivered as part of the installation or as separate
language packs that are easy to install and deploy.
Customized view
The EcoStruxure Building Operation software has the
flexibility to be fully customized to the viewing
preference of individual users. The main interface,
called the workspace, is a panel-based interface where
users can select, position, and re-size a wide variety of
components, such as alarms, graphics, and editors. A
default Workspace is assigned to each user account,
but users can easily modify, save, and create multiple
versions to choose from. The Workspace can also be
modified as needed to address real-time issues.
Alarm View
Alarms need to be assessed and responded to quickly.
Through WorkStation, alarms are displayed in a simple
and efficient way to ensure that no alarm is overlooked.
Alarms can be color coded, grouped, and filtered for
maximum efficiency. WorkStation enables dispatch
centers or managers to assign alarms to a user or a
group of users. Using a filter, users can see only the
alarms assigned to them and accept or reject the
assignment.
Filter settings and layout can be edited and stored as
Favorites in the Alarm View and the Event View. Quick
filter enables fast filtering of the views. Multiple alarms
can be batch acknowledged for effective alarm
management.
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
2
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Robust alarm tracking
Acknowledgement and response alarms can be
acknowledged with varying degrees of detail,
depending on the importance of the alarm. Users can
be required to enter notes or choose from a standard
list to explain how the issue was resolved. WorkStation
can present the user with instructions or a specific view
of their system that shows details of the affected
equipment. The audit trail records the user’s actions.
Intuitive schedules
Advanced activity log
It is important to log more than basic activity. The
software logs every action with a timestamp, the user
who performed the action, and the values that were
changed.
Schedule editor
Easy to read trend logs and charts
Trend Chart view
The software can trend data in many ways, including a
periodic method (every day, hour, minute) and a
change-of-value (COV) method that only records when
a defined threshold has been passed. These trend logs
can be shown in trend lists and charts to visualize
patterns for diagnostic and optimization purposes.
Multiple series can be presented in a single chart, so
that data points can be easily compared.
The color, weight, and style of all lines can be
specified. Display of digital data is automatically shown
as high and low horizontal bars, eliminating the need
for additional scaling. Log data can be presented as
average, minimum, maximum, or delta in addition to the
actual log value itself. Users can zoom in to see details
without losing clarity. A trend chart can have two
different scales on the same chart to see how different
data relate to each other.
Trend data can be exported and downloaded as XML
or CSV files.
Energy efficiency is achieved when equipment is
running only when necessary. Schedules manage that
process through a graphical interface that is easy-touse. Change times with a few simple clicks of the
mouse. The powerful Schedule Editor can set up
recurring events (every Monday, every third Tuesday,
or every January 1st) or an unlimited number of
exceptions with priority levels. Schedules go beyond
the basic on and off control by enabling direct control
of analog values. For example, users can set schedule
events to percentages to control lighting levels without
writing a program.
IT friendly and secure
WorkStation communicates using networking
standards, such as DHCP, HTTP, and HTTPS. This
makes installation easy, management simple, and
transactions secure.
TLS support
Communication between clients and the EcoStruxure
BMS servers can be encrypted using Transport Layer
Security (TLS 1.2). The servers are delivered with a
default self-signed certificate. Commercial Certification
Authority (CA) server certificates are supported to lower
the risk of malicious information technology attacks.
Use of encrypted communication can be enforced for
both WorkStation and WebStation access.
Stunning graphics capability
In an EcoStruxure BMS, the graphics can be
customized to provide the user interface required to
effectively run each facility. Graphics are stored locally
in the EcoStruxure BMS servers and are available to
authorized users from wherever they log on.
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
3
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
3
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Sample graphic
Sample graphic
Scalable vector graphics
The EcoStruxure Building Operation software uses
scalable vector graphic technology so that users can
zoom in to see details without losing clarity. Graphics
are built once, but can be used on any display
regardless of size or resolution. Vector graphic file
sizes are small so they can be stored and served
directly from the SmartX server.
Interactive ready-to-use components
Users can take control directly from a graphic and
change setpoints, enable/disable equipment, and
modulate actuators - all with a simple point-and-click
action. A library of components is available online to
choose from. These graphics can be further
customized to meet the unique needs of every
installation.
Engineering features
Push-button engineering features help a project stay on
time and on budget. The EcoStruxure Building
Operation software not only reduces project
engineering but it also expands the possibilities for
monitoring and control by delivering on-site
customization tools.
Sample graphic
Super dynamic live updates
A standard live update simply shows the displayed
values as conditions change in the field. With the
EcoStruxure Building Operation software's super
dynamic live updates, all aspects of graphical elements
can change when values change.
Type management
With the type management features in the EcoStruxure
BMS servers and WorkStation, you can quickly and
easily reuse graphics, programs, and MP Series
controller applications. WorkStation allows making
these types of objects into Custom Types, which
enables very effective patterns for inspecting,
updating, and deploying new versions of the object
types throughout the system.
Backup and restore
An iBMS system can have thousands of created and
configured objects. Quick recovery from an
unexpected event, such as an unintended delete or
hardware failure, is vital. The EcoStruxure Building
Operation software has a built in Backup and Restore
functionality that can backup, store, and restore from
multiple copies of an EcoStruxure BMS server’s
database. This functionality resides on an EcoStruxure
BMS server and can be accessed and configured
through WorkStation.
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
4
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
4
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Import and export
Configurations and programs can easily be transferred
from one EcoStruxure Building Operation database to
another with the import and export feature. The import
interface provides a preview of the objects so users
can confirm the content.
Two programming options
Unique to the industry, the EcoStruxure BMS servers
have both Script and Function Block programming
options. This flexibility ensures that the best
programming method can be selected for the
application.
EcoStruxure BMS server support
Direct connection of the WorkStation to all EcoStruxure
BMS servers ensures optimized configuration and
operation.
Spreadsheet view
The Spreadsheet view allows creating and editing of
multiple points in a tabular format rather than editing
each point individually. The spreadsheet feature
supports copy/paste of cell content to and from
Microsoft Excel. The Spreadsheet view can be used for
configuration of values, alarms, trends, the SmartX
server’s I/O modules and points, as well as Modbus
points.
Device Discovery
The Device Discovery significantly reduces
engineering time by detecting new devices on the
network and automatically creating a corresponding
device in the EcoStruxure BMS.
Binding tool
Data is easily exchanged between points, programs,
EcoStruxure BMS servers, and other vendor's systems
via a simple binding mechanism. The binding tool in the
EcoStruxure Building Operation software is intuitive and
is used to swiftly configure data exchange.
Mass change
A system often can have hundreds of objects with the
same configuration. One action creates and configures
these duplicates with a mass change and create
feature.
Programming
Today’s buildings demand more than basic control.
They require applications that can be customized to
meet specific building automation needs.
Unlike other software that requires factory involvement
for non-standard or special applications, the
EcoStruxure Building Operation software can be easily
customized. You can turn operational sequences into
reality in the field to save both time and money on any
project.
Multi-program editing
The EcoStruxure Building Operation software has a
robust programming environment that enables multiple
program editing at the same time. Simple cut and paste
functionality ensures multiple programs work together
to control a larger system.
Optimized program execution
You can assign each program to a specific task and
cycle time that is appropriate for the program’s
application. This ensures programs for critical
applications run without any impact from other tasks.
The sequencing of program execution is handled
automatically by the EcoStruxure BMS server.
Dynamic programming
There is no downtime while programming because the
program runs even while it is being edited. When the
program is saved, the code is replaced and the new
sequence begins. The execution of other programs is
not impacted during the updating process.
Reduced set-up time
Inputs, outputs, and other objects in the system are
connected through bindings, by the use of the binding
tool. This binding reduces set-up time and increases
system stability. No bindings are in the code itself.
Each program becomes easy to copy throughout the
system, which saves time and ensures consistency.
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
5
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
5
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Script Editor
• If Temperature > Setpoint then goto CoolingOn
Understandable program status
Because Script programs are composed of basic,
everyday language statements, it is easy to follow the
logic and quickly understand what the program is
doing. Description line names can be added to state
the action performed in that section of the program. As
a result, users can view diagnostic details of the
running program to see how long the condition has
been in effect.
Script Editor
• Display color codes for every part of a line in Script
• Auto-correct and Auto-complete displays syntax
errors and completes known keywords and
declared variables
• Cut/Copy/Paste, Find/Replace, Undo/Redo, Goto
Line/Declaration/Definition functionality
• Customize font type, size, color, and background
color of the editing environment
• Save sections (snippets) of code and quickly insert
them into other programs
• Insert a keyword into the code by selecting the
keyword from a quick selection box
• Reference a local variable or constant throughout a
program
• Display a list of errors linked to the program’s
problem area for quick troubleshooting
• Save work without affecting runtime code
Script programs read like a book with easy to learn
commands, such as:
• Turn on the Fan
• Close the Valve
Script Debug mode
Using the built-in Script Debug mode, you can debug
script programs using either a single step process or a
program trace process. All variables - bound global
variables and declared local variables - are shown with
their live values for the currently executing line of the
Script Program. After debugging is complete, a simple
toggle of the mode returns Script Editor to the normal
editing process.
Efficient library management
To save time and eliminate the need to write a program
more than once, the EcoStruxure Building Operation
database can easily import and export programs
to/from an external library. The Script Editor is an
evolution of the Plain English (PE) programming
language used by both Infinity and Andover Continuum
systems so libraries of PE code can be imported into
Script Editor. During the import process, PE code is
automatically converted to the updated Script format.
Support for Plain English controllers
Script Editor supports Plain English (PE) controllers, so
you don’t need to learn and program two different sets
of formatting rules. Instead, the PE format is applied
behind the scenes during the deployment of the
controllers that require PE format.
BACnet support in Script programming
BACnet support provides direct control using specific
BACnet services, such as ReadProperty and
WriteProperty. Advanced applications can even
command BACnet priorities.
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
6
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
6
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Function Block Editor
Function Block Editor
• Create a program by adding function blocks and
adding connections between the blocks
• Hierarchical blocks collapse functionality into one
block, which increases readability
• See actual runtime data in blocks - facilitates
debugging and verification
• Cut/Copy/Paste, Find/Replace, and Undo
• Add text, color code lines, change font type, size
or color to increase readability
• Check and display a list of errors linked to the
program’s problem area for troubleshooting
• Import previously created programs from library
• Save without affecting runtime code
Function block programs
Graphical programming provides a level of readability
not seen in other types of programming languages. The
visualization of the graphical elements, the blocks, and
their connections makes it easy to quickly understand
and follow program logic. The readability is further
enhanced by the use of the hierarchical function
blocks, which allow complex functions to be stored
inside one block and thereby create a high-level view of
the program.
Offline simulation and online testing
By using the built-in debugger in the editor, you can
simulate the application using single step functionality
or simulating patterns on inputs. The online testing is
performed in WorkStation where the graphical layout is
available and the runtime values can be seen as they
are executed, with the possibility to trend log or plot
values for troubleshooting and fine tuning.
Library management
With Function Block, code can be imported or exported
to an external library, so that no code ever needs to be
written twice. Because Function Block is an evolution of
the TAC Menta programming language used by the
TAC Vista system, libraries of Menta code can be
imported into the Function Block Editor. During the
import process, the Menta code is automatically
converted to the updated Function Block format.
Graphics Editor
Graphics are created and edited using the Graphics
Editor: a powerful tool that helps users visualize
everything from the field control level to the enterprise
level. The Graphics Editor provides a variety of easy-touse tools to build whatever graphics are required, from
a simple line drawing to a photorealistic image. The
Graphics Editor can import a wide variety of formats,
including .jpg and CAD drawings. JavaScript can also
be used to further customize the behavior of each
graphic. Animation can highlight changes in the system
or make navigation easier. For example, you can create
a floor plan view with color-coded temperatures for
each zone.
The Graphics Editor is accessed from WorkStation and
enables users to create and edit the graphics in
systems. WorkStation and WebStation use the same
graphics format, so graphics are engineered once.
Graphics Editor
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
7
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
7
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Thermal Graphics: Floor plans can be set up with zones
that change color based on the measured temperature,
pressure, humidity, usage level or other data provided
by the EcoStruxure Building Operation database.
Values are updated using the most efficient data
retrieval method available. When supported by the
EcoStruxure BMS server or the field device, the
following methods may be utilized:
• Change of value (COV) subscriptions
• Read multiple properties at once
To share components and function snippets, they may
be drag 'n dropped to email, Skype, or Windows
Explorer for easy distribution.
Great graphics - little effort
Graphics Editor was designed to help users without
strong artistic or technical skills to create great
graphics. If the user is more advanced, the possibilities
are endless.
Reusable components and function snippets
Graphical elements can be grouped into reusable
components with properties that are easy to edit.
Furthermore, function snippets that cause the
component to animate or display a certain color based
on a value can also be saved and reused. Users can
copy a gauge component and change its color, font,
and border size without affecting the original
functionality.
Layout and creation tools
There are a number of basic drawing tools available
within the Graphics Editor. Equipment diagrams, floor
plans, maps, navigational maps, and other types of
graphics can be created to display dynamic data.
The unique Layers functionality in Graphics Editor
facilitates easier editing of graphics with different
categories of information. Layers can be controlled
through scripting so that the right information is
displayed to the right users at the right time.
Effects
Graphics can have visual effects, such as gradients,
and semitransparent colors. Dynamic rotation, scaling,
and movement can also be added based on point
values to emphasize important events.
Importing
Graphics Editor lets you take advantage of photos and
graphics created by other vendor's applications.
Bitmaps in various formats can be embedded and
common vector-based formats can be converted to
native EcoStruxure Building Operation graphics using
Graphics Editor.
MP Series controller management
WorkStation has built-in management features for MP
Series controllers, which allow authorized engineers to
view, document, and update the controllers'
applications and firmware in an efficient and controlled
manner.
Specifications
Hardware requirements
Processor ................................................................................................Minimum: Intel Core i5 @ 2.0 GHz or equivalent
..............................................................................................................Recommended: Intel Core i5 @ 3.0 GHz or better
Memory ......................................................................................................................................................Minimum: 4 GB
..........................................................................................................................................Recommended: 8 GB or higher
Hard disk space.......................................................................................................................................Minimum: 20 GB
Display .....................................................................................................................Minimum: 1,024x768 pixel resolution
Drive .............DVD drive is required if your copy of the EcoStruxure Building Operation software was delivered on disc.
Other devices .......................................................................Microsoft mouse or compatible pointing device is required.
Software requirements
Operating systems................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows 7 (64-bit)
...........................................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows 8.1 (64-bit)
............................................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows 10 (64-bit)
.......................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 (64-bit)
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
8
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
8
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
.............................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows Server 2012 (64-bit)
.......................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 (64-bit)
.........................................................................................................................................Microsoft Windows Server 2016
The following Microsoft Windows 7 editions are supported: Professional, Enterprise, and Ultimate.
The following Microsoft Windows 8.1 editions are supported: Pro, Pro N, Enterprise, and Enterprise N.
The following Microsoft Windows 10 editions are supported: Pro and Enterprise.
The following Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 editions are supported: Standard, Web, Enterprise, Datacenter, and
Itanium.
The following Microsoft Windows Server 2012 and Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 editions are supported:
Datacenter, Standard, Essentials, and Foundation.
The following Microsoft Windows Server 2016 editions are supported: Datacenter, Standard, and Essentials.
Visio versions (WorkPlace Tech Editor) .......................................................................Microsoft Office Visio 2016 (32-bit)
.....................................................................................................................................Microsoft Office Visio 2013 (32-bit)
.............................................................................................................................Microsoft Office Visio 2010 SP1 (32-bit)
Required additional software....................................................................................Microsoft .NET Framework 4.5 or 4.6
.............................................................................................Microsoft .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 (WorkPlace Tech Editor)
Communication (to EcoStruxure BMS servers)
HTTP ..................................................................................................................Non-binary, port configurable, default 80
HTTPS.................................................................................Encrypted supporting TLS 1.2, port configurable default 443
Graphics
Insert Formats .............................................................................................................................................................PNG
....................................................................................................................................................................................BMP
.....................................................................................................................................................................................JPG
......................................................................................................................................................................................GIF
......................................................................................................................................................................Animated GIF
Import Formats .................................................................................................................................DWF (partial support)
.........................................................................................................................................................DWG (partial support)
..........................................................................................................................................................DXF (partial support)
.................................................................................................................................................................OGC (TAC Vista)
..........................................................................................................................................................SVG (partial support)
Part numbers
Building Operation Client-1, EcoStruxure Building Operation WorkStation Standard or EcoStruxure Building Operation
WebStation
For 1 concurrent user ........................................................................................................................SXWSWCLIENT0001
Building Operation Client-UNL, EcoStruxure Building Operation WorkStation Standard or EcoStruxure Building
Operation WebStation
For unlimited concurrent users..........................................................................................................SXWSWCLIENT0999
SW-STATION-PRO-0, EcoStruxure Building Operation WorkStation Professional
Includes Editor licensing (WorkPlace Tech Editor, Graphics Editor, Function Block, and Script Programming license)
For 1 concurrent user per license .....................................................................................................SXWSWWORK00002
SW-EDITORS-0, EcoStruxure Building Operation Editors
WorkPlace Tech Editor, Graphics Editor, Function Block and Script Programming license only
For 1 concurrent user per license (Used for adding to existing WorkStation Standard license) .........SXWSWEDIT00001
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
WorkStation
EcoStruxure Building Operation
Sample WorkStation interface
Sample WorkStation interface
Sample WorkStation interface
.
www.schneider-electric.com
03-20026-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
9
10
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
Intelligent, mainstream desktops with right-sized
performance & configurations.
IMPRESSIVELY POWERFUL
SEE AND DO MORE
Built with 10 generation Intel up to Core™ i7 processors and doubled
max memory from previous generation provides better performance
while running multiple or large applications. With support for next
generation NVIDIA® discrete graphics, the 5080 tower is ready to
deliver entry commercial VR content experiences.
Support a multi-display set up with two standard DisplayPorts and
choice of VGA, DP, HDMI2.0b or USB Type-C Alt Mode as optional
third port.
th
®
FASTER USER EXPERIENCES
SMART DESIGN
Select your top five apps and Dell Optimizer ExpressResponse will
analyze and boost their performance. Experience faster data
transfers and strong connectivity with integrated Intel®
Wi-Fi 6 (Gig+).
Sustainably built, new cooling designs with custom mounts and
stands adapt to your workspace while the tool-less chassis provides
easy serviceability. Protect your IT investment with TPM 2.0, optional
chassis intrusion switch and lockable cable covers.
LET'S MAKE
GENIUS
REAL
11
Recommended Accessories
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
CUSTOM STANDS AND MOUNTS
OPTIPLEX MICRO
ALL-IN-ONE STAND
Small footprint mounting solution adapts to
your environment, with cable management
and monitor height adjustability, tilt, swivel
and pivot functions.
OPTIPLEX MICRO ALL-IN-ONE
MOUNT FOR DELL
E SERIES MONITORS
OPTIPLEX MICRO
DUAL VESA MOUNT WITH
ADAPTER BRACKET
This mount allows the Micro to be VESA
mounted to select Dell E Series displays.
Mount your system between two VESA
compatible devices. Includes an adapter
box to securely house the system’s
power adapter.
OPTIPLEX MICRO VESA MOUNT
WITH ADAPTER BRACKET
DELL SINGLE MONITOR
ARM - MSA20
Mount your system on a wall or under a desk
Includes an adapter box to securely house the
system’s power adapter.
Minimize your footprint with this arm that offers
easy installation and enhanced adjustability while
keeping cables neatly hidden from view.
OPTIPLEX MICRO
DVD+/-RW ENCLOSURE
Mount your system on a wall or under
a surface with a VESA-compatible
DVD+/-RW encolusure with full optical
drive access. Includes an adapter box
to securely house the system’s power
adapter.
OPTIPLEX SMALL FORM
FACTOR ALL-IN-ONE STAND
(COMING SOON)
Small footprint mounting solution featuring integrated
monitor power and Ethernet cables, as well as monitor
adjustability with height, tilt, swivel and pivot functions.
PURPOSE-BUILT SOLUTIONS
DELL 24
MONITOR - P2419H
23.8” ultrathin bezel optimized
for dual display productivity. Easy
Arrange feature enables multitasking
efficiency and its small base frees
valuable workspace.
DELL WIRED MOUSE
WITH FINGERPRINT
READER - MS819
DELL 22 MONITOR - P2219H
Optimize your workspace with this
efficient 21.5” monitor built with an
ultrathin bezel, a small footprint and
comfort-enhancing features.
OPTIPLEX CABLE COVERS
Thermally tested custom cable covers offer
an easy to install and attractive way to
manage cables and secure ports.
Wired mouse with fingerprint reader
offers convenient and secure login and
online access without passwords.
DELL PROFESSIONAL
SOUND BAR - AE515M
DELL WIRELESS KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE - KM636
Optimize conference calls and multimedia
streaming with exceptional audio clarity.
Minimize background noise while on
calls with the dual mic array and echo
cancellation feature.
Compact design and chiclet keys,
this essential desktop solution offers
the convenience of wireless and
clutter-free performance.
OPTIPLEX DUST FILTERS
Custom dust filters safeguard internal
components in factory, warehouse,
or retail environments.
DELL PRO STEREO
HEADSET - UC350
Communicate clearly with a headset
optimized to provide in-person sound
quality, certified for Microsoft Skype
for Business.
Intelligence built in.
Modernization built on.
Dell Technologies Unified Workspace
We know that having the right device is just the start to a great workday. Employees need intelligent, intuitive
and responsive experiences that allow them to work productively and without interruption. According to
research, 1 out of every 4 users would question their job and the company they work for if they had
a negative experience with their technology.1
Dell Technologies Unified Workspace is transforming the employee experience and ensuring IT has proactive,
predictive and automated solutions to deliver on the promise of a modern workday, while simplifying their ability
to deploy, secure, manage and support their environment.
ProDeploy in the Unified Workspace allows IT to move away from traditional,
high-touch, manual deployment, and instead, ship devices preconfigured
with company apps and settings from the Dell factory directly to their end
users—having end users up and working on day one.
DEPLOY
Dell Trusted Devices provide a foundation to a modern workforce
environment with invisible and seamless protection to ensure smarter, faster
experiences. End users stay productive and IT stays confident with modern
security solutions for the Dell Trusted Device.
SECURE
MANAGE
SUPPORT
Dell Client Command Suite + VMware Workspace ONE offers integrated
capabilities that deliver a unified endpoint management experience for IT,
enabling them to manage firmware, OS, and apps from one console, while
also creating seamless experiences for end users.
ProSupport resolves hardware issues up to 11x faster than the competition.
ProSupport for PCs offers 24x7 access to in-region ProSupport engineers
who contact IT when critical issues arise,2 so you can focus on what’s next,
not what just happened.ProSupport Plus helps IT stay a step ahead and
virtually eliminate unplanned downtime due to hardware issues. You get all the
capabilities of ProSupport, as well as AI-driven alerts to prevent failures and
repairs for accidents.3
1 ESG Research Report. 2019 Digital Work Survey. December 2019.
2 Based on a Principled Technologies test report, “Spend Less Time and Effort Troubleshooting Laptop Hardware Failures” dated April 2018. Testing
commissioned by Dell, conducted in the United States. Actual results will vary. Full report: http://facts.pt/L52XKM.
3 Based on a Principled Technologies test report, “Dell ProSupport Plus with Support Assist warns you about hardware issues so you can fix them before they
cause downtime” dated April 2019. Testing commissioned by Dell, conducted in the United States. Actual results will vary. Full report: http://facts.pt/0xvze8.
Hardware issues detected by SupportAssist include hard drives, solid state drives, batteries and fans.
12
15
14
13
13
Features & Technical Specifications
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
8-ก
Feature
OptiPlex 5080 Technical Specifications1
Processors1
Tower, Small Form Factor:
Intel® Pentium® G6400, 4 MB Cache, 2 Cores, 4 Threads, 4.0 GHz, 58 W
Intel® Pentium® G6500, 4 MB Cache, 2 Cores, 4 Threads, 4.1 GHz, 58 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i3-10100, 6 MB Cache, 4 Cores, 8 Threads, 3.6 GHz to 4.3 GHz, 65 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i3-10300, 8 MB Cache, 4 Cores, 8 Threads, 3.7 GHz to 4.4 GHz, 65 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-10400, 12 MB Cache, 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 2.9 GHz to 4.3 GHz, 65 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-10500, 12 MB Cache, 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 3.1 GHz to 4.5 GHz, 65 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-10600, 12 MB Cache, 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 3.3 GHz to 4.8 GHz, 65 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i7-10700, 16 MB Cache, 8 Cores, 16 Threads, 2.9 GHz to 4.8 GHz, 65 W
Micro:
Intel® Pentium® Gold G6400T, 4 MB Cache, 2 Cores, 4 Threads, 3.4 GHz, 35 W
Intel® Pentium® Gold G6500T, 4 MB Cache, 2 Cores, 4 Threads, 3.5 GHz, 35 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i3-10100T, 6 MB Cache, 4 Cores, 8 Threads, 3.0 GHz to 3.8 GHz, 35 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i3-10300T, 8 MB Cache, 4 Cores, 8 Threads, 3.0 GHz to 3.9 GHz, 35 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-10400T, 12 MB Cache, 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 2.0 GHz to 3.6 GHz, 35 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-10500T, 12 MB Cache, 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 2.3 GHz to 3.8 GHz, 35 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i5-10600T, 12 MB Cache, 6 Cores, 12 Threads, 2.4 GHz to 4.0 GHz, 35 W
10th Generation Intel® Core™ i7-10700T, 16 MB Cache, 8 Cores, 16 Threads, 2.0 GHz to 4.5 GHz, 35 W
Chipset
Intel® Q470 Chipset
Operating System
Options1
Windows® 10 Home (64-bit)
Windows® 10 Pro (64-bit)
Windows® 10 Pro National Academic
Ubuntu® 18.04 LTS (64-bit)
NeoKylin® 7.0 (China only)
Video Card2,14
Tower:
Intel® UHD Graphics 610
Intel® UHD Graphics 630
NVIDIA® GeForce® GTX 1660 Super, 6 GB, GDDR5 (optional)
NVIDIA® GeForce® GT 730, 2 GB, GDDR5 (optional)
AMD Radeon™ R5430, 2 GB, GDDR5 (optional)
AMD Radeon™ RX640, 4 GB, GDDR5 (optional)
Small Form Factor:
Intel® UHD Graphics 610
Intel® UHD Graphics 630
NVIDIA® GeForce® GT730, 2 GB, GDDR5 (optional)
AMD® Radeon™ RX 640, 4 GB, GDDR5 (optional)
AMD® Radeon™ R5 430, 2 GB, DDR3 (optional)
Micro:
Intel® UHD 610 Graphics
Intel® UHD 630 Graphics
Memory2,3
Tower:
4 GB, 1 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
8 GB, 1 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
8 GB, 2 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
16 GB, 1 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
16 GB, 2 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
16 GB, 4 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
32 GB, 1 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
32 GB, 2 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
32 GB, 4 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
64 GB, 2 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
64 GB, 4 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
128 GB, 4 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processors
Small Form Factor:
4 GB, 1 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
8 GB, 2 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
8 GB, 1 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
16 GB, 2 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
16 GB, 1 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
14
18
Features & Technical Specifications
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
Feature
OptiPlex 5080 Technical Specifications1
Memory2,3
Small Form Factor:
16 GB, 4 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
32 GB, 2 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
32 GB, 1 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
64 GB, 2 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
128 GB, 4 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
Micro:
4 GB, 1 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
8 GB, 2 x 4 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
8 GB, 1 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
16 GB, 2 x 8 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
16 GB, 1 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
32 GB, 2 x 16 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
32 GB, 1 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
64 GB, 2 x 32 GB, DDR4, 2666 MHz for Intel® Core™ Pentium®/i3/i5 processors, 2933 MHz for Intel® Core™ i7 processor
Note: The memory speed supported in Brazil for Intel Core i7/i9 processors is 2666MHz.
Wireless
Qualcomm QCA61x4a 802.11ac dual band 2x2 + Bluetooth 5.0
Qualcomm QCA9377 802.11ac dual band 1x1 + Bluetooth 5.0
Intel® Wi-Fi 6 AX201 2x2 (Gig+) + Bluetooth 5.1
Ports16
Tower:
1 RJ-45 port 10/100/1000 Mbps (rear)
1 USB 2.0 port (front)
1 USB 2.0 port with PowerShare (front)
1 USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A port (front)
1 USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C port (front)
4 USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A ports (rear)
2 USB 2.0 ports with Smart Power On (rear)
1 Universal Audio Jack (front)
1 Line-out re-tasking Line-in audio port (rear)
2 DisplayPort 1.4 ports (rear)
1 Serial /PS2 slot (optional)
2 PS/2 ports (optional)
1 Optional 3rd Video Port (VGA/DP/HDMI/USB Type-C)
1,4
Small Form Factor:
1 RJ-45 port 10/100/1000 Mbps (rear)
1 USB 2.0 Type-A port with PowerShare (front)
1 USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A port (front)
1 USB 2.0 port (front)
1 USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C port (front)
2 USB 2.0 Type-A ports with Smart Power On (rear)
4 USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A ports (rear)
1 Universal Audio Jack (front)
2 DisplayPort 1.4 ports
1 VGA Port/DisplayPort 1.4 Port/HDMI 2.0b Port/ USB Type-C Port with DisplayPort Alt-mode (optional)
1 Serial/PS2 slot (optional)
Ports16
Micro:
1 RJ-45 port 10/100/1000 Mbps (rear)
1 USB 3.2 Gen1 Type-A port with PowerShare (front)
1 USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C port (front)
3 USB 3.2 Gen1 Type-A ports (rear)
1 USB 3.2 Gen1 Type-A port with Smart Power on (rear)
1 Universal Audio Jack (front)
1 Line-out port (front)
2 DisplayPort 1.4 ports (rear)
1 VGA Port/DisplayPort 1.4 Port/HDMI 2.0b Port/ USB 3.2 Gen2 Type-C Port with Alt-mode (optional)
1 Serial RS232 slot (optional)
1 Serial/PS2 slot (optional)
Optical Drive
8x DVD-ROM 9.5mm ODD (Tower and Small Form Factor)
8x DVD+/-RW 9.5mm ODD (Tower and Small Form Factor)
Dell OptiPlex Micro DVD/RW Enclosure Mount (Micro only)
15
Features & Technical Specifications
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
Feature
OptiPlex 5080 Technical Specifications1
Slots
Tower:
1 SD 4.0 card slot (optional)
1 full-height Gen 3 PCIe x16 slot
1 full-height Gen 3 PCIe x4 slot openend
2 full-height PCIe x1 slots
1 M.2 2230 slot for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth card
1 M.2 2230 slot for SSD
1 M.2 2280 slot for SSD/Intel Optane
4 SATA slots for 3.5-inch HDD, 2.5-inch HDD/SSD
Small Form Factor:
1 SD 4.0 card slot (optional)
1 half-height PCIe x16 Gen 3 slot
1 half-height PCIe x4 Gen 3 slot
1 M.2 2230 slot for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth card
1 M.2 2230/2280 slots for SSD/Intel Optane
3 SATA slots for 3.5-inch HDD, 2.5-inch HDD/SSD, and slim Optical Drive
Micro:
1 SATA slot for 2.5-inch HDD/SSD
1 M.2 2230/2280 slot for SSD/Intel Optane
1 M.2 2230 slot for Wi-Fi and Bluetooth card
Primary Hard Drive1,5,15
2.5-inch, 1 TB, 5400 RPM, SATA HDD (all form factors)
2.5-inch, 1 TB, 7200 RPM, SATA HDD (all form factors)
2.5-inch, 1 TB, SATA, Class 20 SSD (Micro only)
2.5-inch, 2 TB, 5400 RPM, SATA HDD (all form factors)
2.5-inch, 500 GB, 5400 RPM, SATA HDD (Micro only)
2.5-inch, 500 GB, 7200 RPM, Opal Self-Encrypting FIPS HDD (all form factors)
2.5-inch, 500 GB, 7200 RPM, SATA HDD (all form factors)
3.5-inch, 1 TB, 7200 RPM, SATA HDD (Tower and Small Form Factor only)
3.5-inch, 2 TB, 7200 RPM, SATA HDD (Tower and Small Form Factor only)
3.5-inch, 4 TB, 5400 RPM, SATA HDD (Tower and Small Form Factor only)
3.5-inch, 500 GB, 7200 RPM, SATA HDD (Tower and Small Form Factor only)
M.2 2230, 128 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 35 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2230, 256 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 35 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2230, 512 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 35 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2280, 1 TB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 40 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2280, 1 TB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Opal Self-Encrypting Class 40 SSD (Micro only)
M.2 2280, 2 TB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 40 SSD (Micro only)
M.2 2280, 256 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 40 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2280, 256 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Opal Self-Encrypting Class 40 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2280, 512 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Class 40 SSD (all form factors)
M.2 2280, 512 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4 NVMe, Opal Self-Encrypting Class 40 SSD (all form factors)
Intel® OptaneTM
Memory
M.2 2280, 16 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4, NVMe, Intel® Optane™ Memory
M.2 2280, 32 GB, Gen 3 PCIe x4, NVMe, Intel® Optane™ Memory
Chassis
Form Factor
Tower
Small Form Factor (SFF)
Micro
Dimensions
(H x W x D)
Front Height: 12.77 in. (324.30 mm)
Rear Height: 12.77 in. (324.30 mm)
Width: 6.06 in. (154.00 mm) Depth:
11.50 in. (292.20 mm)
Front Height: 11.42 in
(290.00 mm) x Width: 3.65 in
(92.60 mm) x Depth: 11.53 in
(292.80 mm)
Front height: 7.16 in. (182.00 mm)
Rear height: 7.16 in. (182.00 mm)
Width: 1.42 in. (36.00 mm) Depth:
7.03 in. (178.56 mm)
Min. Weight
(lbs/kg)
13.01 lb (5.90 kg)
8.44 lb (3.83 kg)
2.56 lb (1.16 kg)
260 W typical 92% Efficient PSU
(80 Plus Platinum)
260 W typical 85% Efficient PSU
(80 Plus Bronze)
360 W typical 92% Efficient PSU
(80 Plus Platinum)
200W typical 85% Efficient
PSU (80 Plus Bronze)
200W typical 92% Efficient
PSU (80 Plus Platinum)
Power Supply1,6
90 W, 4.5 mm (for 35 W CPU)
130 W, 4.5 mm (for 35 W CPU)
16
21
Features & Technical Specifications
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
Feature
OptiPlex 5080 Technical Specifications1
Recommended
accessories
Monitors: Qualified with select Dell UltraSharp, Professional, and E-series monitors
Keyboards: Dell wired keyboard with multimedia functionality, Dell Smart Card keyboard, Dell wireless keyboard
Mouse: Dell wired mouse, Dell wireless mouse, Dell Laser mouse, Dell Wired Fingerprint Reader Mouse
Audio Speakers: Internal Dell Business audio speaker, Dell stereo speaker systems; Dell sound bar for select flat-panel displays. Dell
Wireless Speaker System
Audio Headsets: Dell Pro Stereo headsets
Micro Mounting Options: Micro Vertical Stand, Micro VESA Mount, Micro Dual VESA Mount, Micro All-in-One Stand, Micro
All-in-One Mount for E Series Displays, Micro DVD+/-RW Enclosure
Small Form Factor Mounting Option: Small Form Factor All-in-One Stand (Coming Soon)
Productivity Software
Microsoft® Office 30 Day Trial
Microsoft® Office Home and Business 2019
Microsoft® Office Professional 2019
Software Security
Absolute Control (Pro), 1 Year, Absolute Control (Pro), 3 Years, Absolute Resilience (Prem), 3 Years
Absolute Resilience 1 Year
Absolute Visibility (Std), 1 Year, Absolute Visibility (Std), 3 Years
Dell Encryption Enterprise, 1 Year, Dell Encryption Enterprise, 2 Years, Dell Encryption Personal, 1 Year, Dell Encryption Personal, 3 Years
Emergency Incident Response
Encryption-SED HDD (Opal FIPS)
Endpoint Detection and Response (EDR)
Incident Management Retainer
Intel Guard Technologies & Secure Key: Software Guard (SGX), Data Guard (vPro only), Boot Guard, BIOS Guard (Core CPU’s only),
OS Guard (Core CPU’s only) and Secure Key (i5 or greater only)
Intel Runtime BIOS Resilience (Copper Point) with attestation via Nifty Rock + Intel TXT
Local HDD data wipe via BIOS (“Secure Erase”)
Managed Endpoint Detection and Response
McAfee® Small Business Security 12-month subscription, McAfee® Small Business Security 30 Day Free Trial, McAfee® Small Business
Security 36 month Subscription
Next Generation Antivirus (NGAV)
OpenXT validation required
SafeData
SafeGuard and Response (powered by VMware Carbon Black and Secureworks)
Support of Absolute Persistent Module BIOS agent v2
Threat Detection and Response (TDR)
VMware Carbon Black Cloud Endpoint Standard NGAV, B-EDR, 1 Year; VMware Carbon Black Cloud Endpoint Standard NGAV, B-EDR,
3 Years
VMware Carbon Black Cloud Endpoint Standard NGAV,B-EDR+Secureworks TDR(Data center housed in US), 1 Year
VMware Carbon Black Cloud Endpoint Standard NGAV,B-EDR+Secureworks TDR(Data center housed in US), 3 Years
Hardware Security
SafeBIOS: includes Dell Off-host BIOS Verification, BIOS Resilience, BIOS Recovery, and additional BIOS Controls; SafeID credential protection;
Trusted Platform Module (TPM) 2.07, Microsoft® Windows 10 Device Guard and Credential Guard (Enterprise SKU), Microsoft® Windows
Bitlocker, Local hard drive data wipe through BIOS (Secure Erase), Self-Encrypting Storage Drives (Opal, FIPS), China TPM, Intel® Secure Boot,
Intel® Authenticate, Physical Security Options: 1 Kensington security-cable slot, 1 Padlock loop, Chassis lock slot support, Chassis Intrusion
Switch, Lockable Cable Covers, Smart Card Keyboard (FIPS)
Systems Management
Options9
Dell Client Command Suite for In-Band systems management, Optional Intel® Standard Manageability
Regulatory9,10
EPEAT registered configurations available, ENERGY STAR qualified configurations available, TCO 8.0 certified configurations available,
CEL, WEEE, Japan Energy Law, South Korea E-standby, South Korea, Eco-label, EU RoHS, China RoHS
Warranty
3 Years Hardware Service with Onsite/In-Home Service after Remote Diagnosis11, warranty extensions up to 5 years
ProSupport with Next Business Day Onsite Service is available to complement certain warranty options
ProSupport Plus for Client is available to complement certain warranty options.12
Accidental Damage
Services11
Accidental Damage Service is available to complement certain warranty options from 3-5 years
Configuration Services
Factory Image load, BIOS Customization, Hardware Customization, Asset Tagging and Reporting.
17
OPTIPLEX 5080 TOWER, SMALL FORM FACTOR AND MICRO
Intelligent, mainstream desktops with right-sized
performance & configurations.
Discover professional class desktops at www.dell.com/OptiPlex
1. Offering may vary by region. Some items may be available after product introduction. For complete details, refer to the Technical Guidebook published on
www.dell.com.
2. System Memory and Graphics: Significant system memory may be used to support graphics, depending on system memory size and other factors.
3. 4GB or Greater System Memory Capability: A 64-bit operating system is required to support 4GB or more of system memory.
4. Particular versions of Microsoft Windows may not support the full Bluetooth 4.2 functionality
5. Storage: GB means 1 billion bytes and TB equals 1 trillion bytes; actual capacity varies with preloaded material and operating environment and will be less.
6. PSU: This form factor utilizes a more efficient Active Power Factor Correction (APFC) power supply. Dell recommends only Universal Power Supplies (UPS) based on Sine Wave
output for APFC PSUs, not an approximation of a Sine Wave, Square Wave, or quasi-Square Wave (see UPS technical specifications). If you have questions please contact the
manufacturer to confirm the output type.
7. TPM is not available in all regions.
8. Absolute™ Data & Device Security: An Absolute™ offer. Some conditions apply. Terms and Conditions at www.absolute.com/legal
9. Systems Management Options: Desktop and mobile Architecture for System Hardware (DASH) - Fully enabled at point of purchase.
10. For complete listing of declarations and certifications, refer to the Dell Regulatory and Environmental Datasheet found in the Manuals section of Product Support information at
www.dell.com/support/home/us/en/19
11. Please refer to www.epeat.net for specific country registration rating and participation.
12. Limited Hardware Warranty: For copy of Ltd Hardware Warranty, write Dell USA LP, Attn: Warranties, One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682 or see www.dell.com/warranty
13. Onsite Service after Remote Diagnosis: Remote Diagnosis is determination by online/phone technician of cause of issue; may involve customer access to inside of system and multiple
or extended sessions. If issue is covered by Limited Hardware Warranty (www.dell.com/warranty) and not resolved remotely, technician and/or part will be dispatched, usually within 1 business day following completion of Remote Diagnosis. Availability varies. Other conditions apply.
14. Dell Services: Availability and terms of Dell Services vary by region. For more information, visit www.dell.com/servicedescriptions
15. AMD and NVIDIA discrete graphics options are only available on Tower and Small Form Factor
16 2.5 Inch Solid State Drives are only available as a secondary storage option and can only be paired with a Solid State Drive as the Primary Storage Device.
18
DELL 24 MONITOR | E2420H
Elevate your everyday display.
ALL THE
ESSENTIALS
AWARDED THE ENERGY STAR®
MOST EFFICIENT MARK IN 20201
Enhance your everyday workspace with a 1920 x 1080
resolution monitor with improved cable management
and a smaller footprint.
Delivering cutting-edge energy efficiency that represents
the best in energy savings and environmental protection.1
DELL DISPLAY MANAGER
TRUSTED RELIABILITY
Superior productivity and manageability featuring quick
access keys, preset layouts, multi-monitor configuration and
remote management for IT managers.
As the world’s #1 monitor company*, we take pride in our
unyielding commitment to quality and the utmost
satisfaction of our customers.
Reliable, eco-conscious monitors
at a great value
Screen performance: The 1920 X 1080 FHD resolution is ideal for routine tasks,
while ComfortView — a feature that reduces harmful blue light emissions2 —
helps optimize eye comfort over extended viewing periods.
ALL THE
ESSENTIALS
Enhance your workspace: A thinner profile than the previous generation and
improved cable management create a smaller footprint, lending itself to a clean,
uncluttered desk.
Plug in: Quickly connect legacy or non-legacy PCs with VGA and DP ports.
Adapts to your needs: Make your workspace your own with VESA-compatible
mounts and stands.
Energy efficient: This monitor meets the latest regulatory and environmental standards
such as ENERGY STAR® and TCO, and is registered EPEAT® Gold.3 Dell E2420H has
also been awarded the ENERGY STAR® Most Efficient Mark in 2020.1
ECO-CONSCIOUS
INSIDE AND OUT
Reduce energy: Save energy with PowerNap4, a feature that dims or puts the monitor
to sleep when not in use.
Eco-conscious packaging: To reduce our manufacturing impact on the environment,
this monitor is shipped in Styrofoam-free packaging with paper based material made of
at least 75% recycled cardboard.
Productive at every level: Dell Display Manager’s (DDM) Easy Arrange feature lets
you quickly tile and view your applications side by side across one or more connected
screens for multi-tasking efficiency.
Seamless transitions: The Auto-Restore feature remembers where you left off, so
applications will go back to where you left them — even after you’ve unplugged.
DELL DISPLAY
MANAGER
THANK YOU
FOR MAKING
DELL MONITORS
#1 WORLDWIDE*
The key to convenience: Shortcut keys can save you time, allowing quick access to
commonly used controls that let you work faster.
More ways to manage: Asset management reports allow IT managers to quickly
capture and track monitor information as well as configure multiple displays at once
through a single setup.
Uncompromised testing: Rigorous development processes help ensure consistent,
reliable performance in busy office environments.
Minimize downtime: Your monitor comes with a 3-year Advanced Exchange Service5
so that if a replacement becomes necessary, it will be shipped to you the next business
day during your 3-year Limited Hardware Warranty.6
Get a higher level of support: Upgrade to 24 X 7, in-region technical phone support
from qualified engineers with Dell ProSupport option.7
19
20
26
Features & Technical Specifications
8-ก
Monitor
Dell 24 Monitor – E2420H
What's in the box?
Diagonal Viewing Size
Horizontal
Vertical
Maximum Preset Resolution
Aspect Ratio
Pixel Pitch
Pixel Per Inch (PPI)
Brightness
Color Support
60.47 cm (23.8 inches)
527.04 mm (20.75 inches)
296.46 mm (11.67 inches)
1920 x 1080 at 60 Hz
16:9
0.275 mm x 0.275 mm
92
250 cd/m² (typical)
Color gamut (typical): 83% (CIE1976) 72% (CIE1931)
Color depth: 16.7 Million
1000:1 (typical)
178°/178°
8 ms typical (Normal) 5 ms typical (Fast) (gray to gray)
IPS (In-Plane Switching)
Anti-Glare
LED
Yes
Yes
Yes, via Dell Command I Monitor
No
Dell Stereo Soundbar – AC511M
Components
• Monitor with stand
Contrast Ratio
Viewing Angle
Response Time
Panel Type
Display Screen Coating
Backlight Technology
ComfortView with Flicker-free screen
Dell Display Manager Compatibility
Remote Asset Management
GSA/TAA
Optional Soundbar
Cables
• Power cable
• 1 x DP Cable (DP to DP)
• 1 x VGA Cable (EMEA and Japan only)
• 1 x VESA screw cover
Documentation
• Quick Setup Guide
• Safety and Regulatory Information
Connectivity
Connectors
HDCP Support
1 x VGA
1 x DisplayPort 1.2
DisplayPort HDCP 1.2
Design Features
Adjustability
Security
Flat Panel Mount Interface
Tilt Only (-5° to 21°)
Security lock slot (cable lock sold separately)
VESA (100 mm)
Power
AC input voltage/frequency/current
Power Consumption (Operational)
Power Consumption Stand by/Sleep
100 VAC to 240 VAC / 50 Hz or 60 Hz ± 3 Hz / 0.8 A (typical)
15W (Typ). 22W (Max). 14.36W (ENERGY STAR®)
Less than 0.3W
Dimensions (with stand)
Height
Width
Depth
419.70 mm (16.52 inches)
550.60 mm (21.68 inches)
171.0 mm (6.73 inches)
Weight
Weight (panel only - for VESA mount/
no cables)
Weight (monitor and cables with stand)
Weight (with packaging)
3.25 kg (7.17 lbs)
Standard Service Plan
3-Years Advanced Exchange Service5 and Limited Hardware Warranty6
Optional Service Plan
Dell ProSupport7
Environmental Compliance
Awarded the ENERGY STAR® Most Efficient Mark in 20201, EPEAT® Gold registered where applicable3,
TCO Certified Display
4.27 kg (9.41 lbs)
5.95 kg (13.12 lbs)
21
Recommended Accessories
DELL 24 MONITOR | E2420H
Easily adjust the panel to your preferred viewing position.
21°
Back view Cable management slot
5°
Tilt
Connectivity
2
1
3
1 Power connector
2 DisplayPort 1.2
3 VGA Port
RECOMMENDED ACCESSORIES
DELL SINGLE MONITOR ARM |
MSA20
DELL STEREO SOUNDBAR |
AC511M
DELL PRO WIRELESS KEYBOARD
AND MOUSE | KM5221W**
For greater viewing flexibility and a smaller
footprint, choose the Dell Single Monitor Arm.
Set up is virtually tool-free and its advanced
cable management features offer a neat and
clutter-free desk.
The Dell Stereo Soundbar AC511M offers
clear stereo sound, allowing you to enjoy
audio on your favorite games, music and
movies, without sacrificing desk space.
Enhance your everyday productivity with
a quiet full size keyboard and mouse combo
that offers programmable shortcuts and
36 months*** battery life.
* Dell monitors are #1 Worldwide for 7 consecutive years (2013, Q2 to 2020, Q3)! Source: IDC Worldwide Quarterly PC Monitor Tracker, Q3, 2020.
** Product availability varies by country. Contact your Dell representative or visit Dell.com to learn more.
*** Based on Dell analysis of battery life usage model calculations, Nov 2020. Results vary depending on use, operating conditions and other factors.
1 This monitor is ENERGY STAR® certified and awarded the ENERGY STAR® Most Efficient Mark in 2020. For more information, visit https://www.energystar.gov/most-efficient/mecertified-computer-monitors
2 ComfortView reduces harmful blue light emissions when activated via the OSD (Onscreen Display) menu.
3 EPEAT registered where applicable. EPEAT registration varies by country. See www.epeat.net for registration status by country.
4 PowerNap is available via Dell Display Manager. Download the software at www.dell.com/ddm
5 Advanced Exchange Service: Dell will send you a replacement monitor the next business day in most cases, if deemed necessary after phone/online diagnosis. Shipping times may vary by
location and for monitors 55” and above. Fee charged for failure to return defective unit. See dell.com/servicecontracts/global for details.
6 For a copy of the Limited Hardware Warranty, write to Dell USA LP, Attention: Warranties One Dell Way, Round Rock, TX 78682 or see dell.com/warranty for details.
7 Availability varies by region, please visit dell.com/support for details.
Dell.com/monitors Product availability varies by country. Please contact your Dell representative for more information.
© 2020 Dell All rights reserved.
Trademarks or trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names of their products. Dell disclaims proprietary interest in the marks and
names of others. Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without express written permission from Dell is strictly forbidden.
v.4 11/2020
3.2 Controller
22
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
1
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
8-ข
Introduction
At the core of an EcoStruxure BMS is a SmartX server,
such as the SmartX AS-B server. The SmartX AS-B
server performs key functionality, such as control logic,
trend logging, and alarm supervision, provides built-in
I/O, and supports communication and connectivity to
the field buses. The distributed intelligence of the
EcoStruxure BMS ensures fault tolerance in the system
and provides a fully featured user interface through
WorkStation and WebStation.
Feature
The SmartX AS-B server is a powerful device with builtin power supply and I/O. The SmartX AS-B server can
act as a standalone server using its built-in I/O and also
monitor and manage field bus devices. In a small
installation, the embedded SmartX AS-B server acts as
a standalone server, mounted in a small footprint. In
medium and large installations, functionality is
distributed over multiple SmartX servers that
communicate over TCP/IP.
Communications hub
Capable of coordinating traffic from above and below
its location, the SmartX AS-B server can deliver data
directly to you or to other servers throughout the site.
The SmartX AS-B server can run multiple control
programs, manage built-in I/O, alarms, and users,
handle scheduling and logging, and communicate
using a variety of protocols. Because of this, most parts
of the system function autonomously and continue to
run as a whole even if communication fails or individual
EcoStruxure BMS servers or devices go offline.
Models
The SmartX AS-B server comes in eight models with
different I/O point count and I/O mix.
Model
I/O Points
AS-B-24
24
AS-B-24H
24
AS-B-24L
24
AS-B-24HL
24
AS-B-36
36
AS-B-36H
36
AS-B-36L
36
AS-B-36HL
36
SmartX AS-B servers with “H” in the product name are
equipped with a display for output override.
SmartX AS-B servers with “L” in the product name do
not support Modbus, BACnet MS/TP, or hosting of
BACnet/IP devices. The RS-485 port is not used.
SmartX AS-B servers with 36 I/O points have the same
small footprint as SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O
points.
Versatile and flexible mix of I/O points
The SmartX AS-B server offers a mix of I/O point types
that match a wide variety of HVAC applications. Most of
the I/O points are universal inputs/outputs, which are
highly flexible and can be configured as either inputs or
outputs.
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
23
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
2
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O points have the
following types:
• 12 Universal inputs/outputs, Ua type
• 4 Universal inputs/outputs, Ub type
• 4 Digital inputs
• 4 Relay outputs
SmartX AS-B servers with 36 I/O points have the
following types:
• 20 Universal inputs/outputs, Ua type
• 8 Universal inputs/outputs, Ub type
• 4 Triac outputs
• 4 Relay outputs
Universal inputs/outputs
The universal inputs/outputs are ideal for any mix of
temperature, pressure, flow, status points, and similar
point types in a building control system.
The universal inputs/outputs can be configured to read
several different types of inputs:
• Digital
• Counter
• Supervised
• Voltage
• Current (Ub only)
• Temperature
• Resistive
• 2-Wire RTD temperature
• 2-Wire RTD resistive
As counter inputs, the universal inputs/outputs are
commonly used in energy metering applications. As
RTD inputs, they are ideal for temperature points in a
building control system. As supervised inputs, they are
used for security applications where it is critical to know
whether or not a wire has been cut or shorted. These
events provide a separate indication of alarms and
trouble conditions to the system.
For all analog inputs, maximum and minimum levels
can be defined to automatically detect over-range and
under-range values.
The universal inputs/outputs are capable of supporting
analog outputs of type voltage outputs. Therefore, the
universal inputs/outputs support a wide range of
devices, such as actuators.
Digital inputs
The digital inputs can be used for cost effective
sensing of multiple dry contact digital inputs in
applications, such as equipment status monitoring or
alarm point monitoring. As counter inputs, digital inputs
are commonly used in energy metering applications.
Relay outputs
The relay outputs support digital Form A point types.
The Form A relays are designed for direct load
applications.
Triac outputs
The triac outputs can be used in many applications to
switch 24 VAC on or off for external loads such as
actuators, relays, or indicators. Triacs are silent and do
not suffer from relay contact wear.
Manual override function
SmartX AS-B servers with “H” in the product name are
equipped with an LCD display and keys to support
manual override control of analog and digital outputs.
This function allows you to manually override the
outputs for testing, commissioning, and maintenance of
equipment.
The override status is readable through EcoStruxure
Building Operation WorkStation and WebStation,
enabling precise monitoring and reliable control.
Built-in power supply
The device has a built-in power supply designed to
accommodate 24 VAC or 24 VDC input power. The
main AC/DC input (L/+ and N/-) is galvanically isolated
from the electronics. This removes the risk of damage
due to earth currents and permits the input power to be
wired without concern for polarity matching.
Variety of connectivity options
A SmartX AS-B server has numerous ports that enable
it to communicate with a wide range of protocols,
devices, and servers.
A SmartX AS-B server has the following ports:
• Two 10/100 Ethernet ports
• One RS-485 port
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
24
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
3
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
• One USB host port
• One USB device port
The first Ethernet port is dedicated to the site network.
The second Ethernet port is fully configurable. The
second port can be configured to extend the site
network so that various devices and clients can be
connected. Another option is to configure the second
port as a separate network, which means that the port
can host a private network or act as a client to a second
site network. If the second port is not used, it can be
disabled.
The USB device port allows you to upgrade and
interact with the SmartX AS-B server using Device
Administrator.
Using a USB Ethernet adapter, you can connect a
laptop PC to the USB host port and run Device
Administrator, WorkStation, and WebStation to
upgrade, configure, and access the SmartX AS-B
server. The USB host port can also be used to provide
power and communications for the AD touchscreen
display.
Authentication and permissions
An EcoStruxure BMS provides a powerful permission
system that is easy to manage, flexible, and adapts to
all kinds of system sizes. The permission system
provides a security level of the highest standards.
Authentication is done against the built-in user account
management system or against Windows Active
Directory Domains. The built-in account management
system allows an administrator to establish password
policies that meet stringent cybersecurity guidelines.
When Windows Active Directory is used, the
administration costs are lower because users do not
have to be managed in multiple directories.
WorkStation/WebStation interface
Through any client, the user experience is similar
regardless of which EcoStruxure BMS server the user is
logged on to. The user can log directly on to a SmartX
AS-B server to engineer, commission, supervise, and
monitor the SmartX AS-B server and its built-in I/O as
well as its attached field bus devices. See the
WorkStation and WebStation specification sheets for
additional information.
Native BTL-listed BACnet support
A SmartX AS-B server communicates directly to
BACnet/IP and BACnet MS/TP networks. The SmartX
AS-B servers are BTL-listed as BACnet Building
Controllers (B-BC), the most advanced BACnet Device
Profile. This capability provides access to an extensive
range of BACnet devices from Schneider Electric and
other vendors. See the BTL Product Catalog for up-todate details on BTL listed firmware revisions on BACnet
International's home page. A SmartX AS-B server can
also serve as a BACnet Broadcast Management Device
(BBMD) to facilitate BACnet systems that span multiple
IP networks.
Native Modbus support
The SmartX AS-B server natively integrates Modbus
RS-485 master and slave configurations, as well as
Modbus TCP client and server. This allows full access
to third-party products and the range of Schneider
Electric products that communicate on the Modbus
protocol, such as power meters, UPS, circuit breakers,
and lighting controllers.
Web Services support
The SmartX AS-B server supports the use of Web
Services based on open standards, such as SOAP and
REST, to consume data into the EcoStruxure BMS. Use
incoming third-party data (temperature forecast,
energy cost) over the Web to determine site modes,
scheduling, and programming.
EcoStruxure Web Services support
EcoStruxure Web Services, Schneider Electric’s Web
Services standard, is natively supported in the SmartX
AS-B server. EcoStruxure Web Services offers extra
features between compliant systems whether within
Schneider Electric or other authorized systems. These
features include system directory browsing, read/write
of current values, alarm receipt and acknowledgement,
and historical trend log data. EcoStruxure Web
Services is secure. User name and password are
required to log on to the system.
Two programming options
Unique to the industry, the SmartX AS-B server has
both Script and Function Block programming options.
This flexibility assures that the best programming
method can be selected for the application.
Open building protocol support
One of the cornerstones of the EcoStruxure BMS is
support for open standards. The SmartX AS-B server
can natively communicate with two of the most popular
standards for buildings: BACnet and Modbus.
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
25
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
4
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
eMMC memory for data and backup
The SmartX server has a 4 GB eMMC memory, which is
used, for example, for the application, historical data,
and backup storage. Users can also manually back up
or restore the SmartX server to a storage location on a
PC or network. Through the Enterprise Server, users
have the ability to perform scheduled backups of
associated SmartX servers to network storage for even
greater levels of protection.
IT friendly
The SmartX AS-B server communicates using the
networking standards. This makes installations easy,
management simple, and transactions secure.
TLS support
Communication between clients and the EcoStruxure
BMS servers can be encrypted using Transport Layer
Security (TLS 1.2). The servers are delivered with a
default self-signed certificate. Commercial Certification
Authority (CA) server certificates are supported to lower
the risk of malicious information technology attacks.
Use of encrypted communication can be enforced for
both WorkStation and WebStation access.
Supported protocols
• IP addressing
• TCP communications
• DHCP for easy network configuration
• DNS for simple lookup of addresses
• HTTP/HTTPS for Internet access through firewalls,
which enables remote monitoring and control
• SMTP or SMTPS with support for SSL/TLS based
authentication, enables sending email messages
triggered by schedule or alarm
• SNMP enables network supervision and reception
of application alarms in designated network
management tools
Simple DIN-rail installation
Fasteners easily snap into a locked position for panel
installation. The fastener has a quick-release feature for
easy DIN-rail removal.
Removable terminal blocks
SmartX AS-B servers use pluggable terminal blocks,
which are easy to install and remove from the device.
The terminal blocks are ordered separately from
Schneider Electric.
Efficient terminal management
The input and output terminals are clearly labeled.
EcoStruxure Building Operation WorkStation can
generate custom as-built labels for a SmartX AS-B
server.
Protection
Protection components on the universal inputs/outputs,
digital inputs, and triac outputs protect against highvoltage short-duration transient events. Universal
inputs/outputs configured as current inputs (Ub only)
are protected against over current. Universal
inputs/outputs configured as voltage outputs have
current limits to protect against permanent short-circuit
to ground.
• NTP (Network Time Protocol) for time
synchronization throughout the system
Specifications
AC input
Nominal voltage......................................................................................................................................................24 VAC
Operating voltage range........................................................................................................................................+/-20 %
Frequency ............................................................................................................................................................50/60 Hz
Maximum current.................................................................................................................................................0.5 A rms
Recommended transformer rating......................................................................................................................... ≥15 VA
DC input
Nominal voltage.............................................................................................................................................24 to 30 VDC
Operating voltage range ...............................................................................................................................21 to 33 VDC
Maximum power consumption................................................................................................................................... 10 W
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
26
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
5
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
Environment
Ambient temperature, operating ..................................................................................................0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
Ambient temperature, storage ..............................................................................................-20 to +70 °C (-4 to +158 °F)
Maximum humidity.....................................................................................................................95 % RH non-condensing
Material
Plastic flame rating .............................................................................................................................................UL94-5VB
Enclosure ...............................................................................................................................................................PC/ABS
Ingress protection rating ............................................................................................................................................IP 20
Mechanical
Dimensions ......................................................................................198 W x 110 H x 64 D mm (7.8 W x 4.3 H x 2.5 D in.)
Weight, including terminal blocks ...................................................................................................... 0.504 kg (1.111 lb)a
a) The weight includes the display and keys, which are 0.022 kg (0.049 lb).
Weight, excluding terminal blocks ..................................................................................................... 0.420 kg (0.926 lb)a
a) The weight includes the display and keys, which are 0.022 kg (0.049 lb).
Agency compliances
Emission...............................................................RCM; EN 61000-6-3; EN 50491-5-2; FCC Part 15, Sub-part B, Class B
Immunity ...............................................................................................................................EN 61000-6-2; EN 50491-5-3
Safety .........................................................................EN 60730-1; EN 60730-2-11; EN 50491-3; UL 916 C-UL US Listed
Product ............................................................................................................................................................EN 50491-1
Real-time clock
Accuracy, at 25 °C (77 °F) .........................................................................................................+/-52 seconds per month
Backup time, at 25 °C (77 °F).................................................................................................................................10 days
Communication ports
Ethernet ................................................................................................................................ Dual 10/100BASE-TX (RJ45)
USB .................................................................... USB 2.0, 5 VDC, 2.5 W, 1 device port (mini-B) and 1 host port (type-A)
RS-485 ....................................................................................................................................... 2-wire port, bias 5.0 VDC
Communications
BACnet .......................................................................................BACnet/IP and MS/TP, port configurable, default 47808
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
27
33
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
6
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
............................................................................................................................BTL B-BC (BACnet Building Controller)a
a) See the BTL Product Catalog for up-to-date details on BTL listed firmware revisions on BACnet International's home
page.
Modbus .............................................................................................................................Modbus TCP, client and server
...........................................................................................................................................Serial, RS-485, master or slave
TCP................................................................................................................................................Binary, port fixed, 4444
HTTP ..................................................................................................................Non-binary, port configurable, default 80
HTTPS............................................................Encrypted supporting TLS 1.2, 1.1, and 1.0, port configurable default 443
SMTP ............................................................................................................Email sending, port configurable, default 25
SMTPS ........................................................................................................Email sending, port configurable, default 587
SNMP ...................................................................................................................................................................version 3
............................................................................................................................ Network supervision using poll and trap
............................................................................................................................Application alarm distribution using trap
CPU
Frequency ........................................................................................................................................................... 333 MHz
Type..........................................................................................................................................SPEAr320S, ARM926 core
DDR2 SDRAM ....................................................................................................................................................... 256 MB
eMMC memory ..........................................................................................................................................................4 GB
Memory backup........................................................................................................... Yes, battery-free, no maintenance
Display
Display resolution .......................................................................................................................................128 x 64 pixels
Display size .................................................................................................................36 W x 17 H mm (1.4 W x 0.7 H in.)
Display type......................................................................... FSTN monochrome LCD, white color transflective backlight
Part numbers
SmartX Controller – AS-B-24............................................................................................................... SXWASB24X10001
SmartX Controller – AS-B-24H
Includes display ................................................................................................................................. SXWASB24H10001
SmartX Controller – AS-B-24L
No support for Modbus, BACnet MS/TP, or hosting of BACnet/IP devices..........................................SXWASB24X10002
SmartX Controller – AS-B-24HL
Includes display
No support for Modbus, BACnet MS/TP, or hosting of BACnet/IP devices .........................................SXWASB24H10002
SmartX Controller – AS-B-36............................................................................................................... SXWASB36X10001
SmartX Controller – AS-B-36H
Includes display ................................................................................................................................. SXWASB36H10001
SmartX Controller – AS-B-36L
No support for Modbus, BACnet MS/TP, or hosting of BACnet/IP devices..........................................SXWASB36X10002
SmartX Controller – AS-B-36HL
Includes display
No support for Modbus, BACnet MS/TP, or hosting of BACnet/IP devices .........................................SXWASB36H10002
AS-B connector kit (includes terminal blocks) .................................................................................. SXWASBCON10001
AS-B installer kit .................................................................................................................................. SXWASBINS10001
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
28
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
7
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
Add-on options
SW-EWS-1, EcoStruxure Web Services (run-time) option
Consume only for one EcoStruxure BMS server ................................................................................SXWSWEWSX00001
SW-EWS-2, EcoStruxure Web Services (run-time) option
Serve & Consume for one EcoStruxure BMS server ..........................................................................SXWSWEWSX00002
SW-EWS-3, EcoStruxure Web Services (run-time) option
Serve & Consume, plus Historical trend log data for one EcoStruxure BMS server ..........................SXWSWEWSX00003
SW-GWS-1, Web Services (Generic Consume) option
For one EcoStruxure BMS server ......................................................................................................SXWSWGWSX00001
SW-SNMP-1, Alarm notifications via SNMP option
For one EcoStruxure BMS server.......................................................................................................SXWSWSNMP00001
SW-SMART-CONNECT, Smart Connector deployment license
For one Smart Connector deployment ...............................................................................................SXWSWSCDL10000
Universal inputs/outputs, Ua and Ub
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O points .............................................................................12 Ua, Ua1 to Ua12
................................................................................................................................................................4 Ub, Ub1 to Ub4
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 36 I/O points ........................................................................... 20 Ua, Ua1 to Ua20,
................................................................................................................................................................8 Ub, Ub1 to Ub8
Absolute maximum ratings .......................................................................................................................-0.5 to +24 VDC
A/D converter resolution ..........................................................................................................................................16 bits
Digital inputs
Range .........................Dry contact switch closure or open collector/open drain, 24 VDC, typical wetting current 2.4 mA
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................120 ms
Counter inputs
Range .........................Dry contact switch closure or open collector/open drain, 24 VDC, typical wetting current 2.4 mA
Minimum pulse width ................................................................................................................................................20 ms
Maximum frequency..................................................................................................................................................25 Hz
Supervised inputs
5 V circuit, 1 or 2 resistors
Monitored switch combinations.............................................................Series only, parallel only, and series and parallel
Resistor range ................................................................................................................................................1 to 10 kohm
For a 2-resistor configuration, each resistor must have the same value +/- 5 %
Voltage inputs
Range ..............................................................................................................................................................0 to 10 VDC
Accuracy...............................................................................................................................+/-(7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)
Resolution................................................................................................................................................................0.5 mV
Impedance..........................................................................................................................................................100 kohm
Current inputs
Range ................................................................................................................................................................0 to 20 mA
Accuracy..........................................................................................................................+/-(0.01 mA + 0.4 % of reading)
Resolution....................................................................................................................................................................1 μA
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
29
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
8
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
Impedance .............................................................................................................................................................47 ohm
Resistive inputs
10 ohm to 10 kohm accuracy .......................................................................................................+/-(7 + 4 x 10-3 x R) ohm
R = Resistance in ohm
10 kohm to 60 kohm accuracy .....................................................................................+/-(4 x 10-3 x R + 7 x 10-8 x R2) ohm
R = Resistance in ohm
Temperature inputs (thermistors)
Range................................................................................................................................-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
Supported thermistors
Honeywell .............................................................................................................................................................20 kohm
Type I (Continuum) ...............................................................................................................................................10 kohm
Type II (I/NET) .......................................................................................................................................................10 kohm
Type III (Satchwell) ...............................................................................................................................................10 kohm
Type IV (FD) ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 kohm
Type V (FD w/ 11k shunt) ....................................................................................................................Linearized 10 kohm
Satchwell D?T......................................................................................................................................Linearized 10 kohm
Johnson Controls .................................................................................................................................................2.2 kohm
Xenta....................................................................................................................................................................1.8 kohm
Balco.......................................................................................................................................................................1 kohm
Measurement accuracy
20 kohm...................................................................................................-50 to -30 °C: +/-1.5 °C (-58 to -22 °F: +/-2.7 °F)
...................................................................................................................-30 to 0 °C: +/-0.5 °C (-22 to +32 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
.................................................................................................................. 0 to 100 °C: +/-0.2 °C (32 to 212 °F: +/-0.4 °F)
.............................................................................................................100 to 150 °C: +/-0.5 °C (212 to 302 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
10 kohm, 2.2 kohm, and 1.8 kohm.......................................................-50 to -30 °C: +/-0.75 °C (-58 to -22 °F: +/-1.35 °F)
..........................................................................................................-30 to +100 °C: +/-0.2 °C (-22 to +212 °F: +/-0.4 °F)
.............................................................................................................100 to 150 °C: +/-0.5 °C (212 to 302 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
Linearized 10 kohm .................................................................................-50 to -30 °C: +/-2.0 °C (-58 to -22 °F: +/-3.6 °F)
...............................................................................................................-30 to 0 °C: +/-0.75 °C (-22 to +32 °F: +/-1.35 °F)
.................................................................................................................. 0 to 100 °C: +/-0.2 °C (32 to 212 °F: +/-0.4 °F)
.............................................................................................................100 to 150 °C: +/-0.5 °C (212 to 302 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
1 kohm ..............................................................................................-50 to +150 °C: +/-1.0 °C (-58 to +302° F: +/-1.8 °F)
RTD temperature
Supported RTDs ..............................................................................................................Pt1000, Ni1000, and LG-Ni1000
Pt1000
Range................................................................................................................................-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
Measurement accuracy ......................................................................-50 to +70 °C: +/-0.5 °C (-58 to +158 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
...............................................................................................................70 to 150 °C: +/-0.7 °C (158 to 302 °F: +/-1.3 °F)
Ni1000
Range................................................................................................................................-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
Measurement accuracy ......................................................................................................................+/-0.5 °C (+/-0.9 °F)
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
30
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
9
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
LG-Ni1000
Range................................................................................................................................-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
Measurement accuracy ......................................................................................................................+/-0.5 °C (+/-0.9 °F)
RTD temperature wiring
Maximum wire resistance.........................................................................................................20 ohm/wire (40 ohm total)
Maximum wire capacitance.......................................................................................................................................60 nF
The wire resistance and capacitance typically corresponds to a 200 m wire.
RTD resistive
1,000 ohm
Range .....................................................................................................................................................500 to 2,200 ohm
.................................................................................................................................................Including wiring resistance
Measurement accuracy..........................................................................................................+/-(0.2 + 1.5 x 10-3 x R) ohm
R = resistance in ohm
Resolution ..............................................................................................................................................................0.1 ohm
RTD resistive wiring
Maximum wire capacitance.......................................................................................................................................60 nF
Voltage outputs
Range ..............................................................................................................................................................0 to 10 VDC
Accuracy..............................................................................................................................................................+/-60 mV
Resolution.................................................................................................................................................................10 mV
Minimum load resistance ........................................................................................................................................5 kohm
Load range.......................................................................................................................................................-1 to +2 mA
Digital inputs, DI
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O points........................................................................................ 4, DI1 to DI4
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 36 I/O points...........................................................................................................0
Absolute maximum ratings .......................................................................................................................-0.5 to +24 VDC
Digital inputs
Range .........................Dry contact switch closure or open collector/open drain, 24 VDC, typical wetting current 2.4 mA
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................120 ms
Counter inputs
Range .........................Dry contact switch closure or open collector/open drain, 24 VDC, typical wetting current 2.4 mA
Minimum pulse width ................................................................................................................................................20 ms
Maximum frequency..................................................................................................................................................25 Hz
Relay outputs, DO
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O points .................................................................................... 4, DO1 to DO4
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 36 I/O points .................................................................................... 4, DO1 to DO4
Contact rating......................................................................................................250 VAC/30 VDC, 2 A, Pilot Duty (C300)
Switch type....................................................................................................................................................Form A Relay
....................................................................................................................................................Single Pole Single Throw
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
31
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
10
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
....................................................................................................................................................................Normally Open
Isolation contact to system ground.....................................................................................................................3000 VAC
Cycle life (Resistive load) ..............................................................................................................At least 100,000 cycles
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................100 ms
Triac outputs, DO
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O points...........................................................................................................0
Channels, SmartX AS-B servers with 36 I/O points .................................................................................... 4, DO5 to DO8
Output rating......................................................................................................................................................Max. 0.8 A
Voltage......................................................................................................................................................24 VAC +/-20 %
Commons ....................................................................................................................................COM1 for DO5 and DO6
.....................................................................................................................................................COM2 for DO7 and DO8
The common terminals COM1 and COM2 can be connected to 24 VAC or to ground.
Common voltage, high side output.........................................................................................................................24 VAC
Common voltage, low side output .............................................................................................................0 VAC (ground)
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................100 ms
Terminals
SmartX AS-B server model with 24 I/O points
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
32
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
11
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
SmartX AS-B server model with 36 I/O points
For protection from excess current that could be
produced by field wiring, follow these instructions:
• Connect RET terminal number 4 or 5 to a common
chassis/signal ground rail in the control panel
using a size 2.5 mm² (13 AWG) or larger wire. The
wire must have a current rating greater than or
equal to 16 A.
• Individual 24 VDC power sources to the field must
be current limited to maximum 4 A for UL
compliant installations, and maximum 6 A in other
areas.
For more information on wiring, see Hardware
Reference Guide.
• SmartX AS-B servers with 24 I/O points have more
RET terminals for connection of I/O returns, so the
common chassis/signal ground rail is optional and
may not be needed.
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
33
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
SmartX AS-B Server
SmartX Server
Regulatory Notices
Federal Communications Commission
FCC Rules and Regulations CFR 47, Part 15, Class B
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference. (2) This device must accept
any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Industry Canada
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) - Australian Communications and Media
Authority (ACMA)
This equipment complies with the requirements of the relevant ACMA standards made under
the Radiocommunications Act 1992 and the Telecommunications Act 1997. These
standards are referenced in notices made under section 182 of the Radiocommunications
Act and 407 of the Telecommunications Act.
CE - Compliance to European Union (EU)
2014/30/EU Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
2014/35/EU Low Voltage Directive
2011/65/EU Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive
This equipment complies with the rules, of the Official Journal of the European Union, for
governing the Self Declaration of the CE Marking for the European Union as specified in the
above directive(s) per the provisions of the following standards: EN 50491-1 Product
Standard; EN 60730-1, EN 60730-2-11, and EN 50491-3 Safety Standards.
WEEE - Directive of the European Union (EU)
This equipment and its packaging carry the waste of electrical and electronic equipment
(WEEE) label, in compliance with European Union (EU) Directive 2012/19/EU, governing the
disposal and recycling of electrical and electronic equipment in the European community.
UL 916 Listed products for the United States and Canada, Open Class Energy
Management Equipment. UL file E80146.
.
www.schneider-electric.com
03-20034-02-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
12
34
40
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
1
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
8-ข
Introduction
• BACnet/IP communications
SmartX IP Controller – MP-C is a multi-purpose, fully
programmable, IP based field controller. The MP-C
models offer a flexible mix of I/O point types that suit a
wide range of HVAC applications. MP-C can either be
used as a standalone BACnet/IP field controller or as
part of an EcoStruxure BMS with a SmartX AS-P or ASB server or an Enterprise Server as the parent server.
The MP-C models support an optional display that
provides insight and control of the inputs and outputs.
• DHCP for easy network configuration
The MP-C has the following features:
• IP enabled with dual port Ethernet switch
• Versatile onboard I/O point mix
• High reliability
• Sensor bus for living space sensors
The MP Series controllers have a dual-port Ethernet
switch, which enables flexible network topologies:
• Star
• Daisy chain
• Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) ring
In a star topology, the controller and the parent
EcoStruxure BMS server are individually connected to
an Ethernet switch. You can reduce the installation time
and cost by daisy-chaining multiple controllers
together. You can use an RSTP ring topology when you
want failures of a single controller to be detected and
recovered quickly and efficiently.
• Mobile commissioning application
Models with a versatile mix of I/O points
• Full EcoStruxure Building Operation software
support, providing efficient engineering tools
MP-C comes in five models with different I/O point
count and a versatile mix of I/O point types that match a
wide variety of applications. Most of the I/O points are
universal inputs/outputs, which are highly flexible and
can be configured as either inputs or outputs.
IP connectivity and flexible network topologies
The MP Series controllers are based on open protocols
that simplify interoperability, IP configuration, and
device management:
• IP addressing
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
35
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
I/O Point Types by MP-C Models
I/O Point Types
MP-C-15A
MP-C-18A
MP-C-18B
MP-C-24A
MP-C-36A
Universal I/O
8
10
10
16
20
-
-
-
4
8
Triac outputs
6
4
8
-
-
Relay outputs
-
3
-
4
8
1
1
-
-
-
Universal I/O
Universal I/O
Triac Outputs
Relay Outputs
Type Ub
Type Uc
High Power Relay
Outputs
Type Ub
Universal I/O
Type Uc
Form A
High power relay
outputs
Form A
Configurations by I/O Point Types
Configurations
Form A
Form A
Digital inputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
Counter inputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
Supervised inputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
Voltage inputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
yes
yes
-
-
-
Temperature inputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
Resistive inputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
2-wire RTD temperature yes
inputs
yes
-
-
-
Voltage outputs
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
yes
-
-
-
Digital outputs
-
-
yes
yes
yes
Digital pulsed outputs
-
-
yes
yes
yes
(0 to 10 VDC)
Current inputs
(0 to 20 mA)
(0 to 10 VDC)
Current outputs
(0 to 20 mA)
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2
36
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
3
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
PWM outputs
-
-
yes
yes
yes
Tristate outputs
-
-
yes
yes
-
Tristate pulsed outputs -
-
yes
yes
-
Universal inputs/outputs
The universal inputs/outputs are ideal for any mix of
temperature, pressure, flow, status points, and similar
point types in a building control system.
As counter inputs, the universal inputs/outputs are
commonly used in energy metering applications. As
RTD inputs, they are ideal for temperature points in a
building control system. As supervised inputs, they are
used for security applications where it is critical to know
whether or not a wire has been cut or shorted. These
events provide a separate indication of alarms and
trouble conditions to the system.
For all analog inputs, maximum and minimum levels
can be defined to automatically detect over-range and
under-range values.
The battery-free power backup of the memory and realtime clock prevents data loss and ensures seamless
and quick recovery after a power failure.
All MP-C models can be equipped with the MP-C
Display add-on module, which features an LCD display
and five keys. With this module, you can manually
override analog and digital outputs for testing,
commissioning, and maintenance of equipment
connected to the outputs. The module's dedicated
processing power ensures reliable override for
maintenance applications. The override status is
readable through EcoStruxure Building Operation
WorkStation and WebStation, enabling precise
monitoring and reliable control.
The universal inputs/outputs can also be used as
voltage outputs or current outputs (Uc only), without the
need for external bias resistors. Therefore, the universal
inputs/outputs support a wide range of devices, such
as actuators.
Triac outputs
The triac outputs can be used in many applications to
switch 24 VAC on or off for external loads such as
actuators, relays, or indicators. The triac outputs are
isolated from the controller. Triacs are silent and do not
suffer from relay contact wear.
Relay outputs
The relay outputs support digital Form A point types.
The Form A relays are designed for direct load
applications.
High power relay output
MP-C-15A and MP-C-18A have a high power relay
output, which is ideal for switching loads of up to 12 A,
such as electrical heating elements.
High reliability
The MP Series controllers support local trends,
schedules, and alarms, enabling local operation when
the controller is offline or used in standalone
applications.
MP-C Display
WorkStation allows you to update the firmware of
multiple MP Series controllers at the same time and with
minimum down time. The EcoStruxure BMS server
keeps track of the installed firmware to support backup,
restore, and replacement of the controllers and
sensors. The server can host controllers of different
firmware versions.
Sensor bus for living space sensors
The MP Series controllers provide an interface
designed for the SmartX Sensor family of living space
sensors. The SmartX Sensors offer an efficient way to
sense the temperature, humidity, CO2, and occupancy
in a room. The SmartX Sensors are available with
different combinations of sensor types and various
covers and user interface options, such as
touchscreen, setpoint and override buttons, and blank
covers.
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
37
43
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
4
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
SmartX Sensors
The sensor bus provides both power and
communications for up to four sensors that are daisychained using standard Cat 5 (or higher) cables. The
maximum number of sensors that can be connected to
a controller varies depending on the sensor model and
the combination of cover and sensor base type:
• Blank covers: Up to four sensors of any
combination of sensor base types
• 3-button and touchscreen covers:
– Up to two sensor bases with CO2 option
– Up to four sensor bases without CO2 option
• SmartX LCD temperature sensors: Up to four
sensors are supported
The maximum total length of the sensor bus is 61 m
(200 ft). For more information, see the SmartX Living
Space Sensors Specification Sheet.
Mobile commissioning application
The eCommission SmartX Controllers mobile
application is designed for local configuration, field
deployment, and commissioning of MP Series
controllers. The mobile application reduces the
commissioning time, allows flexibility in project
execution, and eliminates dependencies on network
infrastructure.
The mobile application is designed for use with
Android, Apple (iOS), and Microsoft Windows 10
devices. For more information, see the eCommission
SmartX Controllers Specification Sheet.
eCommission SmartX Controllers mobile app
Using the eCommission SmartX Controllers mobile
application, you can connect to one or many MP Series
controllers. You can connect to a single MP Series
controller using the eCommission Bluetooth Adapter
connected to a SmartX Sensor. You can connect to a
network of MP Series controllers on the local IP
network, using a wireless access point or a network
switch.
Device configuration
With the eCommission SmartX Controllers mobile
application, you can easily discover MP Series
controllers on the IP network and change each
controller's configuration, including the BACnet and IP
network settings, location, and parent server. To save
engineering time, you can save common device
settings and then reuse them for controllers of the same
model.
Field deployment and I/O checkout
The eCommission SmartX Controllers mobile
application does not require an EcoStruxure BMS
server or a network infrastructure to be in place. You
can use the mobile application to load the controller
application directly into the local MP Series controller
and deploy the controller. The controller application
can be created offline using Project Configuration Tool
or WorkStation. You can also perform an I/O checkout
to ensure that the controller's I/O points are configured,
wired, and operating correctly.
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
38
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
5
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Full EcoStruxure Building Operation software
support
The power of the MP Series controller is fully realized
when it is part of an EcoStruxure BMS, which provides
the following benefits:
• WorkStation/WebStation interface
• Script and Function Block programming options
• Device discovery
• Engineering efficiency
WorkStation/WebStation interface
WorkStation and WebStation provide a consistent user
experience regardless of which EcoStruxure BMS
server the user is logged on to. The user can log on to
the parent EcoStruxure BMS server to engineer,
commission, supervise, and monitor the MP Series
controller and its I/O as well as its attached SmartX
Sensors. For more information, see the WorkStation and
WebStation specification sheets.
Script and Function Block programming options
Unique to the industry, the MP Series controllers have
both Script and Function Block programming options.
This flexibility assures that the best programming
method can be selected for the application. Existing
programs can easily be reused between the
EcoStruxure BMS server and the controller.
Device discovery
The enhanced Device Discovery in WorkStation
enables you to easily identify MP Series controllers on a
BACnet network and to associate the controllers with
their parent server.
Engineering efficiency
The engineering and maintenance of MP Series
controllers can be done very efficiently using the
EcoStruxure Building Operation reusability features.
With these features, you can create library items
(Custom Types) for a complete controller application
that contains programs and all necessary objects such
as trends, alarms, and schedules. The controller
application in the Custom Types library is reusable
across all controllers of the same model. You can use
the controller application as a base for creating new
controllers intended for similar applications. You can
then edit the controller application, and the changes
are automatically replicated to all controllers, while
each controller keeps its local values.
WorkStation supports both online and offline
engineering of MP Series controllers. You can make the
configuration changes online or use database mode to
make the changes offline. In database mode, the
changes are saved to the EcoStruxure Building
Operation database so that you can apply the changes
to the controllers later.
Project Configuration Tool enables you to perform all
the engineering off site, without the need for physical
hardware, which minimizes the time you need to spend
on site. You can run the EcoStruxure BMS servers
virtually and engineer the MP Series controllers, before
you deploy your server and controller applications to
the servers and controllers on site. For more
information, see the Project Configuration Tool
specification sheet.
In addition, you can use Automated Engineering Tool to
facilitate your engineering process when using MP
Series controllers. This tool provides access to a library
of standard controller applications. These standard
applications can be quickly configured and customized
using the wizards and mass edit functions provided in
the tool and then loaded into your target server. The
tool also enables the quick creation of your own
templates based on MP Series controller applications
that you have developed. This facilitates a standard
approach and drives the ability to easily reuse and
duplicate common controller applications. For more
information, see the Automated Engineering Tool
specification sheet.
Library of standard HVAC applications
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
39
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
6
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Part Numbers
Product
Part number
MP-C-15A
SXWMPC15A10001
MP-C-18A
SXWMPC18A10001
MP-C-18B
SXWMPC18B10001
MP-C-24A
SXWMPC24A10001
MP-C-36A
SXWMPC36A10001
MP-C DISPLAY
SXWMPCDSP10001
(MP-C override display module)
Spare terminal blocks for all MP-C models
SXWMPCCON10001
(4 x 3-pin, 1 x 4-pin, 7 x 6-pin, 2 x 8-pin terminal blocks)
DIN-RAIL-CLIP, DIN-rail end clip
SXWDINEND10001
package of 25 pieces
eCommission Bluetooth Adapter
SXWBTAECXX10001
Specifications
AC input
Nominal voltage......................................................................................................................................................24 VAC
Operating voltage range........................................................................................................................................+/-20 %
Frequency ............................................................................................................................................................50/60 Hz
Maximum power consumption (MP-C-15A, -18A, -18B) ...........................................................................................22 VA
Maximum power consumption (MP-C-24A) ..............................................................................................................28 VA
Maximum power consumption (MP-C-36A) ..............................................................................................................33 VA
Power input protection................................................................................................MOV suppression and internal fuse
DC input
Nominal voltage.............................................................................................................................................24 to 30 VDC
Operating voltage range ...............................................................................................................................21 to 33 VDC
Maximum power consumption (MP-C-15A, -18A, -18B)............................................................................................ 12 W
Maximum power consumption (MP-C-24A)............................................................................................................... 15 W
Maximum power consumption (MP-C-36A)............................................................................................................... 18 W
Power input protection................................................................................................MOV suppression and internal fuse
Environment
Ambient temperature, operating .................................................................0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) at normal operationa
..........................................................-40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F) for rooftop applications, horizontal installation onlya
a) MP-C Display has an operating temperature range of -30 to +60 °C (-22 to +140 °F).
Ambient temperature, storage ............................................................................................-40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
Maximum humidity.....................................................................................................................95 % RH non-condensing
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
40
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
7
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Material
Plastic flame rating ...............................................................................................................................................UL94-5V
Ingress protection rating ............................................................................................................................................IP 20
Mechanical
Dimensions (MP-C-15A, -18A, -18B)............................................... 153 W x 110 H x 64 D mm (6.0 W x 4.3 H x 2.5 D in.)
Dimensions (MP-C-24A, -36A) .........................................................234 W x 110 H x 64 D mm (9.2 W x 4.3 H x 2.5 D in.)
Weight, MP-C-15A
Including terminal blocks .....................................................................................................................0.358 kg (0.789 lb)
Weight, MP-C-18A
Including terminal blocks .....................................................................................................................0.371 kg (0.818 lb)
Weight, MP-C-18B
Including terminal blocks .....................................................................................................................0.361 kg (0.796 lb)
Weight, MP-C-24A
Including terminal blocks .....................................................................................................................0.495 kg (1.091 lb)
Weight, MP-C-36A
Including terminal blocks .....................................................................................................................0.547 kg (1.206 lb)
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
41
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
8
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Installation.....................................................................................................DIN rail or other flat surface inside a cabinet
Terminal blocks ................................................................................................................................................Removable
Software compliance
EcoStruxure Building Operation software .............................................................................................version 2.0 or later
Agency compliances
Emission...............................................................RCM; EN 61000-6-3; EN 50491-5-2; FCC Part 15, Sub-part B, Class B
Immunity ...............................................................................................................................EN 61000-6-2; EN 50491-5-3
Safety .........................................................................EN 60730-1; EN 60730-2-11; EN 50491-3; UL 916 C-UL US Listed
Real-time clock
Accuracy, at 25 °C (77 °F) ..............................................................................................................+/-1 minute per month
Backup time, at 25 °C (77 °F) ...................................................................................................................7 days minimum
Communication ports
Ethernet ................................................................................................................................ Dual 10/100BASE-TX (RJ45)
USB .................................................................... USB 2.0, 5 VDC, 2.5 W, 1 device port (mini-B) and 1 host port (type-A)
Sensor Bus ............................................................................................................................24 VDC, 2 W, RS-485 (RJ45)
Sensor Bus protection ...........................................Transient voltage suppressors on communication and power signals
Communications
BACnet..........................................................................................................BACnet/IP, port configurable, default 47808
...................................................................................................BTL B-AAC (BACnet Advanced Application Controller)a
a) See the BTL Product Catalog for up-to-date details on BTL listed firmware revisions on BACnet International's home
page.
CPU
Frequency ........................................................................................................................................................... 500 MHz
Type...........................................................................................................................................ARM Cortex-A7 dual-core
DDR3 SDRAM ........................................................................................................................................................128 MB
NOR flash memory ...................................................................................................................................................32 MB
Memory backup.......................................................................................................................128 kB, FRAM, non-volatile
MP-C Display (Optional)
Removable .....................................................................................................................................................................No
Dimensions ..........................................................................................74 W x 46 H x 24 D mm (2.9 W x 1.8 H x 0.9 D in.)
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
42
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
9
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Display size .................................................................................................................36 W x 17 H mm (1.4 W x 0.7 H in.)
Display resolution .......................................................................................................................................128 x 64 pixels
Display type......................................................................... FSTN monochrome LCD, white color transflective backlight
Power consumption............................................................................................................. max. 0.15 W (45 mA at 3.3 V)
Ambient temperature, operating .........................................................................................-30 to +60 °C (-22 to +140 °F)
Ambient temperature, storage ............................................................................................-40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)
Maximum humidity.....................................................................................................................95 % RH non-condensing
Weight ..................................................................................................................................................0.035 kg (0.077 lb)
Compliance with standards ......................................................................................................................EN ISO 16484-2
Universal inputs/outputs, Ub and Uc
Channels, MP-C-15A ............................................................................................................................. 8 Ub, Ub1 to Ub8
Channels, MP-C-18A ......................................................................................................................... 10 Ub, Ub1 to Ub10
Channels, MP-C-18B ......................................................................................................................... 10 Ub, Ub1 to Ub10
Channels, MP-C-24A ......................................................................................................................... 16 Ub, Ub1 to Ub16
................................................................................................................................................................4 Uc, Uc1 to Uc4
Channels, MP-C-36A ......................................................................................................................... 20 Ub, Ub1 to Ub20
................................................................................................................................................................8 Uc, Uc1 to Uc8
Absolute maximum ratings .......................................................................................................................-0.5 to +24 VDC
A/D converter resolution ..........................................................................................................................................16 bits
Universal input/output protection........................................Transient voltage suppressor on each universal input/output
Digital inputs
Range .........................Dry contact switch closure or open collector/open drain, 24 VDC, typical wetting current 2.4 mA
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................150 ms
Counter inputs
Range .........................Dry contact switch closure or open collector/open drain, 24 VDC, typical wetting current 2.4 mA
Minimum pulse width ................................................................................................................................................20 ms
Maximum frequency..................................................................................................................................................25 Hz
Supervised inputs
5 V circuit, 1 or 2 resistors
Monitored switch combinations.............................................................Series only, parallel only, and series and parallel
Resistor range ................................................................................................................................................1 to 10 kohm
For a 2-resistor configuration, each resistor must have the same value +/- 5 %
Voltage inputs
Range ..............................................................................................................................................................0 to 10 VDC
Accuracy...............................................................................................................................+/-(7 mV + 0.2 % of reading)
Resolution................................................................................................................................................................1.0 mV
Impedance..........................................................................................................................................................100 kohm
Current inputs
Range ................................................................................................................................................................0 to 20 mA
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
43
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
10
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Accuracy..........................................................................................................................+/-(0.01 mA + 0.4 % of reading)
Resolution....................................................................................................................................................................1 μA
Impedance .............................................................................................................................................................47 ohm
Resistive inputs
10 ohm to 10 kohm accuracy .......................................................................................................+/-(7 + 4 x 10-3 x R) ohm
R = Resistance in ohm
10 kohm to 60 kohm accuracy .....................................................................................+/-(4 x 10-3 x R + 7 x 10-8 x R2) ohm
R = Resistance in ohm
Temperature inputs (thermistors)
Range................................................................................................................................-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
Supported thermistors
Honeywell .............................................................................................................................................................20 kohm
Type I (Continuum) ...............................................................................................................................................10 kohm
Type II (I/NET) .......................................................................................................................................................10 kohm
Type III (Satchwell) ...............................................................................................................................................10 kohm
Type IV (FD) ......................................................................................................................................................... 10 kohm
Type V (FD w/ 11k shunt) ....................................................................................................................Linearized 10 kohm
Satchwell D?T......................................................................................................................................Linearized 10 kohm
Johnson Controls .................................................................................................................................................2.2 kohm
Xenta....................................................................................................................................................................1.8 kohm
Balco.......................................................................................................................................................................1 kohm
Measurement accuracy
20 kohm...................................................................................................-50 to -30 °C: +/-1.5 °C (-58 to -22 °F: +/-2.7 °F)
...................................................................................................................-30 to 0 °C: +/-0.5 °C (-22 to +32 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
.................................................................................................................. 0 to 100 °C: +/-0.2 °C (32 to 212 °F: +/-0.4 °F)
.............................................................................................................100 to 150 °C: +/-0.5 °C (212 to 302 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
10 kohm, 2.2 kohm, and 1.8 kohm.......................................................-50 to -30 °C: +/-0.75 °C (-58 to -22 °F: +/-1.35 °F)
..........................................................................................................-30 to +100 °C: +/-0.2 °C (-22 to +212 °F: +/-0.4 °F)
.............................................................................................................100 to 150 °C: +/-0.5 °C (212 to 302 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
Linearized 10 kohm .................................................................................-50 to -30 °C: +/-2.0 °C (-58 to -22 °F: +/-3.6 °F)
...............................................................................................................-30 to 0 °C: +/-0.75 °C (-22 to +32 °F: +/-1.35 °F)
.................................................................................................................. 0 to 100 °C: +/-0.2 °C (32 to 212 °F: +/-0.4 °F)
.............................................................................................................100 to 150 °C: +/-0.5 °C (212 to 302 °F: +/-0.9 °F)
1 kohm ..............................................................................................-50 to +150 °C: +/-1.0 °C (-58 to +302° F: +/-1.8 °F)
RTD temperature inputs
Supported RTDs......................................................................................................................................................Pt1000
Pt1000
Sensor range .....................................................................................................................-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
SmartX IP Controller device environment Sensor range
Measurement accuracy
0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
+/-0.5 °C (+/-0.9 °F)
-50 to +70 °C (-58 to +158 °F)
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
44
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
11
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Continued
SmartX IP Controller device environment Sensor range
Measurement accuracy
0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F)
70 to 150 °C (158 to 302 °F)
+/-0.7 °C (+/-1.3 °F)
-40 to +60 °C (-40 to +140 °F)
-50 to +150 °C (-58 to +302 °F)
+/-1.0 °C (+/-1.8 °F)
RTD temperature wiring
Maximum wire resistance.........................................................................................................20 ohm/wire (40 ohm total)
Maximum wire capacitance.......................................................................................................................................60 nF
The wire resistance and capacitance typically corresponds to a 200 m wire.
Voltage outputs
Range ..............................................................................................................................................................0 to 10 VDC
Accuracy..............................................................................................................................................................+/-60 mV
Resolution.................................................................................................................................................................10 mV
Minimum load resistance ........................................................................................................................................5 kohm
Load range.......................................................................................................................................................-1 to +2 mA
Current outputs (Uc only)
Range ................................................................................................................................................................0 to 20 mA
Accuracy ............................................................................................................................................................+/-0.2 mA
Resolution..................................................................................................................................................................21 µA
Load range.....................................................................................................................................................0 to 650 ohm
Relay outputs, DO
Channels, MP-C-15A ........................................................................................................................................................0
Channels, MP-C-18A...................................................................................................................................3, DO5 to DO7
Channels, MP-C-18B ........................................................................................................................................................0
Channels, MP-C-24A.................................................................................................................................. 4, DO1 to DO4
Channels, MP-C-36A.................................................................................................................................. 8, DO1 to DO8
Contact rating......................................................................................................250 VAC/30 VDC, 2 A, Pilot Duty (C300)
Switch type....................................................................................................................................................Form A Relay
....................................................................................................................................................Single Pole Single Throw
....................................................................................................................................................................Normally Open
Isolation contact to system ground.....................................................................................................................3000 VAC
Cycle life (Resistive load) ..............................................................................................................At least 100,000 cycles
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................100 ms
High power relay outputs, DO
Channels, MP-C-15A.............................................................................................................................................. 1, DO7
Channels, MP-C-18A.............................................................................................................................................. 1, DO8
Channels, MP-C-18B ........................................................................................................................................................0
Channels, MP-C-24A ........................................................................................................................................................0
Channels, MP-C-36A ........................................................................................................................................................0
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
45
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
12
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Contact rating....................................................................................................250 VAC/24 VDC, 12 A, Pilot Duty (B300)
Switch type....................................................................................................................................................Form A Relay
....................................................................................................................................................Single Pole Single Throw
....................................................................................................................................................................Normally Open
Isolation contact to system ground.....................................................................................................................5000 VAC
Cycle life (Resistive load) ..............................................................................................................At least 100,000 cycles
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................100 ms
Triac outputs, DO
Channels, MP-C-15A.................................................................................................................................. 6, DO1 to DO6
Channels, MP-C-18A.................................................................................................................................. 4, DO1 to DO4
Channels, MP-C-18B.................................................................................................................................. 8, DO1 to DO8
Channels, MP-C-24A ........................................................................................................................................................0
Channels, MP-C-36A ........................................................................................................................................................0
Output rating (for each triac output) ..................................................................................................................Max. 0.5 A
Voltage......................................................................................................................................................24 VAC +/-20 %
Commons ........................................................................................COM1 for DO1 and DO2 (on MP-C-15A, -18A, -18B)
.........................................................................................................COM2 for DO3 and DO4 (on MP-C-15A, -18A, -18B)
..................................................................................................................COM3 for DO5 and DO6 (on MP-C-15A, -18B)
....................................................................................................................COM4 for DO7 and DO8 (on MP-C-18B only)
The common terminals can be connected to 24 VAC or to ground.
Common voltage, high side output.........................................................................................................................24 VAC
Common voltage, low side output .............................................................................................................0 VAC (ground)
Minimum pulse width ..............................................................................................................................................100 ms
Triac output protection...................................................................................MOV and snubber across each triac output
..........................................................................................................................................MOV from triac COM to ground
Terminals
Be sure to follow proper installation wiring diagrams
and instructions, including these instructions:
• All MP-C models have several RET terminals for
connection of I/O returns, so a common
chassis/signal ground rail is optional and may not
be needed.
• Individual 24 VDC power sources to the field must
be current limited to maximum 4 A for UL
compliant installations, and maximum 6 A in other
areas.
• For more information on wiring, see Hardware
Reference Guide.
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
46
65
64
63
62
61
EcoStruxure™ Building
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
MP-C-15A
MP-C-18A
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
13
47
EcoStruxure™ Building
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
MP-C-18B
MP-C-24A
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
14
48
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
15
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
MP-C-36A
Part Numbers in AMER Region for Network Connectivity Accessories
Product descriptiona
Part number (AMER region)
Cat 6 field-term plug, UTP
ACTPG6TLU001
Cat 6 pass-through plug, UTP, 100-pack
ACTPG6PTU100
Actassi crimping tool
ACTTLCPT
Cat 6 cable, UTP, 1000 ft (305 m), CMP, green
ACT4P6UCP1ARXGR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 30 ft (9 m), CMP, green
ACTPC6UBCP30AGR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 50 ft (15 m), CMP, green
ACTPC6UBCP50AGR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 70 ft (21 m), CMP, green
ACTPC6UBCP70AGR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 90 ft (27 m), CMP, green
ACTPC6UBCP90AGR
Cat 5e pass-through plug, UTP, 100-pack
ACTPG5EPTU100
Cat 5e cable, UTP, 1000 ft (305 m), CMP, green
ACT4P5EUCP1ARXGR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 30 ft (9 m), CMP, green
ACTPC5EUBCP30AGR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 50 ft (15 m), CMP, green
ACTPC5EUBCP50AGR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 70 ft (21 m), CMP, green
ACTPC5EUBCP70AGR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 90 ft (27 m), CMP, green
ACTPC5EUBCP90AGR
a) For more information, see the Product Selection Guide (SmartX IP Controllers - Accessories). Abbreviations: UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair), CMP (Plenum-rated
cable)
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
49
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
16
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Part Numbers in EMEA Region for Network Connectivity Accessories
Product descriptiona
Part number (EMEA region)
Cat 6 field-term plug, UTP
ACTPG6TLU001
Cat 6 pass-through plug, UTP, 100-pack
ACTPG6PTU100
Actassi crimping tool
ACTTLCPT
Cat 6 cable, UTP, 305 m (1000 ft), Euroclass D, green
VDICD116118
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 10 m (32 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC6UBLS100GR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 15 m (49 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC6UBLS150GR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 20 m (65 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC6UBLS200GR
Cat 6 patch cord, UTP, 25 m (82 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC6UBLS250GR
Cat 5e pass-through plug, UTP, 100-pack
ACTPG5EPTU100
Cat 5e cable, UTP, 1000 ft (305 m), Euroclass D, green
VDICD115118
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 10 m (32 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC5EUBLS100GR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 15 m (49 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC5EUBLS150GR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 20 m (65 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC5EUBLS200GR
Cat 5e patch cord, UTP, 25 m (82 ft), LSZH, green
ACTPC5EUBLS250GR
a) For more information, see the Product Selection Guide (SmartX IP Controllers - Accessories). Abbreviations: UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair), CMP (Plenum-rated
cable), LSZH (Low Smoke Zero Halogen)
Part Numbers in Pacific Region for Network Connectivity Accessories
Product descriptiona
Part number (Pacific region)
Cat 6 field-term plug, UTP
ACTPG6TLU001
Cat 6 pass-through plug, UTP, 100-pack
ACTPG6PTU100
Actassi crimping tool
ACTTLCPT
Cat 6 cable, UTP, 305 m (1000 ft), PVC, green
2D4P6IPV3B-GR
Cat 6 patch lead, UTP, 10 m (32 ft), PVC, green
RJ6_100PL-GR
Cat 6 patch lead, UTP, 15 m (49 ft), PVC, green
RJ6_150PL-GR
Cat 6 patch lead, UTP, 20 m (65 ft), PVC, green
RJ6_200PL-GR
Cat 6 patch lead, UTP, 25 m (82 ft), PVC, green
RJ6_250PL-GR
Cat 5e pass-through plug, UTP, 100-pack
ACTPG5EPTU100
Cat 5e cable, UTP, 305 m (1000 ft), PVC, green
2D4P5IPV3B-GR
Cat 5e patch lead, UTP, 10 m (32 ft), PVC, green
RJ5_100PL-GR
Cat 5e patch lead, UTP, 15 m (49 ft), PVC, green
RJ5_150PL-GR
Cat 5e patch lead, UTP, 20 m (65 ft), PVC, green
RJ5_200PL-GR
Cat 5e patch lead, UTP, 25 m (82 ft), PVC, green
RJ5_250PL-GR
a) For more information, see the Product Selection Guide (SmartX IP Controllers - Accessories). Abbreviations: UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair), PVC (Polyvinyl
chloride)
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
50
EcoStruxure™ Building
www.schneider-electric.com/buildings |
MP-C
SmartX IP Controller
Regulatory Notices
Federal Communications Commission
FCC Rules and Regulations CFR 47, Part 15, Class B
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference. (2) This device must accept
any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Industry Canada
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM) - Australian Communications and Media
Authority (ACMA)
This equipment complies with the requirements of the relevant ACMA standards made under
the Radiocommunications Act 1992 and the Telecommunications Act 1997. These
standards are referenced in notices made under section 182 of the Radiocommunications
Act and 407 of the Telecommunications Act.
CE - Compliance to European Union (EU)
2014/30/EU Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
2014/35/EU Low Voltage Directive
2011/65/EU Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive
This equipment complies with the rules, of the Official Journal of the European Union, for
governing the Self Declaration of the CE Marking for the European Union as specified in the
above directive(s) per the provisions of the following standards: EN 60730-1, EN 60730-211, and EN 50491-3 Safety Standards.
WEEE - Directive of the European Union (EU)
This equipment and its packaging carry the waste of electrical and electronic equipment
(WEEE) label, in compliance with European Union (EU) Directive 2012/19/EU, governing the
disposal and recycling of electrical and electronic equipment in the European community.
UL 916 Listed products for the United States and Canada, Open Class Energy
Management Equipment. UL file E80146.
.
www.schneider-electric.com
03-20035-03-en, September 2018
© 2018 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved. Trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
17
3.3 Sensor & Field Device
51
10-ก
ALL PURPOSE DUCT/IMMERSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
82.5 mm
3.25"
52.0 mm
2.05"
69.8 mm
2.75"
Various Probe Lengths
See Specifications
76.2 mm
3.00"
6 mm
(0.236")
304 Series S/S Probe
Foam Gasket
0.5" NPT
TSAP SERIES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The all purpose single point temperature sensor
utilizes a precision sensor encapsulated in a 6
mm (0.236”), 304 series stainless steel probe and
is available in various lengths. All probes provide
excellent heat transfer, fast response and resistance
to moisture penetration.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
For complete installation and wiring details,
please refer to the product installation
instructions.
In duct applications the probes are installed in
the side of the duct to monitor a single point
temperature within the duct. Select a probe length
that allows the probe to span the duct width.
Install the probe in a straight section of duct at a
suitable distance downstream from any heating,
cooling, or humidification devices.
For immersion applications ensure the probe is
installed in the appropriate length thermowell
for the pipe size. Thermal conductive compound
should be added inside the thermowell to provide
optimum thermal transfer.
SPECIFICATIONS
SENSOR TYPE
Thermistor or RTD (see ordering chart)
SENSOR ACCURACY
Thermistors: ±0.2°C (±0.36°F) @ 25°C (77°F)
Platinum RTD’s: ±0.3°C (±0.54°F) @ 0°C (32°F)
Nickel RTD’s: ±0.4°C (±0.72°F) @ 0°C (32°F)
PROBE SENSING RANGE
-40 to 100°C (-40 to 212°F)
AMBIENT OPERATING RANGE
-40 to 50°C (-40 to 122°F), 5 to 95 %RH non-condensing
WIRE MATERIAL
PVC insulated, parallel bonded, 22 AWG
PROBE MATERIAL
304 series stainless steel
PROBE DIAMETER
6 mm (0.236”)
STANDARD LENGTHS
50, 100, 150, 200, 300, and 450 mm
(2”, 4”, 6”, 8”, 12”, and 18”)
ENCLOSURE
ABS, UL94-V0, IP65 (NEMA 4X)
C: includes terminal block
E: same as C, with thread adapter (1/2” NPT to M16), and cable gland fitting
TERMINATION
A: pigtail, 2 or 3 wire
C & E: terminal block, 2 or 3 wire
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
Canada
For immersion applications, a T2 Series thermowell
is required. When using a T1 series thermowell an
adapter will be required.
MOUNTING STYLES
(#0201001092)
THERMOWELL MOUNTING
DUCT MOUNTING
GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM
T1-AP THERMOWELL ADAPTER
THERMOWELL PLACEMENT
52
ACCESSORIES - INCLUDED WITH E ENCLOSURE OPTION
CABLE GLAND FITTING
THREAD ADAPTER 1/2” NPT TO M16
ORDERING
PRODUCT
PART NUMBER
TSAP
All Purpose Duct/Immersion Temperature Sensor
ENCLOSURE
A
C
E
ABS, with hinged and gasketed cover
Same as A, with terminal block
Same as C, with thread adapter and cable gland fitting
SENSOR
02
05
06
07
08
12
13
14
20
24
59
100 Ω Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
1801 Ω NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C
3000 Ω NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C
10,000 Ω Type 3, NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C
2.252K Ω NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C
1000 Ω Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
1000 Ω Nickel, Class B, DIN 43760
10,000 Ω Type 3, NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C c/w 11K shunt resistor
20,000 Ω NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C
10,000 Ω Type 2, NTC Thermistor, ±0.2°C
10,000 Ω, 25°C, ±1%, B = 3435 ±1% (25/85)
PROBE LENGTH
A
B
C
D
E
F
50mm (2”)
100mm (4”)
150mm (6”)
200mm (8”)
300mm (12”)
450mm (18”)
TSAP
TSAPE05C
NOTE: Greystone Energy Systems, Inc. reserves the right to make design modifications without prior notice.
Greystone Energy Systems, Inc.
150 English Drive, Moncton,
New Brunswick, Canada E1E 4G7
PRINTED IN CANADA
Copyright © Greystone Energy Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved
www.greystoneenergy.com
Ph: +1 (506) 853-3057 Fax: +1(506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
E-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
PS-TSAPXXX-02
01/20
53
THERMOWELLS
63.5 mm
2.5”
15.9 mm
0.63”
Diameter
25.4 mm
1.00”
6.35 mm
0.25”
12.7 mm
0.500”
6.6 mm
0.260”
STEM LENGTH (SEE CHART)
Process Thread: 1/2” NPT or BSPT
HEX Stock: 1” HEX for 1/2” NPT
T2 SERIES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The T2 series thermowell are available in 304 series
and 316 series stainless steel. They are available in a
wide range of lengths. Custom lengths and materials
are also available.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
The T2 series thermowell can be installed in various
locations throughout the pipe, see the diagram
below.
SPECIFICATIONS
MATERIAL
P: 304 Series stainless steel
R: 316 Series stainless steel
LENGTH
2”, 4”, 6”, 8”, 12”, & 18” Standard
Custom lengths available
THREAD SIZE
1/2” NPT or BSPT
CONSTRUCTION
Machined construction
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
Canada
The required torque for the set-screw to ensure secure
attachment and avoid damage to the probe is 5”/lbs.
Thermowell placement in pipe
ORDERING
PART NUMBER
PRODUCT
T2
EXTERNAL THREAD SIZE
1/2
1/2”
EXTERNAL THREAD TYPE
N
B
NPT
BSPT
LENGTH
2
4
6
8
12
18
50 mm (2”)
100 mm (4”)
150 mm (6”)
200 mm (8”)
300 mm (12”)
450 mm (18”)
MATERIAL
P
R
304 Series stainless steel
316 Series stainless steel
Thermowell with Set Screw
NOTE: Greystone Energy Systems, Inc. reserves the right to make design modifications without prior notice.
GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM
T2
T21/2N6R
54
T2 THERMOWELL PRESSURE AND FLOW SPECIFICATIONS
MAXIMUM FLOW @ 750°F (400°C)
PART NUMBER
AIR AND STEAM
DESCRIPTION
ft/s
m/s
WATER
ft/s
m/s
T2 - 1/2 (X) 2P
2” (50mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 304 S/S
65
19.8
48
14.6
T2 - 1/2 (X) 4P
4” (100mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 304 S/S
65
19.8
48
14.6
T2 - 1/2 (X) 6P
6” (150mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 304 S/S
49
14.9
37
11.2
T2 - 1/2 (X) 8P
8” (200mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 304 S/S
32
9.7
24
7.3
T2 - 1/2 (X) 12P
12” (300mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 304 S/S
12
3.6
12
3.6
T2 - 1/2 (X) 18P
18” (450mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 304 S/S
4
1.2
4
1.2
T2 - 1/2 (X) 2R
2” (50mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 316 S/S
63
19.2
48
14.6
T2 - 1/2 (X) 4R
4” (100mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 316 S/S
63
19.2
48
14.6
T2 - 1/2 (X) 6R
6” (150mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 316 S/S
47
14.3
37
11.2
T2 - 1/2 (X) 8R
8” (200mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 316 S/S
31
9.4
24
7.3
T2 - 1/2” (X) 12R
12” (300mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 316 S/S
12
3.6
12
3.6
T2 - 1/2” (X) 18R
18” (450mm), 1/2” NPT/BSP, 0.026” (6mm) Bore, 316 S/S
4
1.2
4
1.2
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
AT 200°F (100°C)
AT 750°F (400°C)
PSI
BAR
PSI
BAR
6290
433
3805
263
6615
456
5500
380
NOTE
(X) = N for NPT, B for BSP
1) These are worst-case velocity ratings for air, steam, and water. Based on air at 21°C (70°F), 6900 PSI (475 Bar), with a density of 35 lb/ft3 (560 kg/m3), steam at
400°C (750°F), 5500 PSI (379 Bar), with a density of 32 lb/ft3 (512 kg/m3), and water at 21°C (70°F), [6800 PSI (468 Var) for 316 S/S], with a density of 63.59 lb/ft3
(1018 kg/m3). Significantly higher velocities are possible when fluid/gases at lower densities.
2) Specification of a thermowell and the materials of construction are the sole responsibility of the designer of the system that incorporates the thermowell. Sole
responsibility for ensuring compatibility of the process fluid with the system rests with the end user.
3) These ratings do not consider corrosion.
Greystone Energy Systems, Inc.
150 English Drive, Moncton,
New Brunswick, Canada E1E 4G7
PRINTED IN CANADA
Copyright © Greystone Energy Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved
www.greystoneenergy.com
Ph: +1 (506) 853-3057 Fax: +1 (506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
E-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
PS-T2XXX-02-03
12/19
55
10-ข
OUTSIDE HUMIDITY/TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
112.5 mm
4.43"
99.7 mm
3.925"
53.7 mm
2.115"
116.5 mm
4.585"
0.5" NPT
25.4 mm
1.00"
25.4 mm
1.00"
HTOS SERIES
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
The HTOS series uses a highly accurate and
reliable Thermoset Polymer based capacitance
humidity sensor and Platinum RTD temperature
sensor together with state-of-the-art digital
linearization and temperature compensated
circuitry to monitor humidity levels. A hinged,
gasketed weatherproof Polycarbonate enclosure
provides easy of installation and protection from
the elements.
SPECIFICATIONS
HUMIDITY SENSOR TYPE
Thermoset polymer based capacitive
TEMPERATURE SENSOR TYPE
1000Ω Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
HUMIDITY SENSOR ACCURACY
±2, 3, or 5 %RH (5 to 95 %RH)
TEMPERATURE SENSOR ACCURACY
±0.1% of span
SENSOR RESPONSE TIME
15 seconds typical
MEASUREMENT RANGE
HYSTERESIS
0 to 100 %RH
±1.5 %RH maximum
The HTOS should be mounted on an outside
North facing wall, under the eaves which will
provide protection from direct sunlight and wind.
REPEATABILITY
LINEARITY
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
OPERATING HUMIDITY
POWER SUPPLY
CONSUMPTION
INPUT VOLTAGE EFFECT
PROTECTION CIRCUITRY
OUTPUT SIGNAL
OUTPUT DRIVE @ 24 VDC
The HTOS can be mounted directly to buildings
wall face using the four provided mounting holes.
There is a 0.85” hole for conduit connection on
rear of enclosure.
INTERNAL ADJUSTMENTS
ENCLOSURE
TERMINATION
COUNTRY OF ORIGIN
±0.5 %RH typical
±0.5 %RH typical
-40 to 50°C (-40 to 122°F)
0 to 95 %RH non-condensing
18 to 35 Vdc, 15 to 26 Vac
22 mA maximum
Negligible over specified operating range
Reverse voltage protected and output limited
4-20 mA current loop, 0-5 Vdc or 0-10 Vdc (factory configured)
Current: 550Ω max
Voltage: 10,000Ω min
Clearly marked ZERO and SPAN pots
B: Grey Polycarbonate, UL94-V0, IP65 (NEMA 4X)
Screw terminal block (14 to 22 AWG)
Canada
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
For complete installation and wiring details,
please refer to the product installation
instructions.
North
OSA Humidity
Sensor
GREYSTONE HAS AN ISO 9001 REGISTERED QUALITY SYSTEM
56
TERMINAL
FUNCTION
PWR
COM
24 Vac/dc
Common
TEMP
RH
Analog Output
Analog Output
RH
TEMP
PWR
COM
WIRING INFORMATION
HTOSB312A002
ORDERING
PART NUMBER
HTOS
PRODUCT
HTOS
Outside Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
ENCLOSURE
B
Polycarbonate with hinged and gasketed cover
RH ACCURACY
2
3
5
2%
3%
5%
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
12
1000Ω Platinum, IEC 751, 385 Alpha, thin film
OUTPUT SIGNALS (RH AND TEMPERATURE)
A
D
E
4-20 mA
0-5 Vdc
0-10 Vdc
TEMPERATURE SPAN
001
002
006
0 to 35°C (32 to 95°F)
0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F)
-50 to 50°C (-58 to 122°F)
NOTE: Greystone Energy Systems, Inc. reserves the right to make design modifications without prior notice.
Greystone Energy Systems, Inc.
150 English Drive, Moncton,
New Brunswick, Canada E1E 4G7
PRINTED IN CANADA
Copyright © Greystone Energy Systems Inc. All Rights Reserved
www.greystoneenergy.com
Ph: +1 (506) 853-3057 Fax: +1 (506) 853-6014
North America: 1-800-561-5611
E-mail: mail@greystoneenergy.com
PS-HTOSXXX-03
57
Relative and differential
pressure transmitter type 692
Pressure range
0 ... 0.1 25 bar
Type 692 pressure transmitters have a unique, well proven
ceramic technolgy. There are variety of pressure and electrical
connections available, together with several stanadardised output
signals. The wide variety of options makes these transmitters
ideal for applications across a broad spectrum of industries.
Huba Control type 692 - Technical data subject to change - Edition 04/2017
Very low temperature sensitivity
High resistance to extreme temperatures
No mechanical creepage
Modular system and choice of materials
to suit individual applications
1/5
58
80
79
78
Technical overview
Pressure range
Relative and differential
0 ... 0.1
Operating conditions
Medium
Medium / ambient
Storage
Temperature
Tolerable overload on one side
System pressure
< 6 bar
PVDF
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
> 10 bar
Rupture pressure
Materials
Case
Pressure connection
Materials in contact with the medium
Sensor
Sealing material
25 bar
Liquids and neutral gases
-15 ... +85 ÀC
-40 ... +85 ÀC
See order code selection table
12 bar
25 bar
50 bar
1.5x system pressure
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303,
PVDF, CuZn nickel plated
ceramic Al2O3 (96%)
FPM, EPDM, NBR, MVQ
Electrical overview
2 wire
3 wire
Polarity reversal protection
Dynamic response
Response time
Load cycle
Output
Power supply
Load
Current consumption (at nominal pressure)
- 11 V
4 ... 20 mA
11 ... 33 VDC
< supply voltage
[Ohm]
< 20 mA
0.02 A
0 ... 5 V
11 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ15%
>10 kOhm
< 5 mA
0 ... 10 V
18 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ15%
>10 kOhm
< 5 mA
ratiom. 10 ... 90%
5 VDC μ5%
>10 kOhm
< 5 mA
Short circuit proof and protected against polarity reversal. Each connection is protected against crossover up to max. supply voltage.
< 5 ms
< 50 Hz
Protection standard
IP 65
Electrical connection
Connector DIN EN 175301-803-A
Connector DIN EN 60130-9
Cable 1.5 m
PG7
Pressure connection
Pressure tube tip
Pipe fitting
Outside thread
Inside thread
± 4 mm
± 6 mm
± 6 mm
± 8 mm
7
/16 -20 UNF
G⅛
⅛ -27 NPT
G⅛
Mounting instruction
Installation arrangement
Mounting
Unrestricted
Mounting bracket
Tests / Admissions
Electromagnetic compatibility
CE conformity acc. EN 61326-2-3
Weight
~ 430 g
Packaging
Single packaging in cardboard
accessories included
Legend to cross-section drawing
1
2
3
4
5
2/5
Electrical connection
Seals
Ceramic element
P2 Pressure connection (lower pressure)
P1 Pressure connection (higher pressure)
Huba Control type 692 - Technical data subject to change - Edition 04/2017
59
82
Accuracy
Parameter
Unit
Tolerance zero point
Tolerance full scale
Resolution
Total of linearity,
hysteresis and repeatability
Long term stability acc. to DIN EN 60770
TC zero point 1)
TC sensitivity 1)
Test conditions:
max.
max.
% fs
% fs
% fs
max.
% fs
% fs
% fs/10K
% fs/10K
max.
max.
Versions with overload on one
side < 2x nominal pressure
μ
μ
Versions with overload on one
side < 3x nominal pressure
0.4
0.4
0.1
μ
μ
μ
0.5
μ
0.5
See order code selection table
μ
0.15
Versions with overload on one side
< 7.5x nominal pressure
0.75
0.75
0.15
μ
μ
μ
0.75
μ
0.5
See order code selection table
μ
0.23
1.25
1.25
0.25
μ
1.25
μ
0.5
See order code selection table
μ
0.38
25 ÀC, 45% RH, Power supply 24 VDC
TC z.p. / TC s. -15 ... +80 ÀC
1
Order code selection table
Pressure range 2)
Sealing material
Adjustment
Output / power supply
Electrical connection
Pressure connection
Case
Pressure range variation
(optional)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
692. X X X X X X X X X X
Tolerable overload on one side
P1
0 ... 0.1 bar
max. 0.6 bar
(6 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.2 bar
max. 1.2 bar
(6 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.2 bar
max. 0.6 bar
(3 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.25 bar
max. 1.2 bar
(4.8 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.25 bar
max. 0.6 bar
(2.4 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.3 bar
max. 0.6 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.4 bar
max. 1.2 bar
(3 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.4 bar
max. 2 bar
(5 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.5 bar
max. 1.2 bar
(2.4 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.5 bar
max. 3 bar
(6 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.6 bar
max. 1.2 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 0.6 bar
max. 3 bar
(5 x Nominal pressure)
0 ...
1 bar
max. 2 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ...
1 bar
max. 5 bar
(5 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 1.6 bar
max. 3.2 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 1.6 bar
max. 12 bar
(7.5 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 2.5 bar
max. 5 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 2.5 bar
max. 12 bar
(4.8 x Nominal pressure)
0 ...
4 bar
max. 8 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ...
4 bar
max. 12 bar
(3 x Nominal pressure)
0 ...
6 bar
max. 12 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 10 bar
max. 20 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 16 bar
max. 32 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
0 ... 25 bar
max. 50 bar
(2 x Nominal pressure)
▲ Fullscale signal at these pressures
FPM
Fluoro elastomer
EPDM
Ethylene propylene
NBR
Butadiene Acrylonitrile
MVQ
Silicone polymer
Factory
0 ... 5 V
11 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ15%
0 ... 10 V
18 ... 33 VDC / 24 VAC μ15%
4 ... 20 mA
11 ... 33 VDC
ratiom. 10 ... 90% 5 VDC μ5%
Cable 1.5 m, PG7
DIN EN 175301-803-A
Connector 3)
DIN EN 60130-9
Inside thread
Stainless steel ⅛ -27 NPT or PVDF G ⅛
CuZn nickel plated
Stainless steel 1.4571 / AISI 316Ti
Hose connection
CuZn nickel plated
PVDF
Stainless steel 1.4571 / AISI 316Ti
CuZn nickel plated
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
PVDF
Pipe fitting
CuZn nickel plated
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
PVDF
7
Outside thread
/16 -20 UNF CuZn nickel plated
Adapter inside
G ⅛ Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Adapter outside
G ⅛ CuZn nickel plated with union nut
Stainless steel1.4305 / AISI 303
PVDF to 6 bar max.
Stainless steel with pressure tip orifice
TC z.p. (fs/10K)
P2
0.6 bar
1.2 bar
0.6 bar
1.2 bar
0.6 bar
0.6 bar
1.2 bar
2 bar
1.2 bar
3 bar
1.2 bar
3 bar
2 bar
5 bar
3.2 bar
12 bar
5 bar
12 bar
8 bar
12 bar
12 bar
20 bar
32 bar
50 bar
μ 1.2 %
μ 1.2 %
μ 0.6 %
μ 1.0 %
μ 0.5 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.6 %
μ 1.0 %
μ 0.5 %
μ 0.8 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.7 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 1.0 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 1.0 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.6 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.5 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.4 %
μ 0.4 %
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
0
0
4
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
0
2
0
3
1
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
1,4
1,4
1,4
0
1
2
3
0
0
1
7
9
0
1
3
0
1
E
2
3
D
4
5
8
6
7
9
A
B
C
for tube inside ± 4 mm
for tube inside ± 4 mm
for tube inside ± 6 mm
for tube inside ± 6 mm
for tube inside ± 6 mm
for pipe outside ± 6 mm
for pipe outside ± 6 mm
for pipe outside ± 6 mm
for pipe outside ± 8 mm
for pipe outside ± 8 mm
for pipe outside ± 8 mm
Indicate W and state range on order (e.g.: W0... + 8bar/OUT1...6V)
1,4
1,4
1,4
2
1,4
1,4
1,4
2
1,4
1,4
2
1,4
1,4
1,4
1
2
4
W
Accessories
Order number
Female connector DIN EN 175301-803-A with seal
Female connector DIN EN 60130-9
Mounting bracket incl. screws
Calibration certificate
1)
TC = Temperature coefficient
IP 65, when installed and screwed
IP 65, when installed and screwed
2)
Other pressure range on request
Huba Control type 692 - Technical data subject to change - Edition 04/2017
103510
103524
101999
104551
3)
Delivery without female connector
3/5
60
Dimensions in mm / Electrical connections
Female Connector
DIN EN 60130-9
Female connector DIN EN
175301-803-A
Cable
Stainless steel
Stainless steel ~138 / PVDF ~132
Stainless steel ~95 / PVDF ~89
Stainless steel ~158 / PVDF ~152 (mounted)
Stainless steel ~108 / PVDF ~102
Stainless steel ~136 / PVDF ~130 (mounted)
PVDF
Bracket
Screw fitting for pipe outside ± 6
L~24
X~65
a=10
b=12
Screw fitting for pipe outside ± 8
L~26
X~67
a=12
b=14
L~12
X~53
a=14
Screw fitting for pipe outside ± 6
L~24
X~65
a=10
b=12
Screw fitting for pipe outside ± 8
L~25
X~66
a=12
b=14
CuZn
nickel plated Hose connection for tube ± 4
Stainless steel
1.4571
Hose connection for tube ± 6
AISI 316Ti
L~20
X~61
L~25
X~66
a=10
CuZn
Outside thread G ⅛
nickel plated
L~20
X~61
a=10
b=12
Stainless
steel
1.4305
AISI 303
Stainless Steel
1.4305
Inside thread G ⅛
AISI 303
CuZn
nickel plated
a=10
2 wire
brown
Cable
L~18
X~59
a=14
Screw fitting for pipe ± 6
L~20
X~61
a=12
Screw fitting for pipe ± 8
L~23
X~64
a=14
Hose connection for tube ± 6
L~20
X~61
a=10
PVDF
PVDF
4/5
brown
white
green
CuZn
Outside thread 7/16 -20 UNF
nickel plated
3 wire
green
Connector DIN
EN 175301-803-A
Connector DIN
EN 60130-9
Huba Control type 692 - Technical data subject to change - Edition 04/2017
61
Huba Control AG
Headquarters
Industriestrasse 17
5436 Würenlos
Telefon +41 (0) 56 436 82 00
Telefax +41 (0) 56 436 82 82
info.ch@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control AG
Niederlassung Deutschland
Schlattgrabenstrasse 24
72141 Walddorfhäslach
Telefon +49 (0) 7127 23 93 00
Telefax +49 (0) 7127 23 93 20
info.de@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control SA
Succursale France
Rue Lavoisier
Technopôle Forbach-Sud
57602 Forbach Cedex
Téléphone +33 (0) 387 847 300
Télécopieur +33 (0) 387 847 301
info.fr@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control AG
Vestiging Nederland
Hamseweg 20A
3828 AD Hoogland
Telefoon +31 (0) 33 433 03 66
Telefax +31 (0) 33 433 03 77
info.nl@hubacontrol.com
Huba Control AG
Branch Office United Kingdom
Unit 13 Berkshire House
County Park Business Centre
Shrivenham Road
Swindon Wiltshire SN1 2NR
Phone +44 (0) 1993 776667
Fax
+44 (0) 1993 776671
info.uk@hubacontrol.com
www.hubacontrol.com
5/5
Huba Control type 692 - Technical data subject to change - Edition 04/2017
62
63
Data sheet
Pressure transmitter for general industrial purposes
MBS 3000 and MBS 3050
The compact pressure transmitter,
type MBS 3000, is designed for use in almost
all industrial applications, and offers a reliable
pressure measurement, even under harsh
environmental conditions.
The compact heavy duty pressure transmitter
MBS 3050 with integrated pulse-snubber is
designed for use in hydraulic applications with
severe medium influences like cavitation, liquid
hammer or pressure peaks and offers a reliable
pressure measurement, even under harsh
environmental conditions.
The flexible pressure transmitter programme
covers different output signals, absolute or
gauge (relative) versions, measuring ranges
from 0 – 1 to 0 – 600 bar. A wide range of pressure
and electrical connections are available.
Excellent vibration stability, robust construction,
and a high degree of EMC/EMI protection equip
the pressure transmitter to meet the most
stringent industrial requirements.
Features
© Danfoss | DCS (im) | 2017.09
• Designed for use in severe industrial
and hydraulic environments
• Resistant to cavitation, liquid hammer
and pressure peaks (MBS 3050)
• Enslosure and wetted parts of acid-resistant
stainless steel (AISI 316L)
• Pressure ranges in relative (gauge)
or absolute from 0 up to 600 bar
• All standard output signals:
4 – 20 mA, 0 – 5 V, 1 – 5 V, 1 – 6 V, 0 – 10 V,
1 – 10 V
• A wide range of pressure and electrical
connections
• Temperature compensated and laser calibrated
• For use in zone 2 explosive atmospheres
IC.PD.P20.A9.02 | 520B8184 | 1
64
88
Data sheet | Pressure transmitter for general industrial purposes, MBS 3000 and MBS 3050
Application and media
conditions for MBS 3050
Application
Media condition
Cavitation, liquid hammer and pressure peaks
may occur in hydraulic systems with changes in
flow velocity, e.g. fast closing of a valve or pump
starts and stops.
Clogging of the nozzle may occur in liquids
containing particles. Mounting the transmitter in
an upright position minimizes the risk of clogging,
because the flow in the nozzle is limited to the
start-up period until the dead volume behind the
nozzle orifice is filled. The media viscosity has only
little effect on the response time. Even at a viscosities
up to 100 cSt, the response time will not exceed 4 ms.
The problem may occur on the inlet and outlet
side, even at rather low operating pressures.
Pulse-snubber
Technical data
Performance (EN 60770)
≤ ± 0.5% FS (typ.)
Accuracy (incl. non-linearity, hysteresis and repeatability)
≤ ± 1% FS (max.)
Non-linearity BFSL (conformity)
≤ ± 0.2% FS
Hysteresis and repeatability
≤ ± 0.1% FS
≤ ± 0.1% FS / 10K (typ.)
Thermal zero point shift
≤ ± 0.2% FS / 10K (max.)
≤ ± 0.1% FS / 10K (typ.)
Thermal sensitivity (span) shift
Response time
≤ ± 0.2% FS / 10K (max.)
Liquids with viscosity < 100 cSt
< 4 ms
Air and gases (MBS 3050)
< 35 ms
Overload pressure (static)
6 × FS (max. 1500 bar)
Burst pressure
6 × FS (max. 2000 bar)
Durability, P: 10 – 90% FS
>10 × 106 cycles
Electrical specifications
Nom. output signal
(short-circuit protected)
Supply voltage [UB], polarity protected
Supply – current consumption
4 – 20 mA
0 – 5, 1 – 5, 1– 6 V
0 – 10 V, 1 – 10 V
9 – 32 V
9 – 30 V
15 – 30 V
–
≤ 5 mA
≤ 8 mA
Supply voltage dependency
Current limitation
Output impedance
Load [RL] (load connected to 0 V)
2 | 520B8184 | IC.PD.P20.A9.02
≤ ± 0.1% FS / 10 V
28 mA (typ.)
–
–
< 25 kΩ
RL ≤ (UB- 9V) / 0.02 A
RL ≥ 10 kΩ
RL ≥ 15 kΩ
© Danfoss | DCS (im) | 2017.09
65
Data sheet | Pressure transmitter for general industrial purposes, MBS 3000 and MBS 3050
Technical data
(continued)
Environmental conditions
Sensor temperature range
Normal
-40 – 85 °C
ATEX Zone 2
-10 – 85 °C
Media temperature range
115 - (0.35 × Ambient temp.)
Ambient temperature range (depending on electrical connection)
See page 6
Compensated temperature range
0 – 80 °C
Transport/storage temperature range
-50 – 85 °C
EMC – Emission
EN 61000-6-3
EMC – Immunity
EN 61000-6-2
Insulation resistance
> 100 MΩ at 100 V
Mains frequency test
Vibration stability
Shock resistance
Based on SEN 361503
Sinusoidal
15.9 mm-pp, 5 Hz – 25 Hz
20 g, 25 Hz – 2 kHz
IEC 60068-2-6
Random
7.5 grms , 5 Hz – 1 kHz
IEC 60068-2-64
Shock
500 g / 1 ms
IEC 60068-2-27
Free fall
1m
IEC 60068-2-32
Enclosure (depending on electrical connection)
See page 6
Explosive atmospheres
Zone 2 applications
EN60079-0; EN60079-15
When used in ATEX Zone 2 areas at temperatures <-10 °C the cable and plug must be protected against impact.
Mechanical characteristics
Materials
Wetted parts
EN 10088-1; 1.4404 (AISI 316 L)
Enclosure
EN 10088-1; 1.4404 (AISI 316 L)
Electrical connections
See page 6
Net weight (depending on pressure connection and electrical connection)
© Danfoss | DCS (im) | 2017.09
0.2 – 0.3 kg
IC.PD.P20.A9.02 | 520B8184 | 3
66
91
Data sheet | Pressure transmitter for general industrial purposes, MBS 3000 and MBS 3050
Ordering standard
MBS 30..
–
–
–
Gasket / O-ring material
0 No gasket
2 Gasket, NBR -40 – 85 °C
4 O-ring, NBR -40 – 85 °C
Standard
00
With pulse-snubber
50
Pressure connection
Measuring range
4 | 520B8184 | IC.PD.P20.A9.02
G 3⁄8 A (EN 837) (MBS 3000 only)
AB08
G ½ A (EN 837)
10
AC04
¼ – 18 NPT
0 – 1.6 bar
12
AC08
½ – 14 NPT (MBS 3000 only)
0 – 2.5 bar
14
GB04
DIN 3852-E-G ¼, Gasket: DIN 3869-14 NBR
0–
4 bar
16
0–
6 bar
18
FA09
DIN 3852-E-M14 × 1.5,
Gasket: DIN3869-14-NBR (MBS 3050 only)
0 – 10 bar
20
0 – 16 bar
22
0 – 25 bar
0 – 40 bar
0 – 60 bar
24
26
28
0 – 100 bar
30
0 – 160 bar
32
0 – 250 bar
34
0 – 400 bar
36
0 – 600 bar
38
Electrical connection
Figures refer to plug
and standard PIN configuration – see page 5
A1
Plug Pg 9 (EN 175301-803-A)
A2 * Plug, AMP Econoseal, J Series, male, excl. female plug
A3 Screened cable, 2 m
E3 * Plug, EN 60947-5-2, M12 × 1; 4-pin; male, excl. female plug
A8 * Plug, AMP Superseal 1.5 series male, excl. female plug
Pressure reference
Please contact your
local Danfoss office
for further information.
G ¼ A (EN 837) (MBS 3000 only)
AB06
1 bar
0–
Non-standard build-up
combinations may be selected.
However, minimum order
quantities may apply.
AB04
Output signal
Gauge (relative)
1
1
4 – 20 mA
Absolute
2
2
0–5V
3
1–5V
4
1–6V
5
0 – 10 V
7
1 – 10 V
Preferred versions
*) Gauge versions only available
as sealed gauge versions
© Danfoss | DCS (im) | 2017.09
67
Data sheet | Pressure transmitter for general industrial purposes, MBS 3000 and MBS 3050
Dimensions/Combinations
Type code
A1
A2
A3
E3
A8
EN175301-803-A,
Pg 9
AMP Econoseal
2 m screened cable
EN 60947-5-2
M12 × 1; 4-pin
AMP Superseal
39.5
34
Type code
Recommended
torque 1)
G¼A
(EN 837)
G 3/8 A
(EN 837)
G½A
(EN 837)
¼ – 18 NPT
½ – 14 NPT
DIN 3852-E-G ¼
Gasket:
DIN 3869-14-NBR
DIN 3852-E-M14 x 1.5
Gasket:
DIN 3869-14-NBR
AB04
AB06
AB08
AC04
AC08
GB04
FA09
30 – 35 Nm
30 – 35 Nm
30 – 35 Nm
2 – 3 turns after
finger tightened
2 – 3 turns after
finger tightened
30 – 35 Nm
30 – 35 Nm
) Depends of different parameters such as gasket material, mating material, thread lubrication and pressure level
1
© Danfoss | DCS (im) | 2017.09
IC.PD.P20.A9.02 | 520B8184 | 5
68
Electrical connections
Type code
A1
A2
A3
E3
A8
EN 175301-803-A,
Pg 9
AMP Econoseal
J series (male)
2 m screened cable
EN 60947-5-2
M12 × 1; 4-pin
AMP Superseal
1.5 series (male)
Ambient temperature
-40 – 85 °C
-40 – 85 °C
-30 – 85 °C
-25 – 85 °C
- 40 – 85 °C
Enclosure
(IP protection fulfilled
together with mating
connector)
IP65
IP67
IP67
IP67
IP67
Material
Electrical connection,
4 – 20 mA output
(2 wire)
Glass filled
polyamid, PA 6.6
Glass filled
polyamid, PA 6.6 1)
Poliolyfin cable with
PE shrinkage tubing
Nickel plated
brass, CuZn/Ni
Glass filled
polyamid, PA 6.6 2)
Pin1: + supply
Pin 2: ÷ supply
Pin 3: not used
Pin 1: + supply
Pin 2: ÷ supply
Pin 3: not used
Brown wire: + supply
Black wire: ÷ supply
Red wire: not used
Orange: not used
Screen: not connected
to MBS enclosure
Pin 1: + supply
Pin 2: not used
Pin 3: not used
Pin 4: ÷ supply
Pin 1: + supply
Pin 2: ÷ supply
Pin 3: not used
Earth: Connected
to MBS enclosure
Electrical connection,
0 – 5 V, 1 – 5 V, 1 – 6 V,
0 – 10 V, 1 – 10 V output
Pin 1: + supply
Pin 1: + supply
Brown wire: + output
Pin 2: ÷ supply/common Pin 2: ÷ supply/common Black wire: ÷ supply
Pin 3: + output
Pin 3: + output
Red wire: + supply
Orange: not used
Screen: not connected
to MBS enclosure
Earth: Connected
to MBS enclosure
Pin 1: + supply
Pin 1: + supply
Pin 2: not used
Pin 2: ÷ supply/common
Pin 3: + output
Pin 3: + output
Pin 4: ÷ supply/common
) Female plug: Glass filled polyester, PBT
) Wire: PTFE (teflon) Protection sleeve: PBT mesh (polyester)
1
2
© Danfoss | DCS (im) | 2017.09
IC.PD.P20.A9.02 | 520B8184 | 6
69
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
11.1 SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Overview
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters are designed for measuring the flow of electrically conductive mediums.
The full SITRANS FM program consists of three different types of
flowmeters making Siemens unique in that it covers all possible
applications where electromagnetic flowmeters are a suitable
match:
High-powered flowmeters are used for difficult applications
where other flowmeters cannot stand up to the task. This flowmeter can handle liquids and heavy slurries in industries such as
mining, cement and pulp and paper.
Modular pulsed DC flowmeters cover all ordinary applications
within all industries. The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular system means that ideal adaptation is
possible to each measuring task and application.
3
TRANSMAG 2
SITRANS FM products
Battery-operated water meters (fully electronic) are the perfect
match for drinking water applications like network distribution,
revenue metering and irrigation where mains power is not available. In addition, it complies with the MID (EU) and OIML R 49
water meter standards and has the MCERTS certificate.
SITRANS FM MAG 911/E
SITRANS FM MAG 8000
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/11
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Benefits
■ Application
Electromagnetic flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
A prerequisite is that the medium must have a minimum conductivity. The temperature, pressure, density and viscosity have no
influence on the result.
The main applications of the electromagnetic flowmeters can be
found in the following sectors:
• Water and waste water
• Chemical industries
• Pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industry
• Mining, aggregates and cements industries
• Pulp and paper industry
• Steel industry
• Power; utility and chilled water industry
3
Greater flexibility
• Wide product program
• Compact or remote installation using the same transmitter and
sensor
• USM II communication platform for easy integration with all
systems
Easier commissioning of MAG 5000, 6000, 6000 I
All SITRANS FM pulsed DC electromagnetic flowmeters feature
a unique SENSORPROM memory unit which stores sensor calibration data and transmitter settings for the lifetime of the product.
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
without any initial programming.
The factory settings matching the sensor size are stored in the
SENSORPROM unit. Also customer specified settings are downloaded to the unit. Should the transmitter be replaced, the new
transmitter will upload all previous settings and resume measurement without any need for reprogramming.
Further, the "fingerprint" used in connection with the
SITRANS FM Verificator is stored during the initial sensor calibration.
Easier service
Transmitter replacement requires no programming. SENSORPROM automatically updates all settings after initialization.
Room for growth
USM II the Universal Signal Module with "plug & play" simplicity,
makes it easy to access and integrate the flow measurement
with almost any system and bus-protocol and it ensures the flowmeter will be easy to upgrade to future communication/bus platforms.
3/12
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular
system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measuring task.
70
71
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
FM100
automation.siemens.com
MAG
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
MAG
5100 W
MAG
911/E
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000
CT
7ME6010 7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
Industry
Water/waste water
X
XXX
Chemical
•
XX
XXX
XXX
XX
XX
XXX
XXX
XXX
X
Pharmaceutical
•
XX
XX
XXX
XX
XX
XX
X
X
XXX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Food and beverage
XX
Mining, aggregates and cement
XX
HPI
XX
X
•
XX
XX
Compact
•
•
Remote
•
•
•
•
•
Other
XXX
XXX
X
XXX1)
X
XX
X
XX
X
X
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
X
X
XXX
X
X
XXX
X
Design
Constant field (DC)
Alternating field (AC)
•
•
•
•
•
Battery-operated constant field
(DC)
•
Size
DN 2 (1/12")
•
DN 3 (1/8")
•
DN 6 (¼")
•
DN 10 (3/8")
•
•
DN 15 (½")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 25 (1")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• 2)
DN 32 (1¼”)
DN 40 (1½")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 65 (2½")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 80 (3")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 100 (4")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 125 (5")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 150 (6")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 200 (8")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 250 (10")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 300 (12")
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
DN 350 (14")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 400 (16")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 450 (18")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 500 (20")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 600 (24")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 700 (28")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 750 (30")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 800 (32")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 900 (36")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 1000 (40")
•
•
•
•
•
DN 1050 (42")
•
•
•
•
DN 1100 (44")
•
•
•
•
DN 1200 (48”)
•
•
•
•
DN 50 (2”)
•
• = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used
1)
Not suitable for wastewater applications
2)
Only in combination with DN 32 adapter A5E02054637, A5E02218297, FDK:083G2120 and FDK:083G2160
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/13
3
72
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
11.1.1
Please see Product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
FM100
automation.siemens.com
MAG
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
MAG
5100 W
MAG
911/E
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000
CT
7ME6010 7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
3
Size (continued)
DN 1400 (56")
•
•
DN 1500 (60")
•
•
DN 1600 (66")
•
•
DN 1800 (72")
•
•
DN 2000 (78")
•
•
Process connection
Wafer design
•
•
Sanitary process connections
•
Flanges
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Pressure ratings1)
EN 1092-1 PN 6
•
EN 1092-1 PN 10
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
EN 1092-1 PN 16
•
•
EN 1092-1 PN 25
EN 1092-1 PN 40
•
•
•
•
EN 1092-1 PN 63
•
EN 1092-1 PN 100
•
ANSI B 16.5 class 150
•
•
ANSI B 16.5 class 300
•
•
ANSI B 16.5 class 600
•
ASME B 16.47 class 150
•
AWWA class D
•
AS 2129 table E
•
•
AS 4087, PN 16
•
•
AS 4087, PN 21
•
•
AS 4087, PN 35
•
•
JIS B 2220:2004 K10
•
JIS B 2220:2004 K20
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate
11.1.2
•
Repeatability2)
0.1 %
•
0.2 %
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Grounding electrodes
Grounding electrodes, incl.
• = available
1)
Pressure may be limited by the liner material chosen.
2)
Of actual flow for v ≥ 0.5 m/s (15 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
3/14
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
•
•
•
•
(•)
•
73
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
FM100
automation.siemens.com
MAG
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
MAG
5100 W
MAG
911/E
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000
CT
7ME6010 7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
Materials/temperature:
3
Liner material/max. temperatures
NBR: 70 °C (158 °F)
•
EPDM: 70 °C (158 °F)
•
Soft rubber: 70 °C (158 °F)
•
PTFE: 100 °C (212 °F)
•
•
PTFE: 150 °C (302°F)
•
PTFE: 180 °C (356 °F)
•
Ebonite: 95 °C (203 °F)
•
Linatex: 70 °C (158 °F)
•
Ceramic: 150 °C (302 °F)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•3)
•
•
•
•2)
Ceramic: 200 °C (392 °F)
PFA: 100 °C (212 °F)
•
PFA: 150 °C (302 °F)
•
•
•
•
Novolak: 130 °C (266 °F)
•
Electrodes
Stainless steel
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
(•)1)
Titanium
•
•
Tantalum
•
•
(•)1)
Ceramic coated stainless steel
•
Ceramic coated Hastelloy C
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hastelloy C
•
Platinum
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Flange/housing material
Carbon steel
Stainless steel/carbon steel
Polished stainless steel
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold Water – MI-001 (EU)
•
•
•4)
Cold water approval OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
NMI 10 (Australia)
•4)
Chilled water pattern approval PTB K 7.2
•4)
OE 12/C 040 (Austria)
Chilled water pattern approval
•
KIWA water approval
•
•4)
•
Marine
ABS
•
Bureau Veritas
•
DNV-GL
•
Lloyd's Register
•
• = available
1)
Only for PTFE
2)
Ex sensor: 180 °C (356 °F)
3)
70 °C (158 °F)
4)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/15
74
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
FM100
automation.siemens.com
MAG
1100
MAG
1100 HT
MAG
1100 F
MAG
3100
MAG
3100 HT
MAG
3100 P
MAG
5100 W
MAG
5100 W
MAG
911/E
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000
CT
7ME6010 7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
3
Approvals (continued)
Hazardous areas
ATEX – 2 GD (Zone 1/21)
•
•
•
IECEx Zone 1/21
•
•
•
•
•
•
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1
•7)
•7)
•7)
FM Class I, Zone 1/21
•
•
•
FM - Class I, Div 2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FM - Class I, Zone 2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21
•
•
•
CSA - Class I, Div 2
•
•
•
•
•
NEPSI Zone 1
•
EAC Ex
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hygienic
EHEDG
•
3A
•
EC 1935:2004
European food contact material
•
Drinking water
WRAS (WRc)
•
•2)
•
•
ANSI/NSF 61 (US) 7)
•3)
•
•
•
ACS (FR)
•
•
•
Belgaqua (B)
•
•
•
DVGW-W270 (D)
•
•
•
KIWA (NL)
•
•
•
AS/NZS 4020 (AU)
•
•
•
Other
CRN (Canada)
•8)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•6)
FM Fire Service
(class number 1044)
•4)
MCERTS (GB)
•6)
•2)
•
EAC (Russia, Belarus, and
Kasakhstan)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CPA (China)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•5)
VdS
Verificator
Verificator compatible
•1)
•1)
•1)
• = available
1)
Only in combination with MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 transmitters
2)
EPDM liner
3)
Only EPDM with Hastelloy electrodes
4)
EPDM or PTFE liner with AISI 316 or Hastelloy electrodes
5)
Only valid for DN 50 to DN 300 (2" to 12")
6)
Sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300
(2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges
7)
Only DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") with MAG 6000 I Ex, compact mounted
8)
Only PFA liner
3/16
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
•1)
•1)
•1)
•1)
•1)
75
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector on
the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
MAG 5000
automation.siemens.com
MAG 6000
MAG 6000 I
MAG 6000 I Ex
MAG 6000 +
Safety barrier
TRANSMAG 2
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000 CT
7ME6910
7ME6920
7ME6930
7ME6930
7ME6920
7ME5034
7ME6810
7ME6820
X
XXX
Industry
Water/waste water
XXX
XXX
XX
X
Chemical
X
XX
XX
XXX
X
X
Pharmaceutical
X
XXX
XX
XXX
X
X
Food and beverage
XX
XXX
XX
Mining, aggregates and cement XX
X
XX
X
HPI
X
X
X
XX
Other
XX
XX
XX
XX
3
X
XXX
X
X
XX
X
Design
Compact
•
•
•
•
Remote
•
•
•
•
•
•
Constant field (DC)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alternating field (AC)
Battery-operated constant field
(DC)
•
Enclosure transmitter
Polyamide, IP67
•
•
Die-cast aluminum
•
Stainless steel
•
•
•1)
•
19” rack
•
•
•
Front panel mounting
•
•
•
Panel mounting
•
•
IP66 wall mounting
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate
Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate
•
Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate
11.1.2
•
•
•
Repeatability3)
0.1 %
•
•
•
•
•
0.2 %
•
Communication
•
•
•
•
•
PROFIBUS PA
•
•
•
•
•
PROFIBUS DP
•
•
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
•
•
DeviceNet
•
•
•
Modbus RTU/RS 485
•
•
•
HART
•
•
•
•
•2)
Encoder interface module
(Sensus protocol) for
Itron 200WP radio
•
GSM/GPRS module
•
Batching
Batching
•
•
•
•
• = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used
1)
IP68 enclosure
2)
Modbus RTU also as serial RS 232
3)
Of actual flow for v ≥ 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/17
76
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector on
the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
MAG 5000
automation.siemens.com
MAG 6000
MAG 6000 I
MAG 6000 I Ex
MAG 6000 +
Safety barrier
TRANSMAG 2
MAG 8000/
MAG 8000 CT
7ME6910
7ME6920
7ME6930
7ME6930
7ME6920
7ME5034
7ME6810
7ME6820
24 V
• 1)
• 1)
•
•
115 V - 230 V
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power supply
3
•1)2)
Battery
•2)
•
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU)
•
•
•
Cold water approval OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
•
•5)
•5)
Chilled water pattern approval
PTB K 7.2
•5)
•5)
•5)
OE12/C 040 (Austria)
Chilled water pattern approval
•
•
NMI 10 (Australia)
KIWA water approval
•
•
Marine
ABS
•
•
Bureau Veritas
•
•
DNV-GL
•
•
Lloyd's Register
•
•
Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2G GD (Zone 1/21)
•
IECEx Gb Zone 1/21
•
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1
•4)
FM Class I, Zone 1/21
(•)3)
•
FM Class I, Div 2
•
•
•
FM Class I, Zone 2
•
•
•
CSA Class I, Div 2
•
•
•
UL/C-UL-general safety
•
•
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21
•
•
NEPSI Zone 1
•
EAC Ex
•
•
Other
FM Fire Service (1044)
•
•
KCs (South Korea)
•
•
•
•
•
•
EAC (Russia, Belarus,
Kazakhstan)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CPA (China)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
VdS
•
•
Other national approvals, see
internet
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Verificator
Verificator compatible
• = available
1)
12/24 V AC/DC
2)
Main power with battery backup
3)
Only sensor in hazardous area
4)
Only with sensors sizes DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") compact
5)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)
For more national approvals please check our internet page
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10806954/134200
3/18
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
77
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Application (continued)
Practical examples of ordering
SITRANS FM compact installation
+
MAG 6000
transmitter
SITRANS FM remote installation
=
MAG 3100
sensor
+
MAG 6000 compact
mounted on a
MAG 3100 sensor
Wall bracket
Example
7ME6310-3TC11-1JA1
Pipe size
DN 100
Liner
Soft rubber
Electrodes
SS 316
Flanges
EN 1092-1, PN 16
Transmitter
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 … 230 V AC
Supply
MAG 6000
+
Sensor
Accuracy
=
± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
230 V AC
Note:
MAG 5000/6000 transmitters, sensors and communication
modules are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes
place during installation at the customer's place.
3
=
MAG 3100
2 × cable
MAG 3100 remote
installation
Example
Sensor
7ME6310-3TC11-1AA1
Pipe size
DN 100
Liner
Soft rubber
Electrodes
SS 316
Flanges
EN 1092-1, PN 16
Transmitter
7ME6920-1AA10-0AA0
Accuracy
± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
Supply
230 V AC
Wall mounting kit
FDK:085U1018
Cable kit with sensor A5E01181647
cable and electrode
cable
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/19
78
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications
Flowmeter Calibration and traceability
To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens facilities
with traceable instruments referring directly to the physical unit
of measurement according to the International System of Units
(SI).
3
The calibration follows the ISO 4185 performing calibrations
under two methods: Static Weighing and Reference meter.
Providing a measurement uncertainty of ±0.1 %.
Therefore, the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability).
Siemens accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC MRA
(International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual
Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceability
and recognition of the test results worldwide.
Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in
the flow range from 0.0001 m³/h to 10 000 m³/h.
A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and calibration data are stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
Flowmeter uncertainty
MAG 5000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P
and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100 (PFA), MAG 1100 F (PFA)
Flowmeter uncertainty
[±% E]
3,0
2,8
V: Flow velocity
E: Meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 1 mm/s *
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
2,6
2,4
2,2
* MAG 5100 W DN 350 ... 1200
v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
2,0
1,8
* MAG 1100 with PFA liner DN 10 and DN 40
v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
1,6
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[m/s]
0
3.3
6.6
9.9
13
16
20
23
26
30
33
36
39
[ft/s]
MAG 6000 and MAG 6000 I with MAG 1100 (not PFA), MAG 1100 F (not PFA), MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 P
[±% E]
Flowmeter uncertainty
1.4
V: flow velocity
E: meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 1 mm/s *
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,125/v) % of measured value *
1.2
1.0
* MAG 5100 W DN 350 ... 1200
v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 2,5 mm/s
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,25/v) % of measured value
0.8
* MAG 1100 and MAG 1100F with ceramic liner DN 10 and DN 40
v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.2 ± 2 mm/s
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.125/v) % of measured value
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0
0
3/20
1
3.3
2
6.6
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3
9.9
4
13
5
16
6
20
7
23
8
26
9
30
10
33
11
36
12
39
[m/s]
[ft/s]
79
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Calibration reference conditions
Calibration test point
Reference conditions (ISO 9104 and DIN EN 29104)
Temperature medium
20 °C ± 10 K (68 °F ± 18 °F)
Test points for default calibration at 25% and 90% of factory
Qmax.
Temperature ambient
25 °C ± 10 K (77 °F ± 18 °F)
Size
Qmax
90%
25%
Supply voltage
Un ± 1 %
mm
m3/h
m3/h
m3/h
Warming-up time
30 minutes
2
0.055
0.0495
0.01375
3
0.127
0.1143
0.03175
6
0.5
0.45
0.125
10 x DN (DN ≤ 1200/48")
10
1.4
1.26
0.35
5 x DN (DN > 1200/48")
15
3
2.7
0.75
5 x DN (DN ≤ 1200/48")
25
9
8.1
2.25
3 x DN (DN > 1200/48")
40
23
20.7
5.75
Developed flow profile
50
35
31.5
8.75
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions
65
60
54
15
Current output
80
90
81
22.5
100
140
126
35
125
220
198
55
150
320
288
80
200
550
495
137.5
250
900
810
225
300
1300
1170
325
350
1700
1530
425
400
2250
2025
562.5
450
2800
2520
700
500
2800
2520
700
600
2800
2520
700
700
6000
5400
1500
750
6000
5400
1500
800
6000
5400
1500
900
6000
5400
1500
1000
6000
5400
1500
1050
6000
5400
1500
1100
6000
5400
1500
1200
6000
5400
1500
1400
7000
6300
1750
1500
7000
6300
1750
1600
7000
6300
1750
1800
7000
6300
1750
2000
7000
6300
1750
Incorporation in conductive pipe
section
• Inlet section
• Outlet section
Flow conditions
As pulse output (± 0,1 % of actual
flow +0,05 % FSO)
Effect of ambient temperature
• Display frequency/pulse output
• Current output
Effect of supply voltage
Repeatability
< ± 0,003 %/K act.
< ± 0,005 %/K act.
< 0,005 % of measuring value on 1 %
change
± 0,1 % of actual flow for v ≥ 0,5 m/s
(1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
Certificates
• EN 10204-2.1
• EN 10204-2.2
• EN 10204-3.1
Certificate of conformity, stating that
the delivered parts are made of the
material quality that was ordered.
Available as Z option C15.
Test report certificate, a non batch
specific material analysis of the
ordered material. Available as Z
option C14.
Material analysis certificate, a batch
specific analysis of the material
issued by an independent inspector.
Certification covers all pressure containing and wetted parts. Available as
Z option C12.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3
3/21
80
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
3
Technical specifications PROFIBUS PA/DP
IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
General specifications
Required sensor electronics
Compact or remote mounted
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I Ex
FISCO
YES
Max. UI
17,5 V
Max. II
380 mA
Max. PI
5,32 V
Max. LI
0 μH
Electrical specification DP
Max. CI
0 nF
Physical layer specifications
FISCO cable requirements
PROFIBUS device profile
3.00 Class B
Certified
No
MS0 connections
1
MS1 connections
1
MS2 connections
2
Applicable standard
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Loop resistance RC
15 … 150 Ω/km
Physical Layer
(Transmission technology)
RS 485
Loop inductance LC
0,4 … 1 mH/km
Capacitance CC
80 … 200 nF/km
Transmission speed
≤ 1.5 Mbits/s
Max. Spur length in IIC and IIB
30 m
Number of stations
Up to 32 per line segment,
(maximum total of 126)
Max. Trunk length in IIC
1 km
Max. Trunk length in IIB
5 km
Cable specification ( Type A)
Cable design
Two-wire twisted pair
PROFIBUS parameter support
Shielding
CU shielding braid or shielding braid
and shielding foil
Impedance
35 up to 165 Ω at frequencies from
3 … 20 MHz
The following parameters are accessible using a MS0 relationship from a Class 1 Master.
MS0 specifies cyclic Data Exchange between a Master and a
Slave.
Cable capacity
< 30 pF per meter
Core diameter
> 0,34 mm2, corresponds to AWG 22
Resistance
< 110 Ω per km
Signal attenuation
Max. 9 dB over total length of line
section
Max. bus length
Cyclic services
Input (Master view)
Parameter
MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I
Mass flow
Volume flow

Temperature
200 m at 1500 kbit/s, up to 1.2 km at
93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters
Density
Fraction A
Electrical specification PA
Fraction B
Physical layer specifications
Applicable standard
IEC 61158/EN 50170
Physical Layer
(Transmission technology)
IEC-61158-2
Transmission speed
Number of stations
Pct Fraction A
Totalizer 1

Totalizer 21)

31.25 Kbits/second
Batch progress1)

Up to 32 per line segment,
(maximum total of 126)
Batch setpoint

Batch compensation

Max. basic current [IB]
14 mA

Fault current [IFDE]
0 mA
Batch status
(running …)
Bus voltage
9 … 32 V (non Ex)
Set Totalizer 1+2

Preferred cable specification ( Type A)
Set Mode Totalizer 1+2

Cable design
Two wire twisted pair

Conductor area (nominal)
0,8 mm2 (AWG 18)
Batch control
(start, stop …)
Loop resistance
44 Ω/km
Batch setpoint

Impedance
100 Ω ± 20 %
Batch compensation

Wave attenuation at 39 kHz
3 dB/km
Capacitive asymmetry
2 nF/km
Bus termination
Passive line termination at both
Max. bus length
Up to 1,9 km. Extendable by
repeaters
3/22
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
Output (Master view)
1)
Value returned is dependent on the BATCH function.
When ON, Batch progress is returned.
When OFF, TOTALIZER 2 is returned.
81
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Flow and speed chart
Metric
m3/h
I/min.
2 · 10 6
100 000
50 000
20 000
0
180
DN 0 0
14
DN
0
110
N
D
0
0
9
DN
70 0
DN
50 0
DN
00
4
DN
300
DN
10 000
5 000
2 000
1 000
500
200
DN
100
20 0
0
20 0
DN
0
0
16
DN
0
120
DN 0
0
10
DN 0
80
DN
600
DN
450
DN 0
35
N
D
25 0
DN
10 6
2 · 10 4
5 · 10 5
10 4
10 0
DN N80
D
65
DN
20
10 5
2 000
5 · 10 4
1 000
2 · 10 4
150
D N 25
1
DN
10 4
200
5000
100
50
500
50
DN
25
50
DN
15
DN
10
DN
0,1
5
D
0,02
0,1
2
N3
DN
0,2
0,05
6
1
0,05
1
0,5
10
DN
0,2
2
20
1
0,5
10
5
100
2
20
200
40
DN
500
2000
10
5
3
5 000
2 · 10 5
1000
50
I/s
0,5
2
0,02
0,01
0,005
0,01
0,2
0,005
0,1
0,05
0,002
0,002
0,001
0,0005
0,001
0,02
0,0005
0,01
0,005
0,0002
0,05
0,1
0,15 0,2
0,3
0,5
1
1,5
2
5
10 m/s
0,0002
0,0001
0,00005
)ORZYHORFLW\
Sizing table (DN 2 … DN 2000)
The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow
quantity Q and sensor dimension DN.
Guidelines for selection of sensor
Flow velocity calculation formula
Units
v = 1273.24 · Q/DN2 or
v: [m/s], Q: [l/s], DN: [mm]
v = 353.68 · Q/DN2
v: [m/s], Q: [m³/h], DN: [mm]
Min. measuring range: 0 … 0.25 m/s
Max. measuring range: 0 … 10 m/s
Normally the sensor size is selected so that nominal flow
velocity v lies within the measuring range 1 to 3 m/s.
For more information visit:
https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/process-instrumentation/flow-measurement/electromagnetic.html
Example:
Flow quantity of 50 m3/h and a sensor dimension of DN 80 gives
a flow velocity of 2.7 m/s, which is within the recommended measuring range of 1 to 3 m/s.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/23
82
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Imperial
GPM
MGD
1 000
500 000
500
200 000
200
I/min.
2 000 000
1 000 000
500 000
100 000
100
3
78 "
66"
4"
"
5
0
6
4"
"
4
8
4
"
"
/42 36
40 "
30"
32 "
4"
28 " 2
8"
"
1
20
4"
16 " 1
50
50 000
72 "
20
10
5
2
1
12 "
0.5
8"
0.1
0.05
50 000
5 000
2 000
0.01
500
200
50
2"
200
100
20
10
50
20
10
2
5
"
1
0.001
0.5
1/4"
0.0005
1 000
500
"
1/2
3 /8
2 000
100
5
0.002
10 000
5 000
1"
0.005
20 000
1 000
1½"
0.02
100 000
10 000
10 "
6"
5"
4"
3"
"
½
2
0.2
20 000
200 000
2
1
0.2
0.0002
0,5
0.0001
"
1/8
0.00005
"
1/12
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.00002
0.01
0.00001
0.005
0.000005
0,2
0,1
0,05
0,002
0,001
0.002
0.000002
0,0005
0.001
0.000001
0.1
0.15 0.2
0.3
0.5
0.8
1
1.5
2
3
5
10
15 20
30 33 ft/s
Flow velocity
Sizing table (1/12" … 78")
The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow
quantity Q and sensor dimension size.
Guidelines for selection of sensor
Flow velocity calculation formula
Units
v = 0.408 · Q/(Pipe I.D.)2 or
v: [ft/s], Q: [GPM], Pipe I.D.: [inch]
v = 283.67 · Q/(Pipe I.D.)2
v: [ft/s], Q: [MGD], Pipe I.D.: [inch]
Min. measuring range: 0 … 0.8 ft/s
Max. measuring range: 0 … 33 ft/s
Normally the sensor size is selected so that nominal flow
velocity v lies within the measuring range 3 to 10 ft/s.
Example:
Flow quantity of 500 GPM and a sensor dimension of 6" gives a
flow velocity of 5.6 ft/s, which is within the recommended measuring range of 3 to 10 ft/s.
3/24
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
For more information visit:
https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/process-instrumentation/flow-measurement/electromagnetic.html
83
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Installation conditions
Vibrations
Strong vibrations should be avoided.
For partially filled pipes or pipes with downward flow and free
outlet the flowmeter should be located in a U-Tube.
In applications with strong vibrations, remote mounting of the
transmitter is recommended.
3
Install in U-tubes when pipe is partially filled
Installation in vertical pipes
Recommended flow direction: upwards. This minimizes the effect on the measurement of any gas/air bubbles in the liquid.
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid.
Install in vertical pipes with upward flow direction
Install in pipelines which are always full
Installation in horizontal pipes
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid.
Therefore avoid:
• Installation at the highest point in the pipe system
• Installation in vertical pipes with free outlet
The sensor must be mounted as shown in the below figure. Do
not mount the sensor as shown in the lower figure. This will position the electrodes at the top where there is possibility for air
bubbles and at the bottom where there is possibility for mud,
sludge, sand etc.
[\
[\
[\
[\
Do not install in pipelines which can run empty
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/25
84
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Measuring abrasive liquids and liquids containing particles
Potential equalization
Recommended installation is in a vertical/inclined pipe to minimize the wear and deposits in the sensor.
3
Potential equalization
Install in vertical pipelines with upward flow direction if measuring
abrasive liquids
Inlet and outlet conditions
min. 5 x Di
min. 3 x Di
The electrical potential of the liquid must always be equal to the
electrical potential of the sensor. This can be achieved in different ways depending on the application:
• Wire jumper between sensor and adjacent flange (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100)
• Direct metallic contact between sensor and fittings
(MAG 1100 F)
• Built-in grounding electrodes (MAG 3100, MAG 5100 W)
• Optional grounding/protection flanges/rings (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100, MAG 8000)
• Optional graphite gaskets on MAG 1100 (standard for
MAG 1100 High Temperature)
• MAG 8000 installed in plastic or coated pipes: two grounding
rings to be used.
Grounding
Recommended straight pipe lengths up and downstream for installations
between elbows, pumps and valves
To achieve maximum accurate flow measurement it is essential
to have straight pipe lengths up and downstream. Practical experience has proved that the MAG 5100 W and MAG 8000 are
capable to operate in non-optimal piping arrangements and still
provide acceptable accuracy even with zero diameters
upstream and downstream of straight run pipe.
MAG 3100 and MAG 5100 W: with grounding electrodes in conductive
and non-conductive pipes (no further action necessary)
M6 x 16
It is also important to center the flowmeter in relation to pipe
flange and gaskets.
Ambient temperature-Installation
Temperature changes can cause expansion or contraction in the
pipe system. To avoid damage on the sensor use of proper gasket and torque should be ensured. For more information see sensor instruction.
MAG 1100 and MAG 3100; without grounding electrodes in conductive
pipes (MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)
3/26
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
85
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
ȟ— [psi]
1.50
ȟ— [mbar]
0.5
100
0.75
0.60
50
40
0.45
30
0.30
20
0.15
10
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
3
Without grounding electrodes in non-conductive pipes use grounding
ring(MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)
MAG 1100 F grounding via process connections. MAG 8000
grounding see the section about MAG 8000.
Vacuum
0.075
0.060
5
0.045
3
0.030
2
0.015
1
In order to prevent damages of liner when operating meters under
vacuum please take note of the information "Operating pressure" given in
section "Technical specification".
V = 8 m/s
[25 ft/s]
V = 7 m/s
[23 ft/s]
V = 6 m/s
[20 ft/s]
4
0.0060
0.5
0.4
0.0045
0.3
0.0030
0.2
0.0015
0.1
0.0075
1
V = 5 m/s
[16 ft/s]
V = 4 m/s
[13 ft/s]
V = 3 m/s
[10 ft/s]
V = 2 m/s
[6 ft/s]
V=1.5m/s
[5 ft/s]
V = 1 m/s
[3 ft/s]
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
d1 /d2
Installation in large pipes
Pressure drop as function of diameter reduction between reducers
Example:
α ≤ 8°
d2
d1
α
Flow velocity (v) of 3 m/s (10 ft/s) in a sensor with a diameter reduction DN 100 (4") to DN 80 (3") (d1/d2 = 0.8) gives a pressure
drop of 2.9 mbar (0.04 psi).
Ambient temperature
Ambient temp.
Reduction in nominal pipe diameter
The flowmeter can be installed between two reducers (e.g.
DIN 28545). Assuming that at 8° the following pressure drop
curve applies. The curves are applicable to water.
C° (F°)
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex
60 (140)
50 (122)
MAG 5000/6000
40 (104)
30 (86)
20 (68)
10 (50)
Temperature
of medium
0 (32)
50
(122
75
167
100
212
125
257
150 C°
302 F°)
Max. ambient temperature as a function of temperature of medium
The transmitter can be installed either compact or remote.
With compact installation the temperature of medium must be
according to the graph.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
3/27
© Siemens 2021
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Sensor cables and conductivity of medium
Empty pipe detection
Compact installation:
Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3:
• The media conductivity must be ≥ 30 uS/cm
The installation has to fulfill the following limitations for usage of
the empty pipe detection function:
• Media conductivity ≥ 20 μS/cm
• Length of cable at remote installation ≤ 50 m (150 ft)
• Special shield cable must be used
Note for MAG 8000:
• The media conductivity must be ≥ 20 uS/cm
Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3:
• Empty pipe detection is not available
Liquids with an electrical conductivity ≥ 5 μS/cm.
3
Note for MAG 5000/6000 CT:
• Empty pipe detection is not available
Remote installation
Standard cable
[μS/cm]
300
200
Conductivity
of medium
100
5
5
150 300
300 [m]
200
100
600
Cabel length
900
[ft]
Minimum conductivity of medium (using standard electrode cable)
Special cable
[μS/cm]
50
40
Conductivity
of medium
30
20
10
5
50 100
200
150 300 600
300
400
500
900 1200 1500
[m]
[ft]
Cable length
Minimum conductivity of medium (using special electrode cable)
3/28
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 US Edition
86
87
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Transmitters
11.1.2
■ Overview
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Design
The transmitter is designed for either compact or remote installation in non-hazardous or hazardous areas (compact mounted
transmitter to be ordered together with the sensor).
■ Function
The SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex de transmitter is
designed for the demands in the process industry. The robust
die cast aluminum housing provides superb protection, even in
the most harsh industrial environments. Full input and output
functionality is given even in the Ex version.
■ Benefits
• Full range of Ex-rated flowmeters with intrinsically safe rated
input and outputs
• For compact or remote installation
• HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA
and DP, Modbus RTU/RS485 add-on communication modules
available
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities
• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commissioning
• User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Flow rate in various units
- Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as much
more information available
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum configuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging
• Batch control
• MAG 6000 I NAMUR: compliant with NAMUR NE 21, NE 32,
NE 43, NE 53 and NE 70
The following functions are available:
• Flow rate
• 2 measuring ranges
• 2 totalizers
• Low flow cut-off
• Flow direction
• Error system
• Operating time
• Uni-/bidirectional flow
• Limit switches and pulse output
• Batch control
3
The MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex de is a microprocessor-based transmitter with a built-in alphanumeric display in several languages.
The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply
unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and installation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
Displays and keypads
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:
• Keypad and display unit
• HART communicator
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communication
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
Modbus communication
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/43
88
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Technical specifications
Design
Mode of operation and design
3
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic with pulsed constant
field
Empty pipe
Detection of empty pipe (special
cable required in remote mounted
installation)
• Wall mounting
Excitation frequency
Depend on sensor size
Dimensions
See dimensional drawings
Electrode input impedance
> 1 x 1014 Ω
Weight
See dimensional drawings
Power supply
• Standard transmitter:
18 … 90 V DC; 115 … 230 V AC;
50 … 60 Hz
Input
Digital input
• Activation time
• Current
Enclosure material
11 … 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 kΩ
50 ms
I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA
• Ex transmitter: 18 … 30 V DC
• Ex transmitter: 115 … 230 V AC;
50 … 60 Hz
Output
Current output
• Signal range
• Load
• Time constant
Digital output
• Frequency
• Time constant
• Pulse (passive)
• Time constant
Relay output
• Time constant
4 … 20 mA (active/passive)
< 560 Ω
0.1 … 30 s, adjustable
0 … 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle
(uni-/bidirectional)
0.1 … 30 s, adjustable
3 … 30 V DC, max. 110 mA (30 mA
Ex version), 200 Ω ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ
(powered from connected equipment)
0.1 … 30 s, adjustable
• Load
Changeover relay, same as current
output
42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A
Low flow cut off
0 … 9.9 % of maximum flow
Galvanic isolation
All inputs and outputs are galvanic
isolated.
Max. measuring error
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex
(incl. sensor)
Ambient temperature
• Operation
Mechanical load
• Ex transmitter NAMUR:
18 … 30 V DC; 115 … 230 V AC;
50 … 60 Hz
Power consumption
• 24 V DC: 9.6 W, IN = 0.4 A,
IST = 1 A (3 ms)
Certificates and approvals
General purpose
• CE (LVD, EMC, PED, RoHS)
Hazardous areas
• ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, EAC Ex,
NEPSI
- Zone 1 Ex d e [ia] ia IIC T6 Gb
• ATEX, IECEx, CSA
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67 T85 °C
• FM
- XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C,
D
- DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F,
G
Others
• CPA (China)
• EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
• KCs (South Korea)
-25 … +60 °C (-13 … +140 °F)
-25 … +60 °C (-13 … 140 °F)
-40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,
directions for 2 hours according to
EN 60068-2-36
MAG 6000 I
• Power supply and outputs
2 x M20 (HART)/M25 (PROFIBUS) or
2 x ½" NPT (HART)
• Sensor connection
2 x M16 or
2 x ½" NPT
MAG 6000 I Ex ATEX 2GD
• Power supply and outputs
2 x M20
• Sensor connection
2 x M16
Communication
Standard versions
HART, Modbus RTU/RS 485,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA,
PROFIBUS DP add-on modules
Ex versions
HART, PROFIBUS PA
(not for Ex version)
Transmitter: 1.14 g RMS
Degree of protection
IP67/NEMA 4X to IEC 529 and
DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.)
EMC performance
IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5
NAMUR NE 21
Display and keypad
Totalizer
Two eight-digit counters for forward,
net or reverse flow
Display
Background illumination with alphanumeric text, 3 x 20 characters to
indicate flow rate, totalized values,
settings and faults; Reverse flow indicated by negative sign
Keypad
Capacitive touch keypad with LED
light for feedback indication
Time constant
Time constant as current output time
constant
3/44
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
• 230 V AC: 20 VA
Cable entries
± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
Rated operation conditions
- MAG 6000 I
- MAG 6000 I Ex
• Storage
Die cast aluminum, with corrosion
resistant Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 µm)
Wall mounting bracket enclosed for
remote version
1)
Applicable for: Compact mounted MAG 6000 I Ex on MAG 3100
(sizes DN 15 ... DN 300 (½" ... 12")).
89
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
SITRANS FM Transmitter MAG 6000 I
7ME6930-
Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I
Remote with standard wall mounting bracket, local
display, die cast aluminum
2 BA77- 1 7A7
Description
Article No.
• English
• German
A5E02083319
A5E02210835
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Supply voltage
Standard transmitter: 18 ... 90 V DC;
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
2
Standard transmitter (NAMUR): 18 ... 30 V DC;
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
3
Ex transmitter: 18 ... 30 V DC
4
Ex transmitter: 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
5
Ex transmitter (NAMUR): 18 ... 30 V DC;
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
6
Communication modules for MAG 6000 I
(All standard outputs can still be used)
Description
3
Article No.
HART (only for MAG 6000 I/Ex) FDK:085U0321
Ex approval
Standard sensor: FM Class I, Div 2, CSA Class I,
Div 2
0
Ex sensor: Hazardous area (ATEX 2 GD;
FM Class I, Zone 1; CSA Class I, Zone 1)
2
Modbus RTU/RS 4851)
FDK:085U0234
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3
FDK:085U0236
PROFIBUS DP Profile 31)
FDK:085U0237
DeviceNet1)
FDK:085U0229
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
A5E02054250
1)
Communication
Not for Ex versions
None
A
Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules
HART
B
Description
Article No.
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3
F
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex version)
G
HART
• English
A5E03089708
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex version)
E
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
J
PROFIBUS PA/DP
• English
A5E00726137
• German
A5E01026429
Modbus
• English
A5E00753974
• German
A5E03089262
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• English
A5E02318728
• German
A5E02488856
A5E03089720
Cable gland entries
Metric
0
½" NPT
2
Further design
Order code
Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text)
Y17
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive)
Y18
DeviceNet, Englisch
Special version (specify in plain text)
Y99
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/45
90
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)
Accessories for MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
Spare parts
Description
Description
Article No.
Display unit
FDK:085U3122
Article No.
Standard coil or electrode
cable, 3 × 1.5 mm²/ 18 gage,
single shielded with PVC jacke
3
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft)
• 10 m (33 ft)
• 20 m (65 ft)
• 30 m (98 ft)
• 40 m (131 ft)
• 50 m (164 ft)
• 60 m (197 ft)
• 100 m (328 ft)
• 150 m (492 ft)
• 200 m (656 ft)
• 500 m (1640 ft)
A5E02296523
FDK:083F0121
FDK:083F0210
A5E02297309
FDK:083F0211
A5E02297317
FDK:083F0212
FDK:083F0213
FDK:083F3052
FDK:083F3053
FDK:083F3054
Accessory bag including cable FDK:085U3144
gland inserts and connectors
for sensor cables
Display lid (Ex) in die-cast alu- 7ME5933-0AC01
minum, with corrosions resitant
coating (min. 60 μm)
Special electrode cable (empty
pipe detection or low conductivity), 3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 10 m (33 ft)
• 20 m (65 ft)
• 40 m (131 ft)
• 60 m (197 ft)
• 100 m (328 ft)
• 150 m (492 ft)
• 200 m (656 ft)
• 500 m (1640 ft)
FDK:083F3020
FDK:083F3095
FDK:083F3094
FDK:083F3093
FDK:083F3092
FDK:083F3056
FDK:083F3057
FDK:083F3058
Blind lid (mains supply,
7ME5933-0AC03
input/outputs) in die-cast aluminum, with corrosion resistant
coating (min. 60 μm)
Cable kit including standard
coil cable (3 × 1.5 mm²/ 18
gage, single shielded with PVC
jacket) and special electrode
cable (3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket)
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft)
• 10 m (33 ft)
• 15 m (49 ft)
• 20 m (65 ft)
• 25 m (82 ft)
• 30 m (98 ft)
• 40 m (131 ft)
• 50 m (164 ft)
• 60 m (197 ft)
• 100 m (328 ft)
• 150 m (492 ft)
• 200 m (656 ft)
• 500 m (1640 ft)
Blind lid for sensor cables con- 7ME5933-0AC02
nection compartment (only
remote version) in die-cast aluminum, with corrosion resistant
coating (min. 60 μm) incl. Oring seal
A5E02296329
A5E01181647
A5E02296464
A5E01181656
A5E02296490
A5E02296494
A5E01181686
A5E02296498
A5E01181689
A5E01181691
A5E01181699
A5E01181703
A5E01181705
Safety clamp
7ME5933-0AC06
Standard wall-mounting
bracket, stainless steel
AISI 316L/1.4404
7ME5933-0AC04
Low noise electrode coax
cable for low conductivity and
high vibration levels,
3 × 0.13 mm²
Temperature range
-25 °C … +85 °C
(-13 °F … +185 °F)
• 2 m (6.6 ft)
• 5 m (16.5 ft)
• 10 m (33 ft)
3/46
Special wall-mounting bracket, 7ME5933-0AC05
BI 2.5 DIN 59382 X6Cr17
A5E02272692
A5E02272723
A5E02272730
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
91
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data
(continued)
■ Dimensional drawings
Complete spare part PCB unit
98.5 (3.88)
205 (8.07)
Description
Article No.
100 (3.94)
153 (6.08)
33.5 (1.32)
(for Ex sensors: 7ME6110,
7ME6120, 7ME6140,
7ME6310, 7ME6320,
7ME6340)
248 (9.76)
A5E31426877
MAG 6000 I Ex (NAMUR),
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA for use with Ex
sensors with increased safety e
250 (9.84)
MAG 6000 I std. (NAMUR),
A5E31426892
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA
220 (8.66)
MAG 6000 I std. (not for Ex),
FDK:085U3123
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA
3
Ø 80 (3.15)
(for 7ME6330 > DN300)1)
MAG 6000 I Ex d
115 ... 230 V AC
A5E01013127 1)
SITRANS FM transmitter MAG 6000 I with wall-mounting bracket,
dimensions in mm (inch)
Spare PCBA for use with ATEX
sensors with increased safety e
MAG 6000 I Ex d
18 ... 30 V DC
A5E01013340 1)
Spare PCBA for use with ATEX
sensors with increased safety e
1)
Spare pcba for MAG 6000 I Ex produced after 12/2012.
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.
Product selector link:
http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/47
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
11.1.2
■ Overview
■ Application
The main applications of the SITRANS FM electromagnetic flow
sensors can be found in the following fields:
• Chemical industry
• Process industry
• Pulp and paper
• Industrial waste water
■ Design
3
• Compact or remote mounting possible
• Easy “plug & play“ field changeability of transmitter
• High temperature sensor for applications with temperatures
up to 150 °C (302 °F)
• Meets EEC directives: PED, 2014/68/EU pressure directive for
EN 1092-1 flanges
• Build-in length according to ISO 20456
• Onsite or factory upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P of a standard sensor.
■ Mode of operation
The SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P is designed to meet the most
common specifications within chemical and process industries.
■ Benefits
• DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12")
• Included in Quick Ship Program (delivery time see PIA LCP)
• Most used flowmeter in the chemical and process industries
with PTFE/PFA liner and Hastelloy electrodes
• Excellent chemical resistance
• Full scope of global approvals for hazardous areas:
- ATEX, FM, CSA, IEcEx
- 24 V and 115/230 V Ex compact and remote
- intrinsically safe ia analog output
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging
• Fully welded construction provides a ruggedness that suits
the toughest applications and environments.
• Easy commissioning, the SENSORPROM unit automatically
updates settings.
• MAG 6000 I full NAMUR compliance
- compliant with NE 21, NE 32, NE 43, NE 53 and NE70
3/82
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
The flow measuring principle is based on Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction according to which the sensor converts
the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of
the flow.
92
93
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an associated transmitter MAG 5000, 6000 and 6000 I.
The flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
Pressure-temperature curve to EN (DIN) flanges, material
A 105 carbon steel
3
Pressure - temperature curve to EN (DIN)
flanges material A 105 carbon steel
120
100
80
bar
60
40
20
0
PN 40
PN 16
PN 10
-20
-10
50
ºC
100
150
180
Pressure-temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges
Pressure - temperature curve to ANSI B16.5 flanges
800
700
600
500
psi
400
300
A 105 class 150
200
100
0
-20
100
200
ºF
300
400
Note: The pressure-temperature curves only assist in the selection of a system. No responsibility is taken for the correctness of
the information. For exact data please refer to the PED requirements. For further information on the PED standard and requirements, see Pressure Equipment Directive in Appendix (chapter
10).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/83
94
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Technical specifications
Product characteristic
Chemical and process industryoriented (Included in Quick Ship
Program
Design
Weight
See dimensional drawings
Nominal size
• PTFE: DN 15 … 300 (½" … 12")
Flange and housing material
Carbon steel ASTM A 105, with
corrosion resistant coating of
category C4 according to
ISO 12944-2
Measuring pipe material
Stainless steel AISI 304/1.4301
Electrode material
PTFE: Hastelloy C276/2.4819,
Platinum, Tantalum
• PFA: DN 15 … 150 (½" … 6")
Measuring principle
Electromagnetic induction
Excitation frequency
(Mains supply: 50 Hz/60 Hz)
• DN 15 … 65 (½" … 2½"):
12.5 Hz/15 Hz
• DN 80 … 150 (3" … 6"):
6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
3
• DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"):
3.125 Hz/3.75 Hz
PFA: Hastelloy C22/2.4602
Grounding electrode material
Optional in Hastelloy C22/2.602
Terminal box (remote version only)
• Standard fibre glass reinforced
polyamide
Process connection
EN 1092-1, raised face1) (EN 1092-1,
DIN 2501 & BS 4504 have the same
mating dimensions)
Flanges
• DN 15 … 50 (½" … 2"):
PN 40 (580 psi)
• Option Stainless steel
AISI 316/1.4436
• Ex sensor: Stainless steel
AISI 316/1.4436
Cable entries
• DN 65 … 300 (2½" … 12"):
PN 16 (232 psi)
• Compact installation
• DN 200 … 300 (8" … 12"):
PN 10 (145 psi)
- MAG 5000/MAG 6000: 4 x M20 or
4 x ½" NPT
ANSI B16.5 (~BS 1560), raised face
- MAG 6000 I: 2 x M25 or
2 x ½" NPT (for supply/output)
• ½" … 12": Class 150
(20 bar (290 psi))
- MAG 6000 I Ex de: 2 x M25 or
2 x ½" NPT (for supply/output)
Rated operation conditions
Ambient temperature
(conditions also dependent on liner
characteristiques)
• Standard Sensor
• Ex sensor
• Compact with transmitter
- MAG 5000/6000
- MAG 6000 I
- MAG 6000 I Ex
Operating pressure [abs. bar]
(maximum operating pressure
decreases with increasing operating
temperature and with stainless steel
flanges)
Certificates and approvals
-40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
-20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
-20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
-20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
-20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
• PFA
PED, CRN
Others
• EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
• KCC (South Korea)
Option: IP68 to EN 60529/NEMA 6P,
10 mH2O cont. (not for Ex)
1)
DN ≤ 600 type 01 (SORF); DN > 600 type 11 (WNRF)
2)
In compact version only.
1.5 x PN (where applicable)
Mechanical load (Vibration)
• 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,
directions for 2 hours according to
EN 60068-2-36
• Sensor: 3.17 g RMS
• Sensor with compact
MAG 5000/6000 mounted
transmitter: 3.17 g RMS
• Sensor with compact
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex mounted
transmitter: 1.14 g RMS
• PTFE -20 … +130 °C (4 … +266 °F)
• PFA -20 … +150 °C (-4 … +302 °F)
2014/30/EU
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
• ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx, EAC Ex,
NEPSI
- Zone 1 Ex d e ia IIC T6 Gb
• ATEX, FM, CSA, IECEx
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67
• FM
- XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C,
D2)
- DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F,
G2)
• FM
- NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
- NI Class I Zone 2 Groups IIC
Pressure equipment
Test pressure
3/84
• Standard sensor with/without MAG
5000/6000/6000 I
Zero-point, 2 x 25 % and 2 x 90 %
IP67 to EN 60529/NEMA 4X/6,
1 mH2O for 30 min
As straight pipe
EMC
Hazardous areas
• Ex-sensor in compact or remote
version with MAG 6000 I Ex
- DN 15 … 300 (½" … 12"):
0.3 … 40 bar (4 … 580 psi)
Pressure drop at 3 m/s
Temperature of medium
Calibration
• Default calibration
• PTFE Teflon
- DN 15 … 150 (½" … 6"):
Vacuum 0.02 … 50 bar
(0.29 … 725 psi)
Enclosure rating
• Remote installation 2 x M20 or
2 x ½" NPT
95
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Available Options for the SITRANS MAG 3100 P
The MAG 3100P is designed to meet the most common specifications within chemical and process industries. Therefore not all
options are available. If you miss a few options please check out
or product MAG 3100 which is covering many more options.
Available Options for Liner PTFE with Platinum electrodes
Diameter
Connection
MAG 3100 P
Order
code
DN 15, ½"
1V
•
DN 25, 1"
2D
•
DN 40, 1 ½"
2R
•
DN 50, 2"
2Y
•
DN 65, 2 ½"
3F
DN 80, 3"
3M
•
DN 100, 4"
3T
•
DN 125, 5"
4B
•
DN 150, 6"
4H
•
DN 200, 8"
4P
DN 250, 10"
4V
DN 300, 12"
5D
3
EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, AISI B 16.5,
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
class 150
•
•
Available Options for Liner PTFE with Tantalum electrodes
Diameter
Connection
MAG 3100 P
Order
code
EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, AISI B 16.5,
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
class 150
DN 15, ½"
1V
•
DN 25, 1"
2D
•
DN 40, 1 ½"
2R
•
DN 50, 2"
2Y
DN 65, 2 ½"
3F
•
DN 80, 3"
3M
•
•
DN 100, 4"
3T
•
•
DN 125, 5"
4B
DN 150, 6"
4H
•
DN 200, 8"
4P
•
DN 250, 10"
4V
•
DN 300, 12"
5D
•
•
•
Available Options for Liner PTFE with Hastelloy C electrodes
incl. grounding electrodes
Diameter
Connection
MAG 3100 P
Order
code
EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, EN 1092-1, AISI B 16.5,
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
class 150
DN 15, ½"
1V
•
DN 25, 1"
2D
•
DN 40, 1 ½"
2R
•
DN 50, 2"
2Y
DN 65, 2 ½"
3F
•
DN 80, 3"
3M
•
•
DN 100, 4"
3T
•
•
DN 125, 5"
4B
DN 150, 6"
4H
•
•
DN 200, 8"
4P
•
DN 250, 10"
4V
•
DN 300, 12"
5D
•
•
•
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/85
96
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Selection and ordering data
Sensor SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P
(Short delivery time)
Article No.
Order code
7ME6340-
Additional information
77777- 7777
Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order
code(s) and plain text.
DN 15 (½“)
1 V
Certificates
• Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2
• Factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.1
C14
C15
DN 25 (1“)
2 D
DN 40 (1½“)
2 R
Terminal blocks
• Factory mounted terminal blocks
N02
DN 50 (2“)
2 Y
DN 65 (2½“)
3 F
DN 80 (3“)
3 M
DN 100 (4“)
DN 125 (5“)
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Diameter
3
Country specific label
• CRN (Canadian Registration Number)
H25
3 T
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text)
Y17
4 B
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive)
Y18
DN 150 (6“)
4 H
Customer-specific transmitter setting
Y20
DN 200 (8“)
4 P
Factory mounted sensor cables
DN 250 (10“)
4 V
DN 300 (12“)
5 D
• Sensor cables wired (specify Article No. for sensor Y40
cables and order cables separately)
Flange norm and pressure rating
Y41
• Sensor cables wired and IP68 sealing (specify
Article No. for sensor cables nd order cables separately)
EN 1092-1
PN 10 (DN 200 ... 300 (8“ … 12“))
B
PN 16 (DN 65 ... 300 (2½“ … 12”))
C
PN 40 (DN 15 ... 50 (½“ … 2”)
F
Additional calibrations
• Matched-pair calibration
• Accredited matched-pair calibration acc. to
ISO/IEC 17025: 2005
• Customer-specified calibration up to 10 points
• Customer-witnessed calibration
Any of above calibration
ANSI B16.5
Class 150 (½“ ... 12“)
J
Flange material
Carbon steel flanges ASTM A 105
1
1)
Liner material
PTFE (150 °C (302 °F))
3
PFA (150 ºC (302 ºF)) (DN 15 ... 150 (½" ... 6"))
7
Hastelloy C
2
Platinum
3
Tantalum
5
Hastelloy C incl. grounding electrodes
6
Product Variation Request (PVR).
Description
Article No.
• English
• German
A5E03005599
A5E03086288
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Transmitter
Standard sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter separately)
A
Ex sensor for remote transmitter (Order transmitter
separately)
B
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 90 V DC,
115 ... 230 V AC
C
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 18 ... 30 V DC, Ex
D
MAG 6000 I, Aluminum, 115 ... 230 V AC, Ex
E
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 11 … 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
H
MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC
J
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 11 ... 30 V DC/11 ... 24 V AC
K
MAG 5000, Polyamide, 115 ... 230 V AC
L
Accessories
Description
Article No.
Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P
sealing of sensor junction box
FDK-085U0220
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.
Product selector link:
http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
Communication
No communication, add-on possible
A
HART
B
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 (only MAG 6000/MAG 6000
I)
F
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex)
(only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
G
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex)
(only MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I)
E
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 (only MAG 6000/6000 I)
J
Cable glands/terminal box
Metric: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I compact
1
½" NPT: Polyamide terminal box or MAG 6000 I compact
2
Metric: Stainless steel terminal box
3
½" NPT: Stainless steel terminal box
4
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
On request1)
On request1)
Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P
Electrode material
3/86
On request1)
On request1)
97
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)
Accessories for MAG 3100 P sensor
Grounding and protection ring - Type E (Stainless steel)
Type E
• Material: AISI 316
• For liner PTFE
• 1 pc. incl. straps and screws
3
TE
Size
Nominale pressure
DN
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
Size
ANSI1)
Inch
Class 150
Article No.
DN 15
FDK:083N8365
½“
FDK:083N8365
DN 25
FDK:083N8271
1“
FDK:083N8272
DN 40
FDK:083N8278
1½“
FDK:083N8279
DN 50
FDK:083N8282
2“
FDK:083N8283
DN 65
FDK:083N8285
2½“
FDK:083N8287
DN 80
FDK:083N8289
3“
FDK:083N8291
DN 100
FDK:083N8117
4“
FDK:083N8118
DN 125
FDK:083N8121
5“
FDK:083N8122
FDK:083N8125
6“
FDK:083N8126
DN 200
FDK:083N8130
FDK:083N8130
8“
FDK:083N8370
DN 250
FDK:083N8136
FDK:083N8137
10“
FDK:083N8140
DN 300
FDK:083N8144
FDK:083N8145
12“
FDK:083N8148
DN 150
For use as protection ring order 2 pcs.
For use as grounding ring order 1 pc.
Grounding and protection ring - Type E (Hastelloy)
Type E
• Material: Hastelloy C276
• For liner PTFE
• 1 pc. incl. straps and screws
TE
Size
Nominale pressure
DN
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Size
ANSI1)
Inch
Class 150
Article No.
DN 15
FDK:083N8487
½“
FDK:083N8487
DN 25
FDK:083N8488
1“
FDK:083N8489
DN 40
FDK:083N8490
1½“
FDK:083N8491
DN 50
FDK:083N8492
2“
FDK:083N8493
DN 65
FDK:083N8495
2½“
FDK:083N8497
DN 80
FDK:083N8499
3“
FDK:083N8501
DN 100
FDK:083N8504
4“
FDK:083N8506
1)
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see Dimensional drawings.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/87
98
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Selection and ordering data
(continued)
Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Stainless steel)
• Material: AISI 316
• For liner PTFE and PFA
• 1 pc. incl. straps and screws
TF = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
TF
3
Size
Nominale pressure
DN
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
Size
ANSI1)
Inch
Class 150
Article No.
DN 15
A5E01191968
½“
A5E01191969
DN 25
A5E01150880
1“
A5E01150022
DN 40
A5E01191952
1½“
A5E01191961
DN 50
A5E01150918
2“
A5E01151121
DN 65
A5E01191940
2½“
A5E01191962
DN 80
A5E01152876
3“
A5E01152910
DN 100
A5E01158875
4“
A5E01159146
DN 125
A5E01191941
5“
A5E01191963
DN 150
A5E01191943
6“
A5E01191964
DN 200
A5E01191951
A5E01191944
8“
A5E01191965
DN 250
A5E01191950
A5E01191946
10“
A5E01191966
DN 300
A5E01191949
A5E01191947
12“
A5E01191967
1)
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see Dimensionl drawings.
Grounding ring - Type Flat ring (Hastelloy)
• Material: Hastelloy C276
• For liner PTFE and PFA
• 1 pc. incl. straps and screws
TF = 2 mm (0.08 inch)
TF
Size
Nominale pressure
DN
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Article No.
Article No.
Article No.
Size
ANSI1)
Inch
Class 150
Article No.
DN 15
A5E01191981
½“
A5E01191989
DN 25
A5E01150882
1“
A5E01150028
DN 40
A5E01191982
1½“
A5E01191990
DN 50
A5E01150922
2“
A5E01151124
DN 65
A5E01191971
2½“
A5E01191991
DN 80
A5E01152889
3“
A5E01152913
DN 100
A5E01158886
4“
A5E01159150
DN 125
A5E01191973
5“
A5E01191992
DN 150
A5E01191974
6“
A5E01191993
DN 200
A5E01191978
A5E01191975
8“
A5E01191994
DN 250
A5E01191979
A5E01191976
10“
A5E01191995
DN 300
A5E01191980
A5E01191977
12“
A5E01191996
1)
For dimensions of MAG 3100 P see Dimensional drawings.
3/88
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
99
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Dimensional drawings
MAG 3100 P sensor with compact or remote transmitter
133 (5.24)
218 (8.58)
155 (6.10)
208 (8.19)
2 x M25
3
D1
D1
A
A1
M20
(½"NPT)
A2
133 (5.24)
B
L
TE
B
L
D
TC
TE
T
C
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Metric
DN
A1)
A1
A2
B
D1
L2)
EN 1092-1-201
TE3)
TF3)
Weight4)
ANSI 16.5
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
15
187
341
338
59
104
-
-
200
200
6
2
4
25
187
341
338
59
104
-
-
200
200
6
2
5
40
197
351
348
82
124
-
-
200
200
6
2
8
50
205
359
356
72
139
-
-
200
200
6
2
9
65
212
369
366
72
154
-
200/-
-
200
6
2
11
80
222
376
373
72
174
-
200/-
-
2725)
6
2
12
100
242
396
393
85
214
-
250/-
-
250
6
2
16
125
255
409
406
85
239
-
250/-
-
250
6
2
19
150
276
430
427
85
282
-
300/-
-
300
6
2
27
200
304
458
455
137
338
350
350/-
-
350
8
2
40
250
332
486
483
157
393
450
450/-
-
450
8
2
60
300
357
511
508
157
444
500
500/-
-
500
8
2
80
1)
14.5 mm shorter with stainless steel terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2)
When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length.
3)
TE = Grounding ring Type E, TF = Grounding ring Type Flat ring
4)
Weights are approx. (for PN 16) without transmitter
5)
Not according to ISO 20456
- not available
D = Outside diameter of flange, see flange tables
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/89
100
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
Flow sensors
MAG 3100 P
■ Dimensional drawings (continued)
Imperial
DN
A1)
A1
A2
B
D1
L2)
EN 1092-1-201
3
TE3)
TF3)
Weight4)
ANSI 16.5
PN 10
PN 16
PN 40
Class 150
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[inch]
[lbs]
½
7.36
13.4
13.34
2.32
4.09
-
-
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.08
9
1
7.36
13.4
13.34
2.32
4.09
-
-
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.08
11
1½
7.76
13.8
13.74
3.23
4.88
-
-
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.08
17
2
8.07
14.1
14.04
2.83
5.47
-
-
7.87
7.87
0.24
0.08
20
2½
8.35
14.4
14.34
2.83
6.06
-
7.87/-
-
7.87
0.24
0.08
24
3
8.74
14.8
14.74
2.83
6.85
-
7.87/-
-
10.715)
0.24
0.08
26
4
9.53
15.6
15.54
3.35
8.43
-
9.84/-
-
9.84
0.24
0.08
35
5
10.04
16.1
16.04
3.35
9.41
-
9.84/-
-
9.84
0.24
0.08
42
6
10.87
16.9
16.84
3.35
11.10
-
11.81/-
-
11.81
0.24
0.08
60
8
11.97
18.0
17.94
5.39
13.31
13.78
13.78/-
-
13.78
0.31
0.08
88
10
13.07
19.1
19.04
6.18
15.47
17.72
17.72/-
-
17.72
0.31
0.08
132
12
14.05
20.1
20.04
6.18
17.48
19.69
19.69/-
-
19.69
0.31
0.08
176
1)
0.571 inch shorter with stainless steel terminal box (Ex and high temperature version)
2)
When grounding rings are used, the thickness of the grounding ring must be added to the built-in length.
3)
TE = Grounding ring Type E, TF = Grounding ring Type Flat ring
4)
Weights are for ANSI 150 without transmitter.
5)
Not according to ISO 20456
D = Outside diameter of flange, see flange tables
3/90
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
101
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
11.3
■ Overview
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Application
The SITRANS FUE950 is able to handle 3 kinds of applications,
means energy calculation in:
• District heating applications
• Chilled water applications
• Combined cooling/heating applications
Energy metering in heating, hot water applications
(code "A" and "B")
3
s
INFOCAL 5
SITRANS FUE950 is a universal thermal energy calculator, which
meets the requirements EN 1434 and has the MID and PTB K7.2
approval for energy metering with the media water.
SITRANS FUE950 has been developed for the SITRANS
FUS380/FUE380 and alternatively MAG 5000/6000 or FST020.
SITRANS FUE950 is modular in construction and can by order
be fitted with optional modules depending on the application.
The FUE950 supports none of the SITRANS FX, FC products and
only some of the FUS clamp-on products.
Heat
Energy metering in cooling, chilled water applications
(code "C" and "D")
s
INFOCAL 5
■ Benefits
11.2.2
Basic functions
• Prepared for heating, cooling measurement
• Approval for MID for heat metering and PTB K7.2 for cooling
• High-accuracy thermal energy metering, meets EN 1434 requirements
• Measured temperature range -20 … +190 °C (-4 … +374 °F)
• Instantaneous values for energy/volume flow
• Battery or mains powered
• Battery version with battery lifetime of typically up to 10 years
• Optical data interface
• Real date and time
• Auto-detection of 2-wire or 4-wire temperature sensors
Additional functions
• Individual tariff functions
• Advanced functions for cooling/heating applications or the
combination
• Memory for 24 periods (months, weeks, days)
• Data logger function
• Expandable functionality with 2 optional plug and play add-on
modules
• Communication over M-Bus, RS 485 or RS 232
V2
V1
Cooling
Energy metering in combined cooling/heating applications
(code "E" and "F")
s
INFOCAL 5
Cooling
7+
7&
Heat
Add-on modules
• Plug-in module with 2 extra pulse inputs
• Plug-in module with 2 pulse outputs
• Plug-in module with combination of input and output pulses
• Plug-in module for M-Bus communication
• Plug-in module for RS 232 or RS 485 communication
• Plug-in module with 2 passive current outputs (4 ... 20 mA)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/311
102
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Design
Data logger memory (LOG)
SITRANS FUE950 has an easy-read 8-digit LCD display with associated pictograms for the various functions. As the display has
been made for several applications, some figures/symbols not
used for normal district heating applications will be shown.
SITRANS FUE950 has a push button for simple operation and
provides user-friendly control via the various display menu
loops. The display will always be configured for the application
chosen, and for the selected display settings.
3
The LOG of the calculator is stored every 24 hours with all cumulative values in the EEPROM. The storage frequency can be selected from various storage intervals (5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60
minutes or the default setting of 24 hours). The data which are
stored in the LOG could be read out using a software tool and
can be used for evaluations.
Extract of possible LOG settings
Storage interval
Values
The integrator has an IP54 plastic housing and is designed for
wall or panel mounting. The housing comes with prepared rubber gaskets cable entries for fast and easy installation.
Number of
Recording
data records period
5 minutes
• Error status
440
36.6 hours
15 minutes
110 hours
Operation menu loop structure
1 hour
The FUE950 display has six menu loops and the menus are numbered in the display from 1 to 6. Some display menus consist of
two values (to maximum seven) that are shown alternately at 4second intervals.
24 hours
(default setting)
• Overload time tempera- 440
ture
440
• Overload time flow rate
440
• Forward temperature
• Date and time
• Energy
• Tariff energy 1
In the combined heating/cooling configuration the menu loop no.
5 (tariff menu loop) will be activated additionally.
• Tariff definition 2
Displays and output pulses
• Error day counter
3
Units: MWh, GJ, Gcal, MBtu, m , gal, m /h, GPM, °C, °F and kW;
all decimal points are statically (the unit "gal" is shown with factor
x 100).
The display unit and the last fractional digit are typical used for
the pulse outputs.
Technical principle
Calculation of energy is based on the following formula:
Energy = Volume x (THot - TCold) x Kfactor (Ti)
Volume: Volume [m3] of a given amount of volume pulses
THot: Measured temperature in the hot line
TCold: Measured temperature in the cold line
Kfactor (Ti): Thermal coefficient of media enthalpy and heat
content
The energy calculation is made by a counter and depends on
temperature difference, pulse input frequency and legal requirements.
The calculator always carries out at least one energy calculation
every 2 seconds. If the connected flowmeter has not sent
enough pulses the energy calculation and flow indication is also
based on the 8 seconds value.
Data memory
The FUE950 has a history memory of 24 periods (months,
weeks, days). The following values are stored monthly, weekly or
daily in the EEPROM on the programmed day of 1…31 (via software tool).
Date/Time
Energy
Tariff energy 1
Tariff energy 2
Tariff definition 1
Tariff definition 2
Pulse counter input 1
Operation hours
3/312
• Tariff energy 2
• Tariff definition 1
• Volume
Maximal Values
The integrator creates max. values for power and flow rate
based on consumption time, which are stored in the EEPROM.
The integration intervals are adjustable to 6, 15, 30 or 60 minutes
and 24 h. Default setting is 60 minutes.
Tariff/Accounting date function
■ Function
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
440 days
• Return temperature
The main menu loop no. 1 with the current data, e.g. for energy,
volume, flow rate and temperature, is preprogrammed as default
setting.
3
18.3 days
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Volume
Error day counter
Maximum monthly flow rate
Maximum monthly power
Date of maximum monthly flow rate
Date of maximum monthly power
Pulse counter input 2
The calculator includes two independent memories in which the
accumulated energy at two programmable tariff dates are
stored.
• Last accounting date
• Last but one accounting date
Values stored
• Energy
• Volume
• Tariff counter 1
• Tariff counter 2
• Pulse counter 1
• Pulse counter 2
• Date
The integrator offers two optional tariff memories for monitoring
plant load states. Here it concerns threshold value tariffs. Extensive tariff conditions make it possible to adapt the calculator individually to the required customer-specific applications.
Both tariffs are separately configurable and independent from
each other. Energy or time can be measured alternatively per
tariff register dependent on the tariff mode adjusted in each
case.
With the "time triggered tariff function" the switch-on time and the
switch-off time are adjustable independent from each other for
each day of the week in steps of 15 minutes.
103
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Function (continued)
The following tariff limit types of the tariff are possible:
(This example applies to the display at 3 fractional digits after
comma)
Pulse input module
Type
Description
Limit
Limit
resolution
dT
Temperature difference
1 … 190 °C
1 °C
Two pulse inputs are available. The pulse value and the unit is
configurable for energy, water, gas or electrical meter by parameterization software. Data are separate cumulated in different
registers and are also stored on the two accounting day's (Tariff
registers).
-dT
Negative temperature difference
1 … 190 °C
1 °C
Combined pulse Input/Output module
TR
Return temperature (low)
1 … 190 °C
1 °C
TV
Forward temperature (high)
1 … 190 °C
1 °C
P
Power
10 … 2500 kW 10 kW
Two pulse inputs combined with one pulse output are available
on one module. The pulse inputs are configurable with value and
the unit by parameterization software.
Q
Flow
1 … 255 m3/h
FE
"Theoretically forward energy" with
return temperature of 0 °C
Z
"Time triggered" counting energy
Pulse output
E
"External" counting energy
The calculator provides levels for two optional external pulse
outputs, which can be freely programmed using the parameterization software tool.
1 m3/h
Error handling and memory
Events such as changes and faults are stored in a non-volatile
memory with a capacity of up to 127 entries. The following
events are recorded:
• Checksum error
• Temperature measurement error
• Error hours
• Start and end of test mode
If SITRANS FUE950 records an error, this will be automatically indicated by a "alarm symbol" on the display.
To protect the reading data, all the relevant data are saved in a
non-volatile memory (EEPROM). This memory saves the measured values, device parameters and types of error at regular intervals.
The following events are recorded:
• Temperature sensor error
• Swapped hot and cold temperature sensors
• Battery low warning
• Power supply failure
• Optical communication warning
• RAM checksum error
Outputs/Inputs/Communication
Communication interfaces:
SITRANS FUE950 is fitted with an optical infra-red send/receive
port in accordance with EN 1434/IEC 61107, protocol standard,
EN 1434/EN 60870-3 (M-Bus protocol).
A specific optical head with a permanent magnet (IrDA-adapter)
in accordance with EN 1434 can be used for readout data or
communication with the parameterization software.
2 ports for optionally plug-in modules
The calculator features 2 ports for the plug-in modules.
One slot is for the function modules and the other for the communication modules.
Communication modules
The following communication modules are available as options:
RS 232 module, RS 485 module and M-Bus module. The RS 232
and RS 485 communication modules are serial interfaces and
permit data exchange with the calculator. For this purpose a
special data cable is necessary.
The M-Bus module is a serial interface for communication with
external devices (M-Bus Master/Centre). According to the
M-Bus structure a number of calculators can be connected to a
control centre.
The pulse output is also programmable using the parameterization software.
Default setting is one pulse which occurs per change in the least
significant digit in the display with the unit and resolution selected by the device ordering.
Possible pulse output values
• Energy (default setting)
• Volume (default setting)
• Tariff energy 1
• Tariff energy 2
• Tariff condition 1, limit switch
• Tariff condition 2, limit switch
• Energy error
• Volume error
• Volume with specific resolution (0.1, 1.0, 10 or 100)
• Energy with specific resolution (0.1, 1.0, 10 or 100)
Combined current output module
Optional module with 2 passive 4 ... 20 mA outputs.
Possible output values:
• Power (default setting for output #1)
• Flow (default setting for output #2)
• Hot, cold or difference temperature
The settings can be configured by parameterization software.
The current output module occupies both ports, means no other
plug-in module will possible to plug in.
Module combinations
The calculator has a group of extension modules for communication and another group of extension modules for additional
functionality. These modules are available first selected within
the calculator, or for retrofitting in the field.
One single function module as well as one single communication
module out of following modules is selectable.
Function modules:
• Pulse input module, 2 inputs
• Pulse output module, 2 outputs
• Combined pulse module 2 inputs, 1 output
• Combined current output module, 2 x passive 4 ... 20 mA
(occupies both ports)
Communication modules:
• M-Bus (M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3)
• RS 232 (M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3)
• RS 485 (M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/313
3
104
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Integration
SITRANS FUE950 is a multi-purpose energy calculator for media
water which meets the requirements of EN 1434. Further, the energy calculator has been specially developed to process volume
pulses from SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 or alternatively
MAG 5000/6000 or FST020 transmitter.
■ Technical specifications
Approval
User interface (always included)
Display
8-digit LCD display with associated
pictograms/symbols
Units
MWh, GJ, Gcal, MBtu, m3, m3/h,
GPM, gal, °C, °F, kW, MBtu/h (gal is
shown with factor x 100)
Approved temperature range
• Heating
• Cooling
0 … 180 °C (32 … 356 °F)
0 … 105 °C (32 … 221 °F)
Absolute temperature range
-20 … +190 °C (-4 … -374 °F)
Totalizer value range
Differential temperature
• Heating
• Cooling
3 … 177 K (starting at 0.1 K)
3 … 102 K
99 999 999 or 9 999 999.9 (0 and
1 digit after comma). Display digits:
Flow in 6 digits; Volume, power and
energy in 8 digits
Values
Power, energy, volume, flow rate,
temperatures
Push button
Single push button for the menu
controlling
Optical interface IrDA interface
ZVEI optical interface with M-Bus
protocol as per EN 1434, connection
via separate IrDA-adapter
baud rate: 300 or 2400
Measuring accuracy
Measuring rates
• Battery type D-cell
• Mains versions
Meets requirements of EN 1434
Typically max. ± (0.5 + 3 K/Δθ) [%] of
measured value
Volume: 1 s, temperature: 4 s
Volume: 1/8 s, temperature: 2 s
Flow range
Depends on pulse input value (IN0),
see “Selection and Ordering data”
Power range value
Depends on pulse input value as follows:
Pulste input value (I/P or gal/P)
Max power [kW]
1
15000
2.5
15000
5
15000
10
150000
• Rubber cable bushings
25
150000
50
150000
Temperature
• Ambient
• Storage
100
1500000
250 *)
1500000
500 *)
1500000
1000 *)
15000000
*) not available for gal/pulse
Rated operation conditions
Enclosure
Material
• Housing
• Pipe/wall fitting
• Other plastic parts
• Gaskets
Environment class
• Mechanic class
• Electromagnetis class
2.0
1.5
EN 1434
1.0
3/314
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
∆Θ
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
M1/M2
E1/E2 (MID) or C (DIN EN 1434)
Temperature range
Absolute measuring range
-20 … 190 °C (-4 … 374 °F) for TH
and TC
Temperature difference
Start 0.1 K, min. 3 K, max. 177 K
Measurement cut-off
0.125 K
Display resolution
TH and TC: 0.1 K
ΔT: 0.1 K
16-bit digital resolution AD converter
Sensor types
Pt100 or Pt500 as 2-wire or 4-wire;
Standard is Pt500.
Sensor cable length: up to 10 m
(according EN 1434 and MID-type
approval).
Sensor connection
4-wire or 2-wire; auto detection of
connection version
-1.0
-2.0
5 … 55 °C (41 … 131 °F)
-25 … +70 °C (-13 … +158 °F)
Relative ambient humidity < 93 %
The temperature sensors must be
connected to terminals 1-5 and 6-2
(TH) and 3-7 and 8-4 (TC) depending
on cable type (2-wire or 4-wire).
-0.5
-1.5
C Lexan 141R (or similar); colors:
light gray (top part) and black
(bottom part)
PA 6,6 GF25 (or similar)
ABS Cycolac GPM500 (or similar)
Neoprene and rubber cable
bushings: EPDM 50
EPDM 50
Function
0.5
0
IP54 in accordance with IEC 529
Temperature input
(always included)
Typical accuracy of FUE950
Max. error
3
MID approved in accordance with
energy meter EN 1434 and PTB K7.2
(German national cooling approval)
105
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Flow input (IN0)
(always included)
Function
Used as standard for flow input of the
external flowmeter. The input is
marked as 10 (+ Flow Pulse),
11 (- Gnd) on the terminal strip.
Note: The pulse input value selection
must be the same as the pulse output
setting of the flowmeter.
Pulse value
1 … 1000 l/pulse or
1 … 100 gal/pulse, selection by
corresponding order code. Will be
shown at the device label
Pulse frequency
≤ 100 Hz (200 Hz)
Pulse ON-time
≥ 3 ms
Pulse OFF-time
≥ 2 ms
Type
Active pulse input
Terminal voltage
3.6 V DC (supplied internally by
FUE950)
Flowmeter installation place
The flowmeter installation place can
be in the hot line or cold line (“forward
or return pipe”) selected by
corresponding order code. The
“installation place” will be shown at
the device display and nameplate
Connected cable
Max. 10 m (shielded cables are
highly recommended)
Pulse output 1
• Pulse frequency
• Pulse width
• Pulse duration
• Pulse break
Pulse output 2
• Pulse frequency
• Ratio
≤ 100 Hz, depending on the selected
pulse length
Pulse duration/pulse break ~ 1:1
Pulse length
5, 10, 50, 100 ms (default: 5 ms)
External voltage supply
3 … 30 V DC
Current
≤ 20 mA with a residual voltage of ≤
0.5 V
Possible pulse output selection
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The calculator features 2 ports for
optional plug-in modules.
Function modules (Port 1 or 2)
• Pulse input module, 2 inputs
(In1, In2)
• Pulse output module, 2 outputs
(Out1, Out2)
• Combination module of 2 inputs
(In1, In2) and 1 output (Out1)
Current output module (Port 1)
Function
Add-on module for two additional
counters. The pulse input 1 is marked
as I1, 'gnd' and the input 2 as I2,
'gnd' on the terminal strip and
indicated in the display as separate
registers IN1 and IN2 and can also
be transferred via the communication
modules.
Type
Passive "open collector" pulse inputs,
outputs not potential isolated to each
other, data are separate cumulated in
different registers and are also stored
on the two accounting day's.
Pulse value
Pulse value and the unit are
configurable for energy, water, gas or
electrical meter by a software tool
2 passive 4 ... 20 mA (#1, #2)
(occupies both port 1 and 2)
Communication modules (Port 1 or 2) M-Bus, RS 232 or RS 485 (M-Bus
protocol, according EN 1434-3)
Pulse output
Function
Type
Pulse value
The module contains connections for
2 pulse outputs, which can be
programmed as desired using a
software tool. The pulse outputs are
marked as standard as O1, 'gnd' and
O2, 'gnd' on the terminal strip and
Out1 respectively Out2 in the display.
Passive "open collector" pulse output,
outputs potential isolated to each
other
Energy (default setting for 'Out1')
Volume (default setting for 'Out2')
Tariff energy 1
Tariff energy 2
Tariff condition 1 (limit switch)
Tariff condition 2 (limit switch)
Energy error
Volume error
Volume with specific display
resolution (or with factor 0,1, 10 or
100 thereof)
• Energy with specific display
resolution (or factor 0.1 thereof)
Pulse input
Ports for option modules
Type
≤ 4 Hz
125 ms ± 10 %
125 ms ± 10 %
≥ 125 ms -10 %
Default: Pulse input 0.1 m3 or 1 gal (if
unit 'gal' is ordered with the Z-option
"L05")
Pulse frequency
≤ 8 Hz
Pulse length
≥ 10 ms
External voltage supply
3 V DC (supplied internally by
FUE950)
Current
based on Ri = 2.2 MΩ
Cable length
< 10 m connection limit
Last significant digits of the display
(unit/pulse), selection by
corresponding order code and
setting can be read via display menu,
settings changeable via software tool
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/315
3
106
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Current output module
Function
3
RS 485 output
The module contains connections for
2 passive current outputs, which can
be programmed individually using
the software tool. The outputs are
marked „#1“ and „#2“ with
corresponding polarity „+“ and „-“ on
the terminal strip.
The module will be connected on port
1 only, but both ports are occupied
by the module.
Terminal voltage
External supply: 10 … 30 V DC
(passive output)
Signal range
4 … 20 mA; 4 mA = 0 value and
20 mA = default maximum values (for
#1: Power in kW and for #2: Flow with
the max. values and selected unit).
Defaults:
For power it is the max. selectable
value x 100 000 the last digit of
display (e. g. 20 mA = 10 000.0 kW
(1 digit res.) or 100 000 kW (0 digit
res).
For flow it is the max. selectable value
x 10 000 the last digit of display (e. g.
20 mA = 1 000.0 m3/h (1 digit res.) or
10 000 m3/h (0 digit res.).
Load
Max. 800 Ω
Upper limit
Up to 20.5 mA (exceed causes the
error current value)
Signal on alarm
Errors are indicated with 3.5 mA or
22.6 mA (programmable, default:
3.5 mA)
Output values
Power, flow, temperature (configuring
via software tool; default: for #1:
Power and for #2: Flow)
Function
The optional RS 485 module is a
serial interface for data transmission
with external devices, e.g. PC; baud
rate: 2400. The module contains a
4-pole terminal strip with terminals
marked D+, D-, Vcc and GND.
Protocol
M-Bus protocol according EN 1434-3
Connection
Terminals D+ and D-; electrically
isolated; 2400 baud only.
An external supply of 12 V DC ± 5 V
(<5 W) is needed for the module
(terminals Vcc and GND). The
module terminals are max. for
2.5 mm2 wires. Connected cable
length: max. 10 m
Power consumption
230 V and 24 V versions
Typical current appr. 0.15 VA
3.6 V D-cell battery
Typical battery lifetime 10 years
under normal conditions (no add-on
modules, max. 40 °C ambient
temperature)
Supply data
Internal voltage 3.6 V by the battery
or plug-in power supply module
Battery, 3.6 V type (option)
3.6 V lithium D-cell, battery lifetime
typically 16 years with independently
powered flowmeter
230 V AC module (option)
Plug-in module for 230 V AC
(195 ... 253 V AC), 50/60 Hz (incl.
battery backup)
24 V AC module (option)
Plug-in module for 24 V AC
(12 ... 30 V AC) (incl. battery backup)
Battery backup (option)
Only with mains supply modules by
internal 3.0 V lithium battery (type
CR 2032)
Displayed values, date and time are
still updated, but the measuring
functions have stopped, including the
flow rate measurement.
Communication via optional modules
M-Bus, RS 485, RS 232 or optical
interface is maintained, affecting the
backup battery lifetime.
M-Bus output
Type
The optional M-Bus plug-in module is
a serial interface for communication
with external devices (M-Bus
Repeater)
Protocol
M-Bus according EN 1434-3
Connection
The connection is not polarityconscious and is electrically isolated,
connection of 2 x max. 2.5 mm2
wires, 300 or 2400 baud (auto baud
detection), current drawn: one M-Bus
load.
M-Bus address:
Each port has its own primary M-Bus
address (Prim1 = the last two digits of
the serial number; Prim2 = 0).
The secondary address is unique for
each calculator and is factory-set to
equal the serial number.
RS 232 output
Type
The optional module RS 232 is a
serial interface for data transmission
with external devices, e.g. PC; baud
rate: 300 or 2400. The module
contains a 3-pole terminal strip with
terminals marked 62 (TX), 63 (RX)
and 64 (GND). For this purpose a
special data cable is necessary.
Protocol
M-Bus according EN 1434-3
Connection
The module contains a 3-pole
terminal strip with terminals marked
62, 63, 64 (max. 2.5 mm2);
Connected cable length: max 10 m;
For communication with a PC a
special adapter cable is required
(order no. A5E02611774).
3/316
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
Accessories/Software
The parameterization software based on the M-Bus is a convenient tool for handling the calculator. It runs on Windows and is
used for configuration of the calculator functionality, reading out
different memories, printing out calculator logs. For further details please contact your local Siemens representative.
A specific optical head with a permanent magnet in (IrDA
adapter with bluetooth) accordance with EN 1434 can be used
for programming/altering programming of readout data, configuration data, etc. The reader head can also be used to change
measuring data.
107
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Selection and ordering data
Energy calculator SITRANS FUE950, MID or PTB
K7.2 custody transfer approved
Article No.
7ME348077777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Article No.
Energy calculator SITRANS FUE950, MID or PTB
K7.2 custody transfer approved
7ME348077777 - 7777
Temperature sensor pocket sets
for 6 mm sensor diameter
Flow input setting (IN0)
No pockets (standard)
0
The pulse input value selection must be the same as
the pulse output setting of the selected flowmeter. To
get optimal function and performance the pulse
value must be selected as low as possible according to the maximum flow rate.
The following calculation formula can be used for
determining the lowest pulse value at a pulse length
of 5 ms: L/pulse > Qmax (m3/h)/360.
For example Qmax = 300 m3/h; L/pulse > 300/360;
L/pulse > 0.83; therefore the pulse value must be
1 l/pulse.
Brass pockets for 6 mm 2-wire sensors, length
82/92 mm, G½ inch, max. PN 16 (2 pcs.)
2
Stainless steel pocket, 120/135 mm length for 6 mm
sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max. 5 m/s (2 pcs.
for 140 mm 4-wire sensors above)
5
Stainless steel pockets for 6 mm 2-wire sensors,
length 117/127 mm, G½ inch, max. PN 25 (2 pcs.)
6
Stainless steel pocket, 210/225 mm length for 6 mm
sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max 5 m/s (2 pcs.
for 230 mm 4-wire sensors above)
7
Stainless steel pockets for 6 mm 2-wire sensors,
length 155/168 mm, G½ inch, max. PN 25 (2 pcs.)
8
Pulse input
in l/pulse or
in gal/pulse
(with option
L05)
Flow limit Qmax Flow limit Qmax
in m3/h
in GPM*)
(with option
L05)
1
360
6000
2A
2.5
900
15000
2B
5
1800
30000
2C
10
3600
60000
3A
25
9000
150000
3B
50
18000
300000
3C
100
36000
600000
4A
250
90000
-
4B
500
180000
-
4C
1000
360000
-
5A
*)
3
Voltage supply
Battery 3.6 V DC (Litium D-cell type) (standard)
1
Mains power module for 230 V AC supply (incl.
back-up battery)
2
Mains power module for 24 V AC supply (incl. backup battery)
3
No power supply module (power supply ordering
separate)
4
Option modules
No module (standard)
A
1 module (communication module)
GPM = Gallons per minute
Calculator application/Flowmeter installation
place
M-Bus module
B
RS 232 module (M-Bus protocol)
C
RS 485 module (M-Bus protocol)
D
1 module (function module)
For heating, flowmeter in return pipe (cold pipe),
typical standard
A
Pulse output, 2x output (Out1 "Energy" and Out2
"Volume")
For heating, flowmeter in forward pipe (hot pipe)
B
Pulse input, 2x input (In1 and In2)
F
For cooling, media water, flowmeter in forward pipe
(cold pipe)
C
Pulse out-/input combination, 2x input and 1x output
G
For cooling, media water, flowmeter in return pipe
(hot pipe)
D
Combination of 2 modules (communication and
function module)
E
M-Bus module and Pulse output, 2x output (Out1
"Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
H
For combined cooling/heating, flowmeter in forward
pipe (hot pipe as heating)
(MID conformity declaration for heating)
M-Bus module and Pulse input, 2x input (In1 and
In2)
J
For combined cooling/heating, flowmeter in return
pipe (cold pipe as heating)
(MID conformity declaration for heating)
F
M-Bus module and Pulse out/-input combination,
2x input and 1x output
K
RS 232 module (M-Bus) and Pulse output, 2x output
(Out1 "Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
L
RS 232 module (M-Bus) and Pulse input, 2x input
(In1 and In2)
M
RS 232 module (M-Bus) and Pulse out/-input combination, 2x input and 1x output
N
RS 485 module (M-Bus) and Pulse output, 2x output
(Out1 "Energy" and Out2 "Volume")
P
RS 485 module (M-Bus) and Pulse input, 2x input
(In1 and In2)
Q
RS 485 module (M-Bus) and Pulse out/-input combination, 2x input and 1x output
R
Combination current output module, 2x passive
4 ... 20 mA (Out 1 "Power", Out 2 "Flow") (occupies
both module Ports 1 and 2)
S
Temperature sensor type
Pt500 setup, no sensor pair included (standard)
0
Pt500 setup and Pt500 sensor pair (6/140 mm),
4-wire with 5 m connection cable, 6 mm sensor
diameter and 140 mm sensor length. MID approved
DE-06-MI004-PTB011, PTB approved 22.77/09.01,
incl. factory test report (mentioned approvals are
only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature sensor pockets)
3
Pt500 setup and Pt500 sensor pair (6/230 mm),
4-wire with 5 m connection cable, 6 mm sensor
diameter and 230 mm sensor length. MID approved
DE-06-MI004-PTB011, PTB approved 22.77/09.01,
incl. factory test report (mentioned approvals are
only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature sensor pockets)
4
Pt100 setup, no sensor pair included
5
Pt 500 setup and PT500 sensor pair (6/50 mm),
2-wire type incl. 5 m cable, 6 mm sensor diameter
and 50 mm length, with MID approval (only for use
with the applicable temperature sensor pockets)
6
Pt 500 setup and PT500 sensor pair (6/50 mm),
2-wire type incl. 10 m cable, 6 mm sensor diameter
and 50 mm length, with MID approval (only for use
with the applicable temperature sensor pockets)
7
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
E
3/317
108
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Selection and ordering data
Energy calculator SITRANS FUE950, MID or PTB
K7.2 custody transfer approved
Article No.
Article No.
7ME348077777 - 7777
Operating instructions
Display units and resolutions
MWh & kW, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
C
MWh & kW, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
D
m3,
3
Flowmeter SITRANS FUE950 operating instructions,
accessories and spare parts
m3/h
• English
A5E003424739
This device is shipped with Safety Notes and a DVD containing
further SITRANS F US literature.
MWh & kW,
in 0 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
E
GJ & kW, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution; Temperature:
no decimal figures
H
GJ & kW, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
J
Accessories
GJ & kW,
in 0 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
K
Infrared optical head (Bluetooth type) for data acquisi- A5E02611768
tion & programming of FUE950
Gcal & kW, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
M
Bracket for SITRANS FUE950 wall mounting (20 pcs.) A5E02611769
Gcal & kW, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
N
Cable for data acquisition via RS 232 PC/D-sub 9F/3
wire
Gcal & kW, m3, m3/h in 0 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
P
Spare parts
MBTU & MBTU/h, m3, m3/h in 2 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
Q
Add-on modules for FUE950 (only for 7ME348 versions)
MBTU & MBTU/h, m3, m3/h in 1 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
R
MBTU & MBTU/h, m3, m3/h in 0 digit resolution;
Temperature: no decimal figures
S
m3,
m3/h
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of languages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Verification/Approval
A5E02611774
Pulse input module (2 inputs)
A5E03461432
Pulse output module (2 outputs)
A5E03461436
Combined pulse in-/output module (2 inputs and
1 output)
A5E03461437
RS232 module (M-Bus protocol)
A5E03461459
Without type approval mark, neutral label (standard)
0
RS485 module (M-Bus protocol)
A5E03461512
With MID type approval mark (only for heating combinations, selection "A, B, E and F")
1
M-Bus output module
A5E03461516
A5E03461583
With MID approval mark and first MID verfication
(only for heating, selection A, B, E and F")
2
Combined current output module, 2 x passive
4 ... 20 mA
7
Connection set for option modules (types: Pulse,
RS 232/RS 485, M-Bus, mA) (special connection
cable with 2 plugs)
A5E03461585
Cooling approval mark, German national cooling
approval according PTB-TR-K7.2 (only for cooling
and media water, selection "C and D")
Cooling approval mark, German national cooling
approval according PTB-TR-K7.2 and first verification (only for cooling and media water, selection "C
and D")
8
Power supply for FUE950 (only for 7ME348 versions)
Further designs
3.6 V D-cell battery for SITRANS FUE950
Order code
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code
Always included
Cooling, setup for non water
Water/glycol setting for media type "Tyfocor LS (R)"
(only with neutral label, no verification and approval)
C02
Optional settings/programming
Tariff function settings (specify in clear text, up to
max. 20 characters)
D02
Pulse output setting of option module (specify in
clear text, up to max. 20 characters)
D06
Pulse input setting of option module (specify in clear
text, up to max. 20 characters)
D08
Pulse input setting of 4 ... 20 mA option module
(please specify 20 mA related type and value in
clear text, up to max. 20 characters)
D10
Special display units
Flow in 'GPM' and Volume in 'gal' (x100) (digits/resolution as selected above, only with 0 digit resolution)
L05
Temperature in deg. F (digit resolution as selected
above)
L31
3/318
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
24 V AC supply module for SITRANS FUE950, incl.
back-up battery
A5E03461719
Pocket for temperature sensors Pt500 (for related
4-wire Pt500 type only, 1 pc.)
Certificate
Including factory test report (certificate) of FUE950
A5E03461708
230 V AC supply module (incl. internal fuse T50 mA L A5E03461717
250 V and back-up battery) for SITRANS FUE950
Stainless steel pocket (1 pc.), 135 mm length for 6 mm A5E03462868
sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max. 5 m/s (recommended for 140 mm sensor length).
Stainless steel pocket (1 pc.), 225 mm length for 6 mm A5E03462870
sensor diameter, max. PN 40 and max. 5 m/s (recommended for 230 mm sensor length).
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor pair (as spare
part), with MID MI004 and PTB K7.2 approvals and
verification (for related 4-wire sensor pocket types
only)
Pt500 sensor pair (6/140 mm), 4-wire with 5 m conA5E03462872
nection cable, 6 mm sensor diameter and 140 mm
sensor length. MID approved DE-06-MI004-PTB011,
PTB approved 22.77/09.01 (mentioned approvals are
only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature sensor pockets).
PT500 sensor pair (6/230 mm), 4-wire with 5 m conA5E03462878
nection cable, 6 mm sensor diameter and 230 mm
sensor length. MID approved DE-06-MI004-PTB011,
PTB approved 22.77/09.01 (mentioned approvals are
only valid if temp. sensors are used with the applicable temperature sensor pockets).
FUE950 enclosure (only for 7ME348 versions)
Bottom part of FUE950 enclosure (1 pc.)
A5E03461508
Snap fit for FUE950 enclosure (1 pc.)
A5E03461731
109
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
■ Dimensional drawings (continued)
Pocket for Pt500 temperature sensors (for corresponding 2-wire Pt500 types only; 1 pc.)
Brass pocket 6 mm, G½B x 85 mm (PN 16), 1 pc.
A5E02611779
Brass pocket 6 mm, G½B x 120 mm (PN 16), 1 pc.
A5E02611780
Stainless steel 6 mm, G½B x 85 mm (PN 25), 1 pc.
A5E02611781
Stainless steel 6 mm, G½B x 120 mm (PN 25), 1 pc.
A5E02611783
Stainless steel 6 mm, G½B x 155 mm (PN 25), 1 pc.
A5E02611792
Stainless steel 6 mm, G½B x 210 mm (PN 25), 1 pc.
A5E02611793
)
11
x.3
(0.
ma
12
8(
5.0
4)
Pt500 temperature sensor pair, 2-wire cable, 6 mm
sensor diameter, with MID/EN-approval (for corresponding 2-wire sensor pocket types only)
Cable length:
3
70
(2.75)
A5E02611778
94
(3.7)
Brass pocket 6 mm, G½B x 40 mm (PN 16), 1 pc.
4x
2m
A5E02611794
3m
A5E02611795
5m
A5E02611796
10 m
A5E02611798
■ Dimensional drawings
Ø4
(0.
15
)
Panel mounting, dimensions in mm (inch)
■ Circuit diagrams
54.7 (2.15)
Electrical connection for SITRANS FUS380/FUE380/FUE950
and MAG 5000/6000/FUE950
150 (5.90)
99 (3.90)
56 +
57 -
SITRANS FUE950, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows the connection between SITRANS FUE950
(terminals 10 and 11) and FUS380/FUE380 and MAG 5000/6000
(terminals 56 and 57). Temperature sensors must be connected
to terminals 5 (1) and 6 (2) (TH) and 7 (3) and 8 (4) (TC).
Note:
The right flowmeter pulse output value must be equal to the
FUE950 pulse input value and must be checked via the user
menu of the transmitter MAG 5000/6000 or nameplate of FUE380
or FUS380.
Wall mounting
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/319
110
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator > Pt500 temperature sensor pairs
■ Application
3
The temperature sensor set is designed for use with the Siemens
energy calculator type SITRANS FUE950 for measurement of the
energy consumption in a district heating or cooling net.
To ensure an accurate measurement of the temperature difference according to MID (EN 1434) or PTB K7.2 the sensors are
delivered as matched pairs.
Temperature sensors are one of the integral components of every thermal energy meter in heating or cooling applications.
They are used for determining temperature changes in fluids
due to energy taken from or supplied to the loop. The temperature is thus measured by mounting temperature sensors upstream and downstream from the point where the exchange in
the thermal energy of the system is.
By selection with the corresponding order code the Pt500 sensor pair sets can be delivered with heating approval or with approvals for combined heating/cooling applications.
■ Technical specifications
Temperature sensor pairs
Sensor pockets
2-wire Pt500
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 4-wire Pt500 types only - standard)
Pt500 2-wire temperature sensor pair (EN 1434)
Measuring insert
Pt500 temperature sensor, EN 60751, tolerance
class B, 2-wire
Media temperature
0 ... 150 °C (32 ... 302 ºF)
Approval
Approved only together with 4-wire sensors
Medium
Approved for heating/cooling water; up to max. 5
m/s flow velocity
Pairing
Paired to EN 1434 (10 … 130 °C/14 … 266 °F)
Media temperature
0 … 150 °C (32 … 302 °F)
Pressure rating
PN 40
Response time T0.5
See sensor pocket specifications
Length
Face-to-face length 120/135 and 210/225 mm
(4.72"/5.23" and 8.27"/8.86")
Medium
Typically heating water
External diameter
Protective tube 8/11 mm (0.32"/0.43")
Pressure rating
See sensor pocket specifications
Internal diameter
Protective tube 6 mm (0.24")
Protection
IP65
Pipe connection
Thread G 1/2" (with sealing screw for sensor)
Pipe material
AISI 304 Ti/1.4303
Protective tube AISI 316Ti/1.4571 (or similar)
Dimension
∅ 6 mm
Material
Use
Sensor tube length
50 m
Cable length
Up to 10 m (32.8 ft), fixed connected silicon
cable, 2 connection wire terminals, terminal
sleeves to DIN 46228
• Use with related 4-wire Pt500 sensors only (according type approval)
• For flow velocities up to 5 m/s
• Recommended to install with welded sleeve
(according to EU standard)
11.2.2
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only, some only
available as spare parts)
4-wire Pt500
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor pair (with MID and PTB K7.2 approval)
Measuring insert
Pt500 temperature sensor, EN 60751, tolerance
class to ISO 751 Class B; 4-wire
Pairing
Matched paired according to EN 1434 at 10, 75
and 140 °C (50, 167 and 284 °F)
Type approval
MID (DE-06-MI004-PTB011) and PTB K7.2 (PTB
22.77/09.01). Only to be mounted with related
sensor pockets according to the type approvals.
Media temperature
Media temperature
0 ... 180 °C (32 ... 356 ºF)
Medium
Approved for heating water
Response time T0.5
Typically 13 s at 0.4 m/s without pasta
Typically 5 s at 0.4 m/s with pasta
Pressure rating
PN 25
Length
L1 (mm) 92
127
168
223
L (mm)
117
155
210
0...150 °C (32 ... 302 °F)
Permissible temp. pair
range for ΔT
• Heating
• Cooling
3 … 150 K
3 … 85 K
Medium
Approved for heating/cooling water
Protection
IP65
82
Material
Stainless steel: AISI 316Ti/1.4571
Use
For 2-wire Pt500 types only
Brass sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only, some only available as
spare part)
Media temperature
0 ... 150 °C (32 ... 302 ºF)
Medium
Approved for heating water
Typically 9 s at 0.4 m/s without pasta
Environment
• Meachnic class
• Electromagnetic class
M3
E1 (MID)
Response time T0.5
Pressure rating
See sensor pocket specifications
Pressure rating
PN 16
Length
L1 (mm)
47
92
127
L (mm)
40
82
117
Material
• Protective tube
• Connector cable
Stainless steel AISI 304Ti/1.4571 (or similar),
diameter of protective tube: 6 mm
Silicon cable, 4 connection wire terminals, terminal sleeves to DIN 46228
Sensor tube length
140 or 230 mm (5.51 or 9.06 inch)
Cable length
5 m (16.4 ft), fixed connected
3/320
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
Typically 5 s at 0.4 m/s with pasta
Material
Brass: CuZn40Pb2 (Ms58)
Use
For 2-wire Pt500 types only
111
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)
Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator > Pt500 temperature sensor pairs
■ Dimensional drawings
Pt500 2-wire temperature sensor pair (EN 1434)
Ø6
(0.24)
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 4-wire Pt500 types only standard)
135/225
(53.2/88.6)
G½
50 (1.97)
Ø8
(3.15)
C
Pt 500 2-wire temperature sensor, dimensions in mm (inch)
3
Pt500 temperature sensor pair (EN 1434)
Cable length
120/210
(18.6/82.7)
2, 3, 5 or 10 m (’C’ at the dimensional drawing)
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor pair
(with MID and PTB K7.2 approval)
Stainless steel sensor pocket, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ø6
(2.36)
Brass sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only, some only
available as spare part)
L1
G½
Ø 8 (0.32)
5000 (1969)
140/230 (55.1/90.6)
Pt500 4-wire temperature sensor, dimensions in mm (inch)
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only,
some only available as spare parts)
L1
L
Sensor pocket, brass (for 2-wire Pt500 types only), dimensions in mm
(inch)
G½
Ø 8 (0.32)
Brass sensor pocket for 2-wire Pt500 types only)
Length
L1 (mm)
47
92
127
L (mm)
40
82
117
L
Sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only), stainless steel, dimensions
in mm (inch)
Stainless steel sensor pocket (for 2-wire Pt500 types only)
Length
L1 (mm)
92
127
168
223
L (mm)
82
117
155
210
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
3/321
M-Bus to Modbus (RS485/RS232)
Converter / Gateway
112
OVERVIEW
M-Bus to Modbus RTU (RS485/RS232) Converter is dedicated to convert
M-Bus signal to Modbus (RS485/RS232) and to allow M-Bus devices to
communicate on a Modbus network.
FEATURES
 Device versions:





Application
Industrial
monitoring
Commercial
monitoring
Residential
monitoring
Water/Heat
metering
Electricity
metering
Gas metering
- MB-10 Converter dedicated to support up to 10 units of M-Bus meters
- MB-100 Converter dedicated to support up to 100 units of M-Bus meters
- MB-250 Converter dedicated to support up to 250 units of M-Bus meters
Baud rate: from 300 to 38400 bit/s
M-Bus short connection protection
Galvanically isolated power, input and output interfaces
Power supply: 12-36 VDC
Mounting type: on DIN rail
113
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Description
RS485
RS232
M-Bus
Baud rate
General
Power supply
Over-voltage protection
Power consumption
M-Bus line power
Adjustment to M-Bus loads
M-Bus short circuit event current
M-Bus short circuit reaction time
Recover after short connection
Physical characteristics
Dimensions
Weight
Mounting type
Protection type
Climate conditions
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Humidity range
LED indication
Offline
Overload
Operating
TX
RX
Other features
Warranty period
M-Bus to Modbus Converter (M-Bus - RS485/RS232)
distance up to 1,2 km, max 32 transivers
distance up to 15 m
up to 10 / 100 / 250 M-Bus devices
from 300 to 38400 bit/s
12-36 VDC
>1000V
not loaded up to 3,5W, fully loaded up to 20W
mark 36-40V, space 24-27V
Automatic
≥500mA
Configurable, 1-4s.
Configurable, 10-60s.
105x75x45 mm
175 g
on DIN rail
IP20
-25 to +60oC
-40 to +60oC
5 – 95%, non-condensing
M-Bus not loaded (ON)
M-Bus short connection
Power (ON/Off)
Data transfer
Data receive
2 years
ORDERING CODE
Order No.
Product
MB-10
MB-100
MB-250
MB-10-RS232
MB-100-RS232
MB-250-RS232
M-Bus to Modbus (RS485) converter for 10 units of M-Bus devices
M-Bus to Modbus (RS485) converter for 100 units of M-Bus devices
M-Bus to Modbus (RS485) converter for 250 units of M-Bus devices
M-Bus to Modbus (RS232) converter for 10 units of M-Bus devices
M-Bus to Modbus (RS232) converter for 100 units of M-Bus devices
M-Bus to Modbus (RS232) converter for 250 units of M-Bus devices
www.viltrus.com
sales@viltrus.com
114
DOT MATRIX PRINTER
24-PIN NARROW CARRIAGE
LQ-310
YOUR FAST AND AFFORDABLE
PRINTING SOLUTION.
Designed to do more with less, Epson LQ-310 offers fast-printing at a
low cost. Compact and capable, Epson LQ-310 24-pin dot matrix printer
features extraordinary speed, output quality and reliability. Epson’s constant
innovations in printing solutions, together with the use of our genuine
ribbons, give you the most reliable and best performing printer in today’s
fast paced and demanding working environments.
Print
Cost
Effective
Power
Savings
Epson genuine ribbons
ensure greater yield,
better quality and
longer lifespan.
IT’S IN THE DETAILS.
High Processing Speed
Fast Print Speed
Long-life Reliability
You can now enjoy high-speed processing time,
with 128KB data buffer that will reduce waiting time.
Maximize productivity with a fast print speed
of up to 416 characters per second (12 cpi).
With a Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) rating
of 10,000 POH (power on hours), it saves cost on
electricity without compromising good quality printing.
115
SPECIFICATIONS
LQ-310
MODEL NUMBER
LQ-310
Printing Technology
Print Method
Impact dot matrix
Number of Pins in Head
24 pins
Print Direction
Bi-direction with logic seeking
Control Code
ESC/P2 and IBM PPDS emulation
Print Speed
High Speed Draft
10 / 12 cpi
347 / 416 cps
Draft
10 / 12 / 15 cpi
260 / 312 / 390 cps
Draft Condensed
17 / 20 cpi
222 / 260 cps
LQ
10 / 12 / 15 cpi
86 / 103 / 129 cps
LQ Condensed
17 / 20 cpi
147 / 172 cps
Print Characteristics
Character Sets
Italic table, PC437 (US Standard Europe), PC850 (Multilingual), PC860 (Portuguese), PC861 (Icelandic), PC863 (Canadian-French), PC865 (Nordic), Abicomp, BRASCII, Roman 8, ISO Latin 1, PC 858, ISO 8859-15
Bitmap Fonts
Epson Draft: 10, 12, 15 cpi; Epson Roman & San Serif: 10, 12, 15 cpi, Proportional;
Epson Courier: 10, 12, 15 cpi; Epson Prestige: 10, 12 cpi; Epson Script, OCR-B, Orator & Orator-S: 10cpi; Epson Script C: Proportional
Scalable Fonts
Epson Roman, Epson San Serif, Epson Roman T & Epson San Serif H: 10.5pt., 8pt. - 32pt. (every 2pt.)
Barcode Fonts
EAN-13, EAN-8, Interleaved 2 of 5, UPC-A, UPC-E, Code 39, Code 128, Postnet
Printable Columns
Pitch
10 / 12 / 15 / 17 / 20 cpi 80 / 96 / 120 / 137 / 160 cpl Paper Handling
Paper Path
Tractor
Rear in, Top out
Manual Insertion
Rear in, Top out
Paper Size
Length
Width
Thickness
Cut Sheet (Single Sheet)
100 ~ 364 mm
100 ~ 257 mm
0.065 ~ 0.14 mm
(3.9 ~ 14.3")
(3.9 ~ 10.1")
(0.0025 ~ 0.0055")
Cut Sheet (Multi Part)
100 ~ 364 mm
100 ~ 257 mm
0.12 ~ 0.32 mm
(3.9 ~ 14.3")
(3.9 ~ 10.1")
(0.0047 ~ 0.0126") (Total)
Envelope (No.6)
92 mm
165 mm
0.16 ~ 0.52 mm
(3.6")
(6.5")
(0.0063 ~ 0.0205") (Total)
Envelope (No.10)
105 mm
241 mm
0.16 ~ 0.52 mm
(4.1")
(9.5")
(0.0063 ~ 0.0205") (Total)
Continuous Paper (Single Sheet and Multi part)
101.6 ~ 558.8 mm
101.6 ~ 254.0 mm
0.065 ~ 0.32 mm
(4.0 ~ 22.0")
(4.0 ~ 10.0")
(0.0025 ~ 0.0126") (Total)
Roll Paper
NA
216 mm
0.07 ~ 0.09 mm
(8.5")
(0.0028 ~ 0.0035")
Paper Feeding
Standard Friction, Push Tractor
Optional
Roll Paper Holder
Copies
Original + 3 copies
Line Spacing
4.23mm (1/6") or programmable in increments of 0.118mm (1/216")
Input Data Buffer
128KB
Interface
Standard
Bi-directional parallel interface (IEEE-1284 nibble mode supported)
USB 2.0 Full-Speed
Serial
Ribbon Cartridge
Standard
Fabric Ribbon Cartridge (Black)
Ribbon Life
Approx. 2.5 million characters (Draft 10 cpi, 48 dots/character)
Acoustic Noise
Approx. 53 dB(A) (ISO 7779 pattern)
Reliability
Mean Print Volume Between Failure (MVBF)
Approx. 20 million lines (Except print head)
Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF)
Approx. 10,000 POH (25% Duty)
Print Head Life
Approx. 400 million strokes/wire
Control Panel
4 switches and 5 LEDs
Environmental Conditions (Operating)
Temperature
5 ~ 35°C
Humidity
10 ~ 80 % RH
Electrical Specification
Rated Voltage
AC 220 - 240V
Rated Frequency
50Hz ~ 60Hz
Power Consumption
Operating
Approx. 24W (ISO/IEC 10561 Letter pattern)
Sleep Mode
Approx. 1.3 W
Auto Off Mode
Approx. 0.5W
Power Off
0W
Printer Driver / Utility
Operating System
Microsoft® Windows® 2000 / XP / 7 / 8 / 8.1 / 10
Utility
Epson Status Monitor (Microsoft® Windows® 2000 / XP / 7 / 8 / 8.1 / 10)
Dimensions & Weight
Weight: Approx. 4.1kg (9.0lb)
154mm (6.1")
275mm (10.8")
362mm (14.3") –
348mm (13.7") exclude knob
Consumables
Fabric Ribbon Cartridge (Black)
C13S015639
Legend
cpi
Characters per inch
(Characters per 25.4mm)
cps
Characters per second
cpl
Characters per line
POH
Power On Hours
© 2019 Epson Singapore Pte Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
Reproduction in part or in whole, without the written
permission from Epson, is strictly prohibited. EPSON and
EXCEED YOUR VISION are registered trademarks of
Seiko Epson Corporation. All other products names and
other company names used herein are for identification
purposes only and are the trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective owners. Epson disclaims
any and all rights in those marks. Print samples shown
are simulations only. Specifications and product
availability are subject to change without notice and
may vary between countries. Please check with local
Epson offices for more information.
Information correct as at April 2019
116
VERSATILE
PRODUCTIVITY
WITH INTELLIGENT TOUCH
FUSS-FREE MAINTENANCE
EASE OF USE
ALWAYS CONNECTED
BRILLIANT PERFORMANCE
The Automatic Toner Seal Removal
ensures toner cartridge replacement
is easy and effortless.
Navigate through the settings
seamlessly with the 5-line
LCD Panel.
With Direct Connection, printing
on the go is made simple through
compatibility with mobile apps like
Canon PRINT Business.
V2 Colour Technology expands
the colour reproduction range.
Anticipate vivid, vibrant prints at a
speed of 21ppm (LBP623Cdw).
117
SPECIFICATIONS
LBP621Cw
LBP623Cdw
PRINT
Printing Method
Print Speed
Colour Laser Beam Printing
A4
Letter
2-sided
18 ppm / 18 ppm (mono / colour)
18 ppm / 18 ppm (mono / colour)
N/A
Print Resolution
Print Quality with Image Refinement Technology
Warm-Up Time (From Power On)
A4
First Print Out Time (FPOT)
Letter
Recovery Time (From Sleep Mode)
Print Language
Auto Duplex Printing
21 ppm / 21 ppm (mono / colour)
22 ppm / 22 ppm (mono / colour)
12 ppm / 12 ppm (mono / colour)
600 × 600 dpi
1,200 × 1,200 dpi (equivalent)
13 sec or less
Approx. 10.4 / 10.5 sec (mono / colour)
Approx. 10.3 / 10.3 sec (mono / colour)
6.1 sec or less
UFR II
–
Available Paper Size for Auto Duplex Print
UFR II, PCL6, Adobe® PostScript® 3TM
Standard
–
Print Margins
Print Features
Supported File Format for USB Direct Print
A4, Letter, Legal Foolscap, Indian Legal
5mm - top, bottom, left and right (Envelope: 10mm)
Poster, Booklet, Watermark, Page Composer, Toner Saver
JPEG, TIFF, PDF
PAPER HANDLING
Standard Cassette
Multi-Purpose Tray
Maximum Paper Capacity (Based on 80 g/m2)
Paper Output (Based on 75 g/m2)
250 sheets
1 sheet
251 sheets
100 sheets
A4, B5, A5, Letter, Legal, Statement, Executive, Government Letter, Government Legal, Foolscap, Indian Legal
Custom (Min. 76.2 x 127.0mm to Max. 216.0 x 355.6mm)
A4, B5, A5, Letter, Legal, Statement, Executive, Government Letter, Government Legal, Foolscap, Indian Legal,
Index Card Envelope: COM10, Monarch, C5, DL, Custom (Min. 76.2 x 127.0mm to Max. 216.0 x 355.6mm)
60 to 200g/m2
60 to 200g/m2
Plain, Thick, Coated, Recycled, Colour, Label, Postcard, Envelope
Paper Input
(Based on 80 g/m2)
Standard Cassette
Paper Size
Multi-Purpose Tray
Paper Weight
Standard Cassette
Multi-Purpose Tray
Paper Type
CONNECTIVITY AND SOFTWARE
Standard Interface
Wired
Wireless
USB 2.0 High Speed, 10Base-T/100Base-TX/1000Base-T
Wi-Fi 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure mode, WPS easy Setup, Direct Connection)
Print: LPD, RAW, WSD-Print (IPv4,IPv6)
TCP/IP Application Services: Bonjour(mDNS), HTTP, HTTPS, POP before SMTP (IPv4,IPv6), DHCP, ARP+PING, Auto IP, WINS (IPv4), DHCPv6 (IPv6)
Management: SNMPv1, SNMPv3 (IPv4,IPv6)
IP/Mac address filtering, HTTPS, SNMPv3, IEEE802.1x, IPSEC
WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-PSK (AES)
Canon PRINT Business, Canon Print Service, Google Cloud Print™, Apple® AirPrint®, Mopria® Print Service
Department ID, Secure Print
Network Protocol
Network Security
Wired
Wireless
Mobile Printing Capability
Other Features
Windows® 10, Windows® 8.1, Windows® 7, Windows Server® 2016, Windows Server® 2012 R2, Windows Server® 2012,
Windows Server® 2008 R2, Windows Server® 2008, Mac® OS X 10.9.5 & up (*1), Linux (*1)
Compatible Operating Systems
Software Included
Printer driver, Toner Status
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Device Memory
Operational Panel
Dimensions (W×D×H)
Weight (Approx.)
Power Consumption
Noise level(*2)
1 GB RAM
5-line LCD
430 x 418 x 287 mm
12.8 kg
14.0 kg
850 W or less
Approx. 390 W
Approx. 8.5 W
Approx. 0.8W (USB/ LAN / Wi-Fi)
Sound Pressure Level: 52 dB, Sound Power Level: 69.4 B
Sound Pressure Level: Inaudible, Sound Power Level: 43 dB
Temperature: 10 – 30°C, Humidity: 20% - 80% RH (no condensation)
AC 220 – 240 V (±10%), 50 / 60 Hz (±2Hz)
Cartridge 054 BK: 1,500 pages (bundled: 910 pages), Cartridge 054 C/M/Y: 1,200 pages (bundled: 680 pages)
Cartridge 054H BK : 3,100 pages, Cartridge 054H C/M/Y: 2,300 pages
30,000 pages
Maximum
During Operation (Avg.)
During Standby (Avg.)
During Sleep (Avg.)
During Operation
During Standby
Operating Environment
Power Requirement
Consumables(*3)
Toner (Standard)
Toner (High)
Monthly Duty Cycle(*4)
*1 The latest drivers for Mac OS and Linux can be downloaded from the https://asia.canon website when available.
*2 Tested in accordance to ISO 7779 and declared per ISO 9296.
*3 Toner cartridge yield is in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798.
*4 Monthly Duty Cycle value provides a means of comparison for product robustness in
relation to other Canon laser printer devices, and does not refer to actual maximum
image output per month.
CANON OFFICES
South & Southeast Asia
Regional Headquarters
Canon Singapore Pte. Ltd.
1 Fusionopolis Place,
#15-10,Galaxis,
Singapore 138522
Tel: 65-6799 8888
Fax: 65-6799 8882
https://asia.canon
CANON BUSINESS PARTNERS
HONG KONG
Canon Hongkong Co., Ltd.
Tel: 852-3191 2388
Fax: 852-2369 3800
https://hk.canon
SINGAPORE
Canon Singapore Pte. Ltd.
Tel: 65-6799 8888
Fax: 65-6799 8882
https://sg.canon
AFGHANISTAN
Megaplus Afghanistan Ltd.
Tel: 93 700 228 832 / 700 979 511
Fax: 93 20 220 1259
Email: info@megaplus.com.af
MONGOLIA
ITZone LLC
Tel: 976-11-323705
Fax: 976-11-312699
www.itzone.mn/en
INDIA
Canon India Pvt Ltd.
Tel: 91-124 416 0000
Fax: 91-124 416 0011
https://in.canon
THAILAND
Canon Marketing (Thailand) Co. Ltd.
Tel: 66-2 344 9999
Fax: 66-2 344 9960
https://th.canon
BANGLADESH
J.A.N Associates Ltd.
Tel: 880-2-966-0601
Fax: 880-2-861-0410
www.jan-bd.com
MALAYSIA
Canon Marketing (Malaysia)
Sdn. Bhd.
Tel: 60-3 7844 6000
Fax: 60-3 7845 0505
https://my.canon
VIETNAM
Canon Marketing Vietnam Co. Ltd.
Tel: 84-8 3820 0466
Fax: 84-8 3820 0477
https://vn.canon
BRUNEI
Interhouse Company
Tel: 673-2-653001
Fax: 673-2-653003
www.ihc.com.bn
MYANMAR
Myanmar Golden Rock
International Co., Ltd.
Tel: 95-1 654810 to 19 (10 Lines)
Fax: 95-1 654820
Email: sales@mgr.com.mm
PHILIPPINES
Canon Marketing (Philippines), Inc.
Tel: 632-884 9090
Fax: 632-556 1456
https://ph.canon
CAMBODIA
i-Qlick Marketing Co., Ltd.
Tel: 855-23-996638
Fax: 855-23-996639
www.i-qlick.com
INDONESIA
P.T. Datascrip
Tel : 62-21 2664 8999
Fax : 62-21 6544 811/13
www.datascrip.com
MALDIVES
SIMDI Company (Pvt) Ltd.
Tel: 960 - 3334421
Fax: 960 - 3334424
www.simdi.com
NEPAL
International Electronics Concern (P) Ltd.
Tel: 977-1 4421991
Fax: 977-1 4421909
www.iec.com.np
PAKISTAN
Shirazi Trading Company (Pvt.) Limited
Tel: (92-21)38704830-41, 35170851-54
Fax: (92-21)-35170860
Email: stc@stc.atlas.pk
www.stc.atlas.pk
Megaplus Pakistan
Tel: 111 00 33 55
Fax: 92 51 222 8430
www.megaplus.com.pk
SRI LANKA
Metropolitan Office (Pvt) Ltd.
Tel: 94-11 470 0200
Fax: 94-11 470 0267
www.metropolitan.lk
Dealer’s Stamp
0217W187 © 2019 Canon Singapore Pte. Ltd. All rights reserved.
This document is for general information only and contents are subject to change without notice. Errors and omissions excepted.
Weights and dimensions are approximates. Options, name and availability may vary by regions. Nothing in this document should
be construed as a warranty. We expressly disclaim any liability or contractual obligations in connection with this document.
Trademarks belong to their respective owners.
4. Certification & Company
Profile
Certificate
Certificat
CERTIFICATE OF REGISTRATION
This is to certify that the Management System of
ROJPAIBOON EQUIPMENT CO LTD
F 0956-1/UK 04/13
for the following activity/activities:
WHOLESALE AND RETAIL OF PIPES, VALVES, FLANGES, FITTINGS, BUILDING AUTOMATION
SYSTEM, CCTV SYSTEM, AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM.
carried out in the following location/s:
ADDRESS SITE 1: 303, 305, 307, 309, 311 SIRINTORN RD, BANGBUMRHU BANGPLAD BANGKOK,
10700 THAILAND
ADDRESS SITE 2: 159, 160, 161 MOO 1, TAMBON KHUNKAEW - AMPHUR NAKORNCHAISRI
NAKORNPATHOM, 73120 THAILAND
Has been assessed by AFNOR UK, part of AFNOR Group,
certifying under AFAQ trademark,
and complies with the Management System requirements of
ISO 9001:2015
CERTIFICATE N°
CLIENT SINCE
DATE OF ISSUE
DATE OF EXPIRY
A2I 8601A.1
28/10/2010
04/01/2020
03/02/2023
APPROVED BY
Managing Director of AFNOR UK LTD
MARK SALT
Scan this QR code to check
the validity of the certificate
The use of Accreditation Symbol indicates accreditation in respect of those activities covered by the Certificate Number 022
CONDITIONS OF ISSUE
This Certificate is issued under the authority of the AFNOR UK Limited and is subject to the following
conditions:
1. The Certificate holder shall maintain compliance with the criteria defined on the Certificate covering the
requirements of the management system standard and the product/service or site usage.
2. The Certificate remains the property of AFNOR UK Limited and shall be returned on demand or if the
Certificate Holder discontinues the scope of work or type of product for which the Certificate is issued.
3. The Certificate Holder shall notify AFNOR UK Limited of any changes in name, address, ownership,
organization, site boundary, site usage or any other significant aspects, and any significant incident or event.
4. The Certificate Holder shall allow access at all reasonable times to the place of work to enable AFNOR UK
Limited to monitor the effectiveness of the assessed management system and related certified activities.
5. Legally Binding Document ® AFAQ is a registered trademark.
6. AFNOR UK Limited complies with the international standards in force (ISO 17021-1).
7. AFNOR UK Limited reserves the right to modify, at any time and without any notice, the presentation of this
certification document. This document and most specifically the logo featuring on this document can only be
used by its holder in the frame of relevant legal requirements and a clear and sincere communication.
Enquiries relating to the Certificate shall be submitted, in writing, to the Technical Department at the address
overleaf.
Natthapat Chollapatthanatsiri
(Cluster Digital Energy Director Thailand, Myanmar and Laos)
5. Warranty Document
10 กันยายน 2564
เรื่ อง การรับประกันสิ นค้า และการดูแลรักษาระบบ
เรี ยน ผูอ้ านวยการ โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า
ตามที่ โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า ได้ทาการสั่งซื้ อผลิ ตภัณฑ์ CHILLER DAIKIN และระบบ
CPMS สาหรับโครงการอาคารผูป้ ่ วยใน โรงพยาบาลสมเด็จพระปิ่ นเกล้า โดยมี Chiller จานวน 3 ตัว และ
ระบบ CPMS เพื่อทาการควบคุมการทางาน 1 ระบบจากบริ ษทั โรจน์ไพบูลย์อีควิ๊ปเม้นท์ จากัด นั้นบริ ษทั ฯ
มีความยินดีขอรับประกันสิ นค้าดังกล่าวในเงื่อนไขการใช้งานปกติ เป็ นระยะเวลา 2 ปี นับจากวันส่ งมอบงาน
และเข้ามาทดสอบและดูแลรักษาระบบอย่างน้อย 2 เดือนต่อ 1 ครั้ง พร้อมทั้งจัดทารายงานผลการตรวจสอบ
ทั้งนี้ สินค้าดังกล่าวจะสิ้ นสุ ดการรับประกันหากมีการใช้งานที่ผิดปกติหรื อไม่ถูกต้องตามคาแนะนา
ของสิ นค้าหรื อได้รับความเสี ยหายจากการใช้งานหรื อสภาวะแวดล้อมที่ผดิ ปกติ
จึงเรี ยนมาเพื่อทราบ
ขอแสดงความนับถือ
( นายชัยวัฒน์ นารี รักษ์ )
วิศวกรขาย
6. User Manual
คู่มือประกอบการใช้ งาน โปรแกรม
CHILLER MANAGEMET
F
โครงการ xxxxxx
บริ ษทั โรจน์ไพบูลย์อีควิ๊ปเม้นท์ จำกัด
จัดทำโดย จตุพล จังพล
1
คานา
กำรใช้ระบบควบคุมแบบอัตโนมัติ BMS (Building Management System) และ CPMS (Chiller Plant
Management System) นั้น มีวตั ถุประสงค์เพื่อที่ตอ้ งกำรให้ผใู ้ ช้งำนได้รับประโยชน์สูงสุดทั้งในด้ำนของเทคโนโลยี
และควำมสะดวกรวดเร็ วในกำรทำงำน รวมถึงกำรประหยัดพลังงำน ตลอดจนกำรบำรุ งรักษำอุปกรณ์ และช่วยยืด
อำยุกำรใช้งำนของอุปกรณ์ ซึ่งในปัจจุบนั ได้มีกำรนำระบบควบคุมแบบอัตโนมัติมำใช้ในหน่วยงำนต่ำงๆ เช่น
โรงงำนอุตสำหกรรม, โรงแรม, อำคำรสูง รวมถึงห้ำงสรรพสินค้ำ อย่ำงแพร่ หลำยเพิ่มขึ้น ซึ่งระบบที่จะเข้ำมำรองรับ
ควรเป็ นระบบที่มีประสิทธิภำพโดยสำมำรถรองรับควำมต้องกำรทั้งในปัจจุบนั และอนำคตได้อย่ำงสมบูรณ์
ในคู่มือกำรใช้งำนชุดนี้จะกล่ำวถึงกำรใช้งำนเบื้องต้น ของตัวโปรแกรม EcoStruxure Building Operation ซึ่ง
เป็ นโปรแกรมที่ใช้ในกำรสื่อสำรกับตัวควบคุม โดยมีวตั ถุประสงค์ให้ผใู ้ ช้งำนสำมำรถทำควำมเข้ำใจกับ ระบบ และ
นำไปปฏิบตั ิได้อย่ำงถูกต้องและได้รับประโยชน์สูงสุด
ทีมงำนผูจ้ ดั ทำ
2
BMS คืออะไร
BMS (Building Management System) คือ ระบบบริ หำรจัดกำรตึกและอำคำร (BMS) เป็ นเครื อข่ำยที่มกี ำรรวบข้อมูล
และระบบควบคุมเข้ำด้วยกัน เพื่อกำรทำงำนแบบอัตโนมัติ กำรเฝ้ำตรวจและควบคุมของ HVAC แสงสว่ำง และหน้ำที่
อื่นๆ ในตึกและอำคำร
CPMS (Chiller Plant Management System) คือ ระบบบริ หำรจัดกำร Chiller เพื่อกำรทำงำนแบบอัตโนมัติ และหน้ำที่
อื่นๆ ในตึกและอำคำร
หลักกำรของเทคโนโลยี
แนวคิดของระบบบริ หำรจัดกำรอำคำร คือ กำรนำระบบควบคุมด้วยคอมพิวเตอรและเทคโนโลยีสำรสนเทศมำ
ประยุกต์ใช้ เพื่อรวบรวมข้อมูลตรวจสอบและควบคุมกำรทำงำนของระบบอำคำรต่ำงๆเข้ำด้วยกันเพื่อให้เกิดผลดังนี้
- สภำพอำกำศและระดับแสงสว่ำงที่เหมำะสมกับผูอ้ ยูใ่ นอำคำร
- สำมำรถควบคุมกำรทำงำนของอุปกรณ์และระบบต่ำงๆ อย่ำงมีประสิทธิภำพ
- ทำให้เกิดกำรใช้พลังงำนของอุปกรณ์และระบบต่ำงๆ อย่ำงมีประสิทธภำพ
- ทำให้กำรบริ หำรจัดกำรอำคำรมีประสิทธิภำพด้วยข้อมูลที่แม่นยำและทันสมัย
สำหรับอำคำรขนำดใหญ่จำเป็ นต้องมีกำรควบคุมดูแลงำนระบบที่มีประสิทธิภำพ เนื่องจำก
อำคำรขนำดใหญ่จะมีระบบอำนวยควำมสะดวกหลำยระบบ งำนระบบแต่ละอย่ำงก็มคี วำมยุง่ ยำกในกำรควบคุมดูแล
ต่ำงกันจึงจำเป็ นต้องอำศัยระบบบริ หำรจัดกำรอำคำรเข้ำมำช่วย
3
โครงสร้ างของระบบ
ในกำรควบคุมอุปกรณ์ต่ำงๆจะประกอบด้วย ชุดคอมพิวเตอร์ Automation Server ที่มี I/O Module รวมอยูใ่ นตัว
เดียวกัน และอุปกรณ์เซนเซอร์ต่ำงๆ โดยที่ตวั คอมพิวเตอร์ จะมีกำรรับส่งข้อมูล โดยอำศัยตัว Automation Server
เชื่อมต่อกับโปรแกรม EcoStruxure Building Operation (EBO) ซึ่งกำรเชื่อมต่อกับชิลเลอร์ท้งั 3 ตัว
กำรสื่อสำรแบบ open system ซึ่งจะมีตวั กลำงในกำรสื่อสำรซึ่งเรี ยกว่ำ Automation Server สำมำรถรองรับได้
หลำย protocol เช่น BACnet ,Modbus TCP/IP,Modbus RS-485 โดยส่งผ่ำนข้อมูลไปยังตัวอุปกรณ์ต่ำงๆ โดยผ่ำน
สำยสัญญำณ TCP/IP โดยเชื่อมต่อกันเป็ นลักษณะเครื อข่ำยต่อๆกันไปในแต่ละตัว และสำยสัญำณแบบฮำร์ดวำยจะ
เชื่อมต่อกับตู ้ Starter ของอุปกรณ์
โครงสร้ำงระบบ
4
อุปกรณ์ทใี่ ช้ ในระบบบริหารจัดการอาคาร
ระบบบริ หำรจัดกำรอำคำรประกอบด้วยอุปกรณ์ต่ำงๆ ที่เชื่อมต่อกันเป็ นระบบเพื่อควบคุมระบบต่ำงๆ ของ
อำคำรตัวอย่ำงของอุปกรณ์เหล่ำนี้ได้แก่
BMS workstation
จะติดตั้งอยูใ่ นห้องควบคุมส่วนกลำงซึ่งในที่น้ ีกค็ ือ ห้องไฟฟ้ำภำยในอำคำรหลังนี้ เพื่อแสดงผลและรับคำสัง่
ควบคุม โดยจะแสดงผลผ่ำนคอมพิวเตอร์และโปรแกรม ECO Struxureware
โปรแกรม ECO Struxureware
5
Network Control Module
ทำหน้ำที่บริ หำรจัดกำรและควบคุมกำรทำงำนของอุปกรณ์ในระบบเครื อข่ำย
คอนโทลเลอร์ (AS-B)
Water Pipe Temperature
อุปกรณ์สำหรับตรวจวัดอุณหภูมิในท่อน้ ำเย็น หลักกำรคือ เปลี่ยนแปลงค่ำควำมต้ำนทำนของโลหะ(ตัวเซนเซอร์) โดย
ค่ำควำมต้ำนทำนดังกล่ำวจะมีค่ำเพิ่มตำมอุณหภูมิ
TSAPA02C
6
Outdoor Humidity Sensor with Temperature
อุปกรณ์ที่ใช้สำหรับวัดค่ำควำมชื้นและอุณหภูมิ ภำยนอกอำคำร
HTOSB312A002
Flow Meter and Energy BTU Meter
เป็ นอุปกรณ์ที่ใช้สำหรับ วัดอัตรำกำรไหลของน้ ำเย็นในท่อส่ง
Flow Measurement
7
BTU Meter
Relay 24VAC
เป็ นอุปกรณ์ที่ใช้สำหรับ ตัดต่อแรงดันไฟฟ้ำ
Relay 24VAC
8
เริ่มต้นการใช้ งานของโปรแกรม
1.เรี ยกใช้โปรแกรม Eco StruxureWare โดยดับเบิลคลิกไปคอนของโปรแกรมซึ่งอยูบ่ นเดสก์ท๊อป หรื อจะคลิก
ที่ปุ่ม Start > All Program > Schneider Electric EcoStruxure > WorkStation Building Operation 2.0
2.จะปรำกฏหน้ำต่ำง WorkStation Building Operation 2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.1 สำหรับกรอกข้อมูล IP Address 192.168.1.3
2.2 สำหรับกรอกข้อมูล ยูสเซอร์ เนมและพำสเวิร์ด ที่ได้กำหนดไว้
2.3 คลิกปุ่ ม Log on
9
3.จะเข้ำไปสู่หน้ำแรกของโปรแกรม
3.1
3.3
3.4
3.2
3.1 แถบเมนูหลัก ใช้สำหรับเลือกชนิดอุปกรณ์ที่ตอ้ งกำรควบคุมและดูสถำนะ
3.2 คลิกเพื่อเลือกดูคุณสมบัติของอุปกรณ์
3.3 แสดงอุณหภูมิและควำมชื้น ภำยนอกอำคำร
3.4 แสดงกำรทำงำนของอุปกรณ์ ชิลเลอร์และปั๊ม
แสดงสภำวะ เครื่ องชิลเลอร์หยุดทำงำน
แสดงสภำวะ เครื่ องชิลเลอร์กำลังทำงำน
แสดงสภำวะ เครื่ องชิลเลอร์เกิดข้อผิดพลำด
แสดงสภำวะ ปั๊มน้ ำเย็น หยุดทำงำน
แสดงสภำวะ ปั๊มน้ ำเย็น ทำงำน
10
4. คลิกเพื่อเข้ำดูสถำนะกำรทำงำนของอุปกรณ์
4.
4.2
4.3
4.1
4.1 แสดงเมนู กำรใช้งำนของระบบชิลเลอร์ ท้ งั 3 ตัว
4.2 แสดงอุณหภูมิน้ ำเข้ำและน้ ำออกของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ แต่ละตัว
4.3 แสดงอุณหภูมิน้ ำเข้ำและน้ ำออกของท่อรวมเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ท้งั 3 ตัว
แสดงสถำนะเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ หยุดทำงำน
แสดงสถำนะเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ ทำงำน
แสดงสถำนะเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ เกิดข้อบกพร่ องของตัวเครื่ อง
11
แสดงสถำนะ คำสัง่ ให้วำล์ว ปิ ด จำกโปรแกรม ที่ถูกส่งไปยังตูค้ อนโทลวำล์ว
แสดงสถำนะ คำสัง่ ให้วำล์ว เปิ ด จำกโปรแกรม ที่ถกู ส่งไปยังตูค้ อนโทลวำล์ว
แสดงสถำนะ สัญำณตอบกลับจำกอุปกรณ์ว่ำ วำล์วปิ ด
แสดงสถำนะ สัญำณตอบกลับจำกอุปกรณ์ว่ำ วำล์วเปิ ด
แสดงสถำนะ สัญำณตอบกลับจำกอุปกรณ์ว่ำ ไม่มีน้ ำไหลผ่ำนเครื่ องชิลเลอร์
แสดงสถำนะ สัญำณตอบกลับจำกอุปกรณ์ว่ำ มีน้ ำไหลผ่ำนเครื่ องชิลเลอร์
แสดงสถำนะ สัญำณตอบกลับจำกอุปกรณ์ว่ำ ปั๊มหยุดทำงำน
แสดงสถำนะ สัญำณตอบกลับจำกอุปกรณ์ว่ำ ปั๊มทำงำน
12
5. เมนูกำรใช้งำน
5.2
5.1
5.4
5.5
5.3
5.1 คลิกเพื่อเลือกโหมดกำรทำงำน ON , OFF , โหมดการตั้งเวลา และควำมต้องกำรที่จะใช้งำนชิล
เลอร์ มำกกว่ำ 1 ตัว
5.2 แสดงคำสัง่ จำกโปรแกรมและสถำนะของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ และลำดับของกำรสตำร์ทชิลเลอร์
5.3 แสดงคำสัง่ จำกโปรแกรมและสถำนะของปั๊มน้ ำเย็น และลำดับของกำรสตำร์ทปั๊มน้ ำเย็น
5.4 คลิกเพื่อตั้งเวลำกำรสลับกำรทำงำนของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ , ปั๊มน้ ำเย็น และกำหนดอุณหภูมิที่จะให้
เครื่ องชิลเลอร์ตวั ที่สเตนบำยสัง่ กำรทำงำนเมื่ออยูใ่ นสภำวะอุณหภูมิน้ ำในท่อมีอุณหภูมิสูงกว่ำที่
กำหนด
5.5 แสดงสถำนะกำรเกิดข้อบกพร่ องของกำรทำงำนอุปกรณ์ วำล์ว ปั๊มน้ ำเย็น เครื่ องชิลเลอร์ และ กำร
เกิดสถำนะ
Run dry (น้ ำในท่อมีปริ มำณต่ำ หรื อ เซนเซอร์ FLOW SW มีปัญหำ)
ON โหมดกำรทำงำน 24ชัว่ โมง
OFF โหมดหยุดกำรทำงำน
Schedules โหมดกำรทำงำนตำมเวลำที่กำหนด
Chiller 1,2,3 กำรกำหนดจำนวนกำรทำงำนของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์
13
Command คำสั่งจำกโปรแกรมที่ไปสั่งครื่ องชิลเลอร์
1 ลำดับกำรทำงำนเป็ นลำดับแรก
Alarm สถำนะปกติและไม่ปกติ (Normal , Alarm)
% Load ภำระกำรทำงำนของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์
Runtime จำนวนชัว่ โมงกำรทำงำนของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์
Command คำสั่งจำกโปรแกรมที่ไปสั่งปั๊มน้ ำเย็น
1 ลำดับกำรทำงำนเป็ นลำดับแรก
Alarm สถำนะปกติและไม่ปกติ (Normal , Alarm)
Runtime จำนวนชัว่ โมงกำรทำงำนของปั๊มน้ ำเย็น
Chiller คลิกสำหรับตั้งเวลำสลับกำรทำงำนโดยคำนวนจำกชัว่ โมงกำร
ทำงำนของเครื่ องชิลเลอร์
Pump คลิกสำหรับตั้งเวลำสลับกำรทำงำนโดยคำนวนจำกชัว่ โมงกำร
ทำงำนของปั๊มน้ ำเย็น
Stand by 1,2 กำหนดอุณหภูมิน้ ำในท่อ เมื่ออุณหภูมิสูงกว่ำที่กำหนดให้
สั่งสตำร์ ทเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ ที่สเตนบำยอยูใ่ ห้ทำงำนขึ้นมำ
FAIL แสดงกำรเกิดสภำวะกำรทำงำนผิดปกติของอุปกรณ์
MV-1,2,3 สั่งให้วำล์วเปิ ด แต่วำล์วไม่ทำงำน ไม่ส่งสัญำณกลับมำ
CHP-1,2,3 สั่งให้ปั๊มน้ ำเย็นทำงำน แต่ปั๊มน้ ำเย็นไม่ทำงำน
Rundry น้ ำในท่อมีปริ มำณต่ำ หรื อ เซนเซอร์ FLOW SW มีปัญหำ
CH-1,2,3 สั่งสตำร์ ทกำรทำงำนเครื่ องชิลเลอร์ จำกโปรแกรมแล้วไม่ทำงำน
RESET เมื่อเข้ำแก้ไขอุปกรณ์เสร็ จสิ้ นแล้ว ให้คลิกหนึ่งครั้ง
14
6. Event View
กำรดูเหตุกำรณ์ ย้อนหลัง
โปรแกรมจะทำกำรบันทึกเหตุกำรณ์ ในรู ปแบบของ ไฟล์โดยสำมำรถเลือกดูในช่วงเวลำที่ตอ้ งกำรได้ตวั อย่ำงเช่น มี
ใครเข้ำ/ออก ระบบบ้ำง หรื อมีคนเปลี่ยนค่ำ setpoint รวมถึงกำรแจ้งเตือนของตัว server ว่ำ online หรื อ offline
6.1
6.4
6.3
6.2
ตำรำงแสดงบันทึกเหตุกำรณ์ของโปรแกรม
6.1 กำหนดช่วงเวลำในกำรแสดงผล
6.2 แสดงพฤติกรรมกำรใช้งำน
6.3 แสดงผูท้ ี่เข้ำใช้งำนและปรับเปลี่ยนแปลงค่ำ
6.4 แสดงกำรเปลี่ยนแปลง
15
7.Alarm
กำรแจ้งเตือน เมื่อเกิดเหตุกำรณ์ผดิ ปรกติข้ ึนในระบบ โปรแกรมจะแจ้งเตือนในรู ปแบบของ Alarm Text เพื่อบอกถึง
สำเหตุรวมถึงตำเหน่งของอุปกรณ์ นั้นๆ ในช่วงเวลำต่ำงๆที่เกิดเหตุ โดยสำมำรถจัดกำรแบ่งรู ปแบบต่ำงๆของ Alarm
นั้นๆได้เช่น Acknowledge Alarm, Comment Alarm
7.1
7.2
7.3
ตำรำงแสดงกำรเกิดเหตุกำรณ์ผดิ ปรกติข้ ึนในระบบ
7.1 แสดงกำรเกิดควำมผิดพลำด
7.2 แสดงจุดที่เกิดข้อผิดพลำดพร้อมเวลำและรำยละเอียด
7.3 คลิกเพื่อรับทรำบและส่งต่อข้อควำมในจุดที่เกิดข้อผิดพลำด
16
ตำรำงแสดงกำรเกิดเหตุกำรณ์ผดิ ปรกติข้ ึนในระบบ และมีกำรกดรับทรำบ (Acknowledge)
ตารางแสดงการเกิดเหตุการณ์ผดิ ปรกติขนึ้ ในระบบแล้ว
17
Time Schedules
กำรตั้งเวลำ : กำรกำหนดลำดับของเหตุกำรณ์ที่กำหนดว่ำเหตุกำรณ์สำคัญเมื่อใดที่เกิดขึ้นในระบบอัตโนมัติ
กำหนดกำรทำหน้ำที่เป็ นพื้นที่ทำงำนสำหรับวำงแผนและออกแบบกำรทำงำนของเครื่ องจักร สำมำรถโปรแกรมเพื่อ
แก้ไข สร้ำงกำรจัดกำรและแสดงเหตุกำรณ์ที่กำหนดไว้ในรำยสัปดำห์และเหตุกำรณ์ที่ได้รับข้อยกเว้น
1.
3.
2.
รู ปแสดงตำรำงเวลำ กิจกรรมรำยสัปดำห์
วิธีกำรกำหนดช่วงเวลำกำรทำงำนในแต่ละวันและแต่ละสัปดำห์ ดังนี้
คลิกเพื่อเริ่ มใช้งำนกำรตั้งเวลำ
1. คลิกเพิ่มกำรตั้งเวลำ
2. เลือกช่วงเวลำ กด ok
3. คลิก save
4. หรื อจะใช้ใช้เมำส์ลำกเลือกวันและเวลำในตำรำง จำกนั้นกด save
18
Trend Log List View
รำยกำรบันทึกเพื่อดูและส่งออก
1.
2.
1. รำยละเอียดของเวลำกำรบันทึก
2. ข้อมูลกำรบันทึก
19
Trend Chart View
มุมมองแผนภูมิเพื่อแสดงกรำฟบันทึกเหตุกำรณ์
1.
2.
1.ใช้แถบเครื่ องมือ ใช้สำหรับปรับมุมมองกำรแสดงผลแบบกรำฟ
2.เอำเมำส์ไปชี้จุดบนเส้นกรำฟ เพื่อดูจุดที่สนใจ
20
Trouble Shooting
1. ปัญหำที่อำจเกิดขึ้นกับโปรแกรม StruxureWare Building Operation
ในหัวข้อนี้จะพูดถึงปัญหำที่อำจจะเกิดกับผูใ้ ช้งำน ที่ใช้งำนกับโปรแกรม EBO Workstaion ซึ่งจะเป็ นกำรช่วยแก้ปัญหำ
เบื้องต้น และทรำบถึงวิธีป้องกันเบื้องต้น โดยจะแบ่งเป็ นหัวข้อต่ำงๆดังนี้
1.ไม่สำมำรถเปิ ดใช้งำน โปรแกรม EBO Workstaion ได้ ?
•ตรวจสอบว่ำตัว Service ของโปรแกรม Software Administration ทำงำนอยูห่ รื อไม่ ถ้ำ Stop อยูใ่ ห้
กดที่ปุ่ม Start Service เพรำะถ้ำไม่เปิ ดไว้จะไม่สำมำรถเปิ ดโปรแกรมได้
•กำรติดตั้ง software ที่ไม่สมบูรณ์จะทำให้เกิดข้อผิดพลำดในกำร start โปรแกรม
2.มีเครื่ องหมำย X เกิดขึ้นที่กรำฟฟิ ก(Graphic page) ?
•ตรวจสอบที่ตวั controller ว่ำมี power supply อยูห่ รื อไม่โดยสำมำรถวัดค่ำโดยใช้ Multimeter วัดที่
terminalของ G และ G0 จะต้องมีค่ำเท่ำกับ 24 Vac
•ที่ตวั controller มีไฟกระพริ บปรกติหรื อไม่ เพรำะถ้ำมีไฟสีแดงกระพริ บด้วยจะหมำยถึงเกิดปัญหำที่
ตัวควบคุมควรติดต่อ Technical Support จำกทำงบ.โรจน์ไพบูลย์อีควิ๊ปเม้นท์ จก. (02-434-3747-51)
•ตรวจสอบที่ดำ้ นหลังของตัว computer ว่ำปลัก๊ ที่ต่ออยูก่ บั ตัว กำร์ดแปลงสัญญำณ หลุดหรื อไม่ เพรำะ
สำยสัญญำณจะเชื่อมต่อโดยตรงกับตัวควบคุมที่ใช้งำนอยู่
3.ไม่สำมำรถสัง่ งำน(force) ไปยังตัวอุปกรณ์จำกกรำฟฟิ ก ?
•ตรวจสอบดูว่ำ user level อยูใ่ นระดับที่สำมำรถปรับเปลี่ยนค่ำต่ำงๆได้หรื อไม่ เพรำะถ้ำเป็ นระดับ
ต่ำสุดจะไม่สำมำรถเปลี่ยนค่ำได้
•ควรเช็คว่ำได้ เลือก √ เครื่ องหมำยถูก ในช่องของ “forced by operator”
•เมื่อกดที่ปุ่ม สัง่ งำนแล้วมีประโยค “Physical Unit Offline” แสดงว่ำที่ตวั ควบคุมมีปัญหำ ควร
ตรวจสอบที่ตวั ควบคุมว่ำมีไฟกระพริ บปรกติหรื อไม่ เพรำะถ้ำมีไฟสีแดงกระพริ บจะหมำยถึง เกิด
ปัญหำที่ตวั ควบคุมควรติดต่อ technical support engineer จำก บ.โรจน์ไพบูลย์อีควิ๊ปเม้นท์ จก.
21
ในกำรใช้โปรแกรม EBO Workstaion นั้นผูใ้ ช้งำนจะสำมำรถนำข้อมูลที่ได้จำกคู่มือเล่มนี้มำใช้ให้เกิด
ประโยชน์ในกำรปฏิบตั ิงำนรวมถึง กำรพัฒนำระบบในอนำคตให้มีประสิทธิภำพเพิ่มขึ้น ดังนั้นในส่วนของโปรแกรม
EBO Workstaion จะเป็ นอีกหนึ่งทำงเลือกที่จะทำให้ผใู ้ ช้งำนได้สิ่งที่ตอ้ งกำร
โดยสำมำรถเข้ำไปค้นหำข้อมูลเพิ่มเติมได้จำก https://www.schneider-electric.comและสำมำรถสัง่ ซื้อสินค้ำ
หรื อดูรำยละเอียดต่ำงๆของ บ.โรจน์ไพบูลย์ อีควิ๊ปเม้นท์ จก. ได้ที่ www.rojpaiboon.co.th
22
Smart X Control Panel
23
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
Projects Name
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Amata Nakorn Industry Park
SET NorthPark Data Center
AIS Fax Lite Tellus1, Nava Plant - Security Ext.
WareHouse Asia
Unison Laboratories Co. Ltd. - Building I to T Retrofit
Millimed Company Limited- Extension
HK Pharma Co., Ltd. - Extension
Newcharoen Pharmaceutical
Bio-Clean Room for Stem Cell
MARS Petcare(Thailand) Ltd., Pak Chong
DMC Boonraksa Building
Bangkok Hospital - Brain & Bone Building
Chulalongkorn Hospital, Sirikit Building
Samuthprakarn Hospital
Bangkok Hospital - Brain & Bone Building
Virgin Active (Chiangmai) Fitness
Virgin Active (Emquatier) Fitness Extension
Virgin Active (East Ville) Fitness
Fabrinet Manufacturing B4,B5 Extension, Chonburi
Seagate - Utility Building 3
Hitachi Prachinburi Factory - Extension
NXP, Building-A & C Upgrading
Pandora Factory (Gemopolis industry)
Johnson & Johnson (Thailand) - Upgrading
Theppadungporn Coconut Office Building
Industry Park
Data Center
ISO27001 Data Center
Data Center
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Bio Clean Room
Pet Food & Services
Dhamma Organisation
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Fitness Center
Fitness Center
Fitness Center
Factory
HDD Factory
Semiconductor Factory
Semiconductor Factory
Factory
Factory
Office
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
2017
MRT, Blue-Line C1 (ItalianThai) included 2 Stations,
BS10(WatMangkorn) to BS11(WangBurapha)
MRT, Blue-Line C3 (Unique) included 8 Stations,
BN11(BangPho) to BN18(CharanSanitWong)
Australian Embassy Complex, Bangkok, Thailand
Included 3 Buildings - CHN, HOM & SER
SUPERNAP Thailand Data Center, Hermeraj Chonburi Ind. est.
Seagate Korat New Production Building 6
Fabrinet New Factory B8, Chonburi
HOYA Lens (HiTech 2) - Extension
NIMT, National Institute of Metrology Thailand
Saraburi GPO-Flu Vaccine Plant - Security Ext.
RMUTK, Rajamangala University of Technology Krungthep
MUIC, Mahidol University International College
Virgin Active (Siam Discovery) Fitness
Taokaenoi Food & Marketing Public Co.,Ltd.
RAMA IX Museum
American British
SHOW DC RAMA 9 - Starbucks Shop
Mass Rapid Transit
2016
Mass Rapid Transit
2016
Embassy Building
2016
Data Center
Factory
Factory
Factory
Govement Lab
Pharmaceutical
University
University
Fitness Center
Food Factory & Distributor
Museum
Retail Shop
Retail Shop
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
2016
Customer’s Confidence Votes.
Segate Korat Factory New Building_4,5,6
Austrailian Embassy Complex, Bangkok
Rama 9 Museum
SET-NorthPark Data Center
National Institute of Metrology Thailand,
`
AIS Data Center Tellas 1
SuperNap Data Center Phase 1
National ITMX Co.,Ltd. (Data Center)
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 1 of 9
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Don Muang Airport (Terminal 2) Renovation
MRT, Blue-Line C2 (CK,SaengPradit) included 2 Stations, BS12
(Sanamchai) to BS13 (Itsaraphap)
DMC, Wat Dhammakaya - KhunYay 100 Years Building
Ronda (Thailand) Co., Ltd., Latching Extension
Fabrinet Co., Ltd., Security System Expansion
Pepsi-Cola (Thailand), Upgrading on Energy Management
Magnecomp Precision Technology PCL - Power Metering
World Peace Valley 3 - Nakornrachasima
Virgin Active (WestGate) Fitness
Ramathibodi Hospital
Rajdamri Hospital
Vibaharam Navamin Hospital
IKEA Phuket
FCP WareHouse
AIS Fax Lite Improvement @Tellus1 - Nava Plant
Umicore Precious Metals (Thailand) Ltd. - UAT1
Cardinal Health Care - Bldg Pinapple
New Charoen Pharma
A.N.B. Laboratory
PTT Innovation Park
Johnson & Johnson (Thailand) - Upgrading
MARS PetCare (Korat)
Noble Ploenchit, Sukhumvit
Dental Innovation Foundation - His Majesty the King's Dental Unit
Airport Terminal Building
Mass Rapid Transit
2015
2015
Dhamma Organisation
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Dhamma Organisation
Fitness Center
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
DIY Shopping Mall
Factory
ISO27001 Green DC
Factory
Pharma
Pharma
Laboratory
Petrochemical
Factory
Pet Food Factory
Residential
Hospital
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
2015
Don Muang Airport (Pier-5) Renovation
Don Muang Airport (South Corridor) Renovation
MRT, Blue-Line C4 (SinoThai) included 7 Stations, BS14(ThaPhra) to
BS20(LakSong) and Depot WS,OCC & Admin.
National ITMX Co., Ltd.
PTT Wangnoi (Pert Building)
PTT Research Center Wongnoi - Interface Fire Alarm
PTT Research Center Wongnoi - EMS
Unison Laboratories Co. Ltd. - Plant D Ext.
EGAT North Bangkok - NBCC2 Power Plant Block2
F.C.P. Co., Ltd.
Pepsi-Cola (Thai) Trading Co., Ltd.
Magnecomp Precision Technology PCL - PMS
DTS Draexlmaier Automotive Systems- Amata Rayong
Bionet Asia
Shenzhen Kalfa Technology
GPV Mechanic Factory Bangpoo
Fabrinet Building-5 Extension
Western Digital (Bldg-4)
HGST, Hitachi TLC
Thai NOK Co., Ltd. - Amata Nakorn Ind
FPA Thailand
Nestle Ayuthaya
Berlin Company Limited Extension
GPV Electronics
H.K.Pharmaceutical - Kathumbane
Thai Honda - Rom Klao
Airport Pier Building
Airport Corridor Building
Mass Rapid Transit
2014
2014
2014
Data Center
Petro-Chem Insitute
Petrochemical
Petrochemical
Pharmaceutical
Power Plant
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 2 of 9
Renovation - Don Mueang Terminal 2.
PTT Wangnoi (Pert Building)
Virgin Active Fitness Club
Bangkok MRT-Blue Line Contract 1,2,3,4
Dhammakaya Temple - Khun Yay
100 Years Building
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Thai Honda - Lat Krabang
GPV Asia (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
PTT EAL -New
RAMA Hospital ICU, CCU
Kaothao Resort
M200 Hotel Pattaya
SIAM Square-1
Huachiew Chalermprakiat University
Virgin Active (Empire Tower) Fitness
Virgin Active (Emquartier) Fitness
Unilever Head Office
Thai Post Bangrak
Office Insurance Commission
Factory
Factory
Factory
Hospital
Hotel
Hotel
Shopping
University
Fitness Center
Fitness Center
Office
Office
Office
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
2014
New Phuket International Airport
Amata Power Plant - 3
AIS Fax Lite Green Data Center - BMS, CPM, Energy
AIS Fax Lite Green Data Center - CCTV, ACS
CITIBANK Lamchabang
Bangkok China Town Hospital - CPM
Navamin 9 Hospital - CPM
Bangkok Hospital - ICU 5
Bumrungrad Hospital
Samitivej Thonburi Hospital - CPM
Siriraj Hospital - BTU Metering
Vibharam-Chai Prakan Hospital
Phayathai 2
Western Digital Building-4 Extension - BMS, CPM
Western Digital Building-4 Upgrade - CCTV, ACS
Western Digital Building-6 Upgrade - CCTV, ACS
Western Digital Nava - New Tray Cleaning CR
Thai Plastic & Chemical Public Co.,Ltd. - TPC Rayong
Thai HONDA - Rom Klao
Thai HONDA - Lat Krabang
GPV Asia (Thailand) Co.,LTd. - Plant Bangpoo (CCTV, ACS)
GPV Asia (Thailand) Co.,LTd. - Plant Bangpoo (BMS)
Pesi-Cola Plant - Lamphun
Samsung Electro Mechanical - Plant Korat
Samsung Electro Mechanical - Plant Wellgrow
Fabrinet Building 6
Reckitt Benckiser HealthCare
T.O. Chemical - Suthisarn
TDK Ayuthaya
KMCT
NEC Tokin
OISHI Saraburi
CP Intertrade Group - Kabinburee
CPF Samutharakran
PEPSICO - Lumphum
HK Pharma Co., Ltd.
Bionet Asia B5 New Plant
Pharspec Co., Ltd.
Tinnasulanon Hall (Songkla Aquarium)
Provincial Waterworks Authority
Thai Post Office - Bangrak
PTT Pert - office
PTT Research Center Wongnoi - office
PTT Global Chemical - office
Sena Fest Life Style Mall
Rajabhat Rajanagarindra University-Bangkhla
Airport
Power Plant
ISO27001 Green DC
ISO27001 Green DC
Data Center
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Aquarium & Office
Office
Office
Office
Office
Office
Shopping Mall
University
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013 AIS Fax Lite Green Data Center
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013 PEPSICO - Lumphum
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013 Thai Post Office - Bangrak
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013 Sena Fest Life Style Mall
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013
2013 Bangyai Plaza - The Square
2013
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 3 of 9
New Phuket International Airport.
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Suvarnabhumi Airport Passport & Security Retrofit
Suvarnabhumi Airport Concourse A & B Expansion
Saraburi GPO-Flu Vaccine Plant - First in Asia
BioNet Research & Development Center - New Phase
BIC Chemical Co., Ltd.
PTT Wongnoi Research - Hotel & Office Buildings
PTT Wongnoi Research - Chiller & Utility Plant
PTT Wongnoi Research - Laboratories & Testing
T.O. Lab Co., Ltd. - Changwattana Road
Pharmasant Laboratories Co Ltd.
Department of Disease Control
Sikarin Hospital O.T. - Sirinakarin
Rojanavech Hospital O.T. - Ayuttaya
DMC, Wat Dhammakaya
C.C.L. Label (Thai) Co.,Ltd.(Phase 3)
Hitachi - Prachinburi
Western Digital Plant - Bldg 6 Flr 2
Ronda Watch - Lathing
OISHI - Nava Nakorn
Nikon - Singhburi
NXP Manufacturing (Thailand) - Upgrading
Magnecomp Precision Technology PCL - Upgrading
MMI Precision Assembly (Thailand) - Rojana
MMI Precision Assembly (Thailand) - Korat
TST Factory
Reckitt Benckiser Healthcare Manufacturing (Thailand)
Sena Fest - Charoen Nakorn Road
Airport
Airport
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Petrochemical
Petrochemical
Petrochemical
Pharma & Lab.
Pharma & Lab.
Gov. Lab.
Hospital
Hospital
Dhamma Organisation
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Shopping Mall
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
2012
Tetra Pak (Thailand) Limited
The Dioxin - Environmental Research and Training Technopolis
The Dioxin - Environmental Research and Training Technopolis
Bank of Ayutaya - Rama 3 HQ
Bank of Ayutaya - Ploenchit
TOA Paint Head Office, Bangna-Trad
Suansunantha University
Mahamakut Buddhish University
Laprao Hospital ICU
Paolo Memorial Hospital ICU & OT - Navamin
Paolo Memorial Hospital ICU & OT - Saphan Kwai
Yanhee Hospital (YHH4A) - OT
Samitivej Hospital - Sukhumvit 49
Western Digital Plant - Flood Recovery
Magnecomp Precision Technology PCL - Flood Recovery
Silom Medical Company Limited - Flood Recovery
SEKSUN - Rojana Ind. - Flood Recovery
MMI Ayuttaya - Flood Recovery
Compart Precision - Flood Recovery
Belton - Flood Recovery
MMI Precision Forming (Thailand) Limited - Bldg 1-4
Fabrinet Manufacturing Building 6
T. O. Chemicals (1979) Ltd
Profinish Phase-2 & 3 Retrofit
Almendra Factory
CLARION New (Rayong)
ESCILOR (EOLE)
Talat Sao - Lao, Vien Tiane
Food & Beverage
Research & Lab.
Research & Lab.
Bank HQ
Bank HQ
Head Office
University
University
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Shopping Mall
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
2011
Passport & Security - Suvarnbhumi Airport.
PTT Research and Technology Institute
Training Center , Wang Noi.
GPO - Flu, WHO approved Flu Vaccine in
Thailand. The first of its kind in ASIA.
DMC, Wat Dhammakaya.
Suansunantha University .
Fitness First
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 4 of 9
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Zuellig Pharma - Phase II New Building
Berlin Company Limited
Silom Medical Company Limited
Novus Scientific (Phuket)
Dept of Medical Science
Bangkok Lab.
Navamin Hospital
Rojanavej Hospital
Laprao Hospital
Yanhee Hospital
Chaophaya Hospital (CPH)
Samitivej Hospital (Sukhumvit)
AOT Hall of Fame Museum
Department of Medical Science
New Government Lottery Office - Nonthaburi (3 Buildings)
New Government Lottery Office - Nonthaburi (3 Buildings)
Belton Industrial (Thailand) - New Clean Room
Magnecomp Bldg-11 Expansion
CASIO (Thailand)
Kawasumi Navanakorn
WD Navanakorn Optimus
Western Digital (Bldg-1) Expansion
Western Digital (Bldg-3) Alarm - Auto SMS
Western Digital (Bldg-6)
UTL 1 Extension (UTAC Phase-1 Soi Lasan)
UTL 2 Extension (UTAC Phase-2 Wellgrow)
UTL 3 Extension (UTAC Phase-3 Wellgrow)
CDC Crystal Design Center Phase II (Total 11 Buildings)
CitiBank 399 - Soi 21 Interchange
Hotel Sukhumvit 31 - Chiller Plant Management
BangJak Refinery, CCTV explosion proof
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharma Equipment
Research & Lab.
Research & Lab.
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Hospital
Airport Museum
Gov. Department
Gov. Lottery Office
Gov. Lottery Office
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Life Style Center
Bank & Offices
Hotel
Oil & Gas Refinery
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
2010
Utopian Company Limited
Millimed Company Limited
New Life Pharma Co., Ltd.
Unison Laboratories Co. Ltd. - New Plant A, D, E and I.
Unison Laboratories Co. Ltd. - Chiller Integration A,D & I
Bangkok Lab
Johnson & Johnson - Triton II extension
Western Digital (Bldg-II,III) - Facilities SMS Alarm System
Western Digital (Bldg-V) - Facilities SMS Alarm System
Magnecomp Precision Technology (New Etching CR)
Belton Industrial (Thailand) - I2V Upgrading
C.C.L. Label (Thai) Co.,Ltd.(Phase2)
Toshiba (Thailand) - Extension TT340
Fuji Ace Co.,Ltd. - Sinsakorn
CDC Crystal Design Center Phase I, Total 6 Buildings
CDC Crystal Design Center Phase I, Tenant Shops
Suan Dusit University
King Mongkut's University of Technology - PIP3,PIP4
Muang Thai Phatra Complex - Security CCTV Addition
ASIA Center 28th Storey Building, Addition
Sirira Hospital - Chiller Management Control
Four Wings Hotel - Srinakarin Rd
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Life Style Center
Life Style Center
University
University
High-Rise Office
High-Rise Office
Hospital
Hotel
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
CitiBank 399 , Soi 21 Interchange
Chaophaya Hospital
Samitivej Hospital Sukhumvit
Crystal Design Center - Exhibition Hall &
Design Center
CDC Phase-I - 6 Buildings
CDC Phase-II - 11 Buildings
Four Wings Hotel - Srinakarin Rd
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 5 of 9
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
President Inter Pharma - New Production Plant
BioNet Research & Development Center - New Plant
GPO-Merieux Biological Products, Security Access
RRC Laboratories - PTT Rayong Addition
Ronda Watch New Factory
SEKSUN (Rojana Ind. Estate ) - Addition
Western Digital (Thailand) - Security Addition
Tetra Pak
Siam Okamoto
Thai FPC New Factory
P.S.C. New Factory
Toshiba Semiconductor Extension
Donaldson (Thailand) - Extension
Novolux (Thailand) - Profinish Extension
NXP Thailand (Philips Semiconductors) - CR Ext.
Western Digital Bangpa-in - CR Ext.
ASIA Center 28th Storey Building
Fitness First Center - Central Cheangwattana
Fitness First Center - Central Pin Klao
Fitness First Center - Korat
Bangyai Plaza - The Square
Muang Thai Phatra Complex Plaza
Channel Emporium
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Laboratory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
High-Rise Office
Fitness Center
Fitness Center
Fitness Center
Shopping & Cinema
Shopping
Shopping
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008 UNISON Laboratories New Plant
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
Bionet Research &Development Center
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
GPO-Merieux Biological Products, QC Plant Extension
Cardinald Healthcare
Zuellig Pharma Factory Extension
T.P. Drug Lab Thai Pharmacy Co.
RRC Laboratories - PTT Rayong
Airforce Army
Royal Thai Air Force
ALMT (NEW 1, 2)
Asia Second Lab
Brady
California Pattaya
Calsonic (Amata-Nakorn)
Daika Kogyo Factory
Fabrinet Building-5
Hoya Lens (Ayuttaya)
Magnecomp Precision Technology (CIP&CR#9)
Nestle Bangpoo
Odyssey
Pressurized Control For Korach
Ronda (Thailand) Replace RPU
NXP Manufacturing Upgrading
SKHCCI
T2005
Thaidaizo (Amata City)
Toshiba Bangkadee
Union Nifco
UTL 3 (UTAC Phase-3 Wellgrow)
UTTE Bangplee
Western Digital (Thailand) - Building II Upgrading
EGAT JANA (SONG-KHLA)
S&D INDUSTRY
SEKSUN - Rojana Ind. Estate
Johnson & Johnson - Addition
Toyota - Bangbor : Training Center
Fitness First - Phetchkasem
Fitness First Center- Central Rattanathibet
Shanggri-La Hotel
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Laboratory
Laboratory
Air Force
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Training Office
Fitness Center
Fitness Center
Hotel
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
2007
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 6 of 9
Silom Medical Company Limited
RRC - Rayong ( PTT AR )
RRC - Plant
Fitness First - Central Rattanathibet
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Suvarnabhumi International Airport - Passenger Terminal Complex
SBIA King Power Retail Shops
SBIA VVIP and CIP Lounges
PCA & Ground Electrical Power
Phama Innova Company Limited
Nova Medicine Pathumtanee (Extension)
Celestica Phase-II
Sumsung Semiconductors
MMI (Korach)
Threebond Technology
Magnecomp Precision Co., Ltd. (Wang-Noi)
ALMT
Thai Plastic and Chemical Public Ltd. (PVC-9)
Western Digital (Thailad) Ltd. Building-5
Maxxis Co.,Ltd (Addition)
Epson Toyocom
Elec & Eltek Co., Ltd.
Innovex Lumphun
Novolux Profinished Co., Ltd.
NS-Electronic (Wellgrow) (Addition)
Thaipolyamine-Mahachai
NS-Electronic(1993)Bangkok Ltd.
Thai Red Cross Association Extension
Eak-Sathorn
Airport (PTC)
Airport (Retails)
Airport (Lounges)
Airport
Phamaceutical
Phamaceutical
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Blood Center
Office Building
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
2006
GPO-MBP Co., Ltd.
Nova Medicine Pathumtanee
Zuellig Pharma Factory, Extension
Belton Industrial Co., Ltd.
Compart Precision Co., Ltd. # 4
Elec & Eltek Co., Ltd.
Fabrinet Manufacturing
Fuji Ace Co., Ltd. # 3, 4, 5
Innovex Watch Ltd.
Magnecomp Co., Ltd.
Morakot
MPF Factory
Novolux Profinished Co., Ltd.
NS-Electronic(1993)Bangkok Ltd.
Philips Semiconductors Ltd.
Western Digital (Bangpa-in) Ltd. BPI3-Phase 2
President Food
Salee Factory
Siam Makro (Charansanitwong)
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Food & Beverage
Food & Beverage
Shopping Mall
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
Benchmark Co., Ltd.
Belton Industrial Co., Ltd. Building G
Celestica Co., Ltd.
Compart Precision Co., Ltd.
Daizo Factory (Bangpakong)
D&TS Co., Ltd.
Donaldson Thailand Co., Ltd.(Amata City)
Ficsher Co., Ltd. (Ayuthaya)
Fuji Ace Co., Ltd.
NS-Electronic (1993) Bangkok Co., Ltd. P-II
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 7 of 9
Suvarnabhumi Passenger Terminal Complex
Suvarnabhumi Concourse Buildings (
Pack 3)
Suvarnabhumi Main Terminal Buildings (Pack
Suvarnabhumi VVIP and CIP Lounges
Suvarnabhumi King Power Retail Shops
Suvarnabhumi Hold Room Gates
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fujidie Co., Ltd.
HOYA Co., Ltd. (Lamphun) Upgrading
Maxxis Co., Ltd. (New Factory)
Mitsubishi Motor (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Novolux Profinished Co., Ltd.
NS-Electronic(1993)Bangkok Co., Ltd. P-I
CP Intertrade Group(Kabinburee)
Indra Plaza
Korat Building IV
Zuellig Pharma Factory
Thai Foods Co., Ltd. (Korach)
Smittivech Hospital
Oriental Electronics Device Factory1
Osaka Diamond Co., Ltd.
Philips Semiconductors Co., Ltd. (Upgrading)
PSC Technology Co., Ltd.
River Stone Co., Ltd.
Summit Foods Co., Ltd.
Sun Paratech Co., Ltd.
Telford Co., Ltd.
Thai Techno Plate Co., Ltd.
Western Digital Co., Ltd. (Bangpa-in)
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Food & Beverage
Shopping Mall
Building
Pharmaceutical
Food & Beverage
Hospital
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
GPO Logistic Co., Ltd.
Thai Foods Co., Ltd. (Korach)
California Fitness Silom
Belton Industrial Co., Ltd. Building A
Belton Industrial Co., Ltd. Building B
Belton Industrial Co., Ltd. Building E
CENT Co., Ltd
Compart Precision Co., Ltd. P-II
ECTL Co., Ltd.
Elec & Eltek Co., Ltd.
Erawan Textile Co., Ltd.
Fuji Ace Co., Ltd.
HOYA Co., Ltd. (Rangsit)
Magnecomp Co., Ltd.
METC O Co., Ltd. (New Factory)
Mizuki Co., Ltd.
M&H Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
Oki Data Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
Phanomsarakham Factory Co., Ltd.
Philips Semiconductors Co., Ltd. (Extension)
Ronda (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
SGAG Coat Spray Booth
Shin-Etsu Silicones Co., Ltd.
Thai Asahi Glass
Treebond Co., Ltd P-I
Treebond Co., Ltd P-II
Western Digital (Bangpa-in)Co., Ltd.
Pharmaceutical
Food & Beverage
Fitness Center
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
2003
GPO Bangkok
Smittivech Hospital
Louis Vitton , Gaysorn Plaza
Silpakorn University
NT Precision Co., Ltd.
Belton Industrial Building ( Bldg-A,C)
Foamex Asia Co., Ltd.
WE Advance Co., Ltd.
Sei-Brake
Pharmaceutical
Hospital
Shopping Mall
University
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
2002
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 8 of 9
Johnson & Johnson (Thailand)
NXP (Thailand) Co., Ltd.(Philips Semiconductors).
Fabrinet - AHU Room
Fabrinet DDC Panel & VSD "TELE"
Western Digital Co., Ltd. (Read-Rite )
Belton Industrial (Thailand)
Project References in Thailand
Integrated Building Automation & Management System (IBAMS)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GPO-Merieux Biological Products Co., Ltd. (Phase-III)
Carrefour ( Bang Bon )
CP TOWER-II
NS-Electronic (1993) Bangkok Co., Ltd. P-II
Johnson & Johnson (Thailand) Co., Ltd. P-II
Fuji-Ace Co., Ltd.
FUJITSU Co., Ltd.
Mitani Co., Ltd.
Tech & Time Co., Ltd.
Donaldson Co., Ltd. (Wuxi, China )
Pharmaceutical
Shopping Mall
Building
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
2001
GPO-Merieux Biological Products Co., Ltd. (Phase-I)
Allegiance Health Care Co., Ltd.
Thai Red Cross Association
Dhaka Tobacco Industry (Bangladesh)
Philips Semiconductor Bldg-A (Upgrading)
Matsushita Battery
Innovex (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Phase-2
NS-Electronic (1993) Bangkok Co., Ltd. P-I
Johnson & Johnson (Thailand) Co., Ltd. P-I
Seagate Technology (Thailand) Ltd. Bldg-E
Read-Rite (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-1 (Expansion)
Pharmaceutical
Pharmaceutical
Blood Center & Labs
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
Lucent Technologies Microelectronics Ltd. Bldg-2
Read-Rite (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-2 (Expansion)
AD-FLEX, ATL-II (Lumphun)
Novolux Watch Factory
Philips Semiconductor Bldg-C (Expansion)
Read-Rite (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-1 (Expansion)
Makro ( Charan Snitwong)
Lotus (Srinakarin)
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Shopping Mall
Shopping Mall
1999
1999
1999
1999
1999
1999
1999
1999
Seagate Technology (Thailand) Ltd. Bldg-E
Ronda (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Read-Rite (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-1 (Expansion)
Philips Semiconductor Bldg-C (Expansion)
Lucent Technologies Microelectronics Ltd.
Bank of Thailand
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Gov. Bank
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
Alpha Memory Co., Ltd.
Read-Rite (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-1
Thai P.D. Chemicals Co., Ltd.
Read-Rite(Thailand) Co.,Ltd. Bldg-3
Seagate Technology (Thailand) Ltd. Bldg-C
Read-Rite (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-2 (Expansion)
Gss/Array Technology Public Co., Ltd.
Seagate Technology (Thailand) Ltd. Bldg-D
Thai Germany Product Co., Ltd.
Read-Rite(Thailand) Co.,Ltd. Bldg-2
Seagate Technology (Thailand) Ltd. Bldg-A,B
Toshiba Semiconductor (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Philips Semiconductor (Thailand) Co., Ltd. Bldg-C
Signetic (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Crystal Garden
Shinning Tower
Factory
Factory
Pharmaceutical
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Factory
Condo & Office
Condo & Office
1997
1997
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1995
1994
1990
1990
1989
1993
1992
Rojpaiboon Equipment Co., Ltd.
303,305,307,309 Sirintorn Rd., Bangplad ,Bangkok 10700
Tel: 662-434-3747 (Auto 30 lines ) Fax: 662-881-8520
http://www.rojpaiboon.co.th
Page 9 of 9
Thailand 1st Vaccine Biological
Pharmaceutical Plant - GPO-Merieux
UTAC Thai Co.,Ltd.
(National Semiconductors Electronics)
Ronda (Thailand ) Co., Ltd.
HVAC & Clean Room Controls.
Graphic User Interface Control .
CR Class 1K, 10K & 100K Precise